Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D15-0132 - EDDIE BAUER - INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENTEDDIE BAUER 660 SOUTHCENTER MAIL D15-0132 City of Tukwila ' Department of Community Development + 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No: 9202470010 Permit Number: D15-0132 Address: 670 SOUTHCENTER MALL Issue Date: 2/18/2016 Permit Expires On: 9/5/2016 Project Name: EDDIE BAUER Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940, CARLSBAD, MI, 92013 Contact Person: Name: AMY DIEKEVERS Address: 75 - 60TH ST SW, WYOMING, MI, 49548 Contractor: Name: CASSNIK CONTRACTING LLC Address: 15 NORTH CENTRAL AVENUE, CANONSBURG, PA, 15317 License No: CASSNCL848CQ Lender: Name: Address: , , , DESCRIPTION OF WORK: INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT FOR RETAIL STORE Phone: (616) 493-9334 Phone: (724) 941-2055 Expiration Date: Project Valuation: $225,631.00 Fees Collected: $4,461.42 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: Type of Construction: 116 Occupancy per IBC: M Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA FIRE SERVICE Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA SEWER SERVICE Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: 2012 National Electrical Code: 2014 International Residential Code Edition: 2012 WA Cities Electrical Code: 2014 International Mechanical Code Edition: 2012 WAC 296-46B: 2014 Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: 2012 WA State Energy Code: 2012 International Fuel Gas Code: 2012 Public Works Activities: Channel ization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Number: 0 Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: No Permit Center Authorized Signature: Ll Date: I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development per i and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Date: Print Name: 'S/''C't_111_�S S-L�lC This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 4: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (3A, 4013:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 1: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 2: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 3: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 7.2, 7.3) 5: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 6: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 7: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 8: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.9.1) 9: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 10: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT' shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT' shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.6) 11: Aisles and aisle access ways serving as a portion of the exit access in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section. Aisles or aisle access ways shall be provided from all occupied portions of the exit access which contain seats, tables, furnishings, displays and similar fixtures or equipment. The required width of aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1017.1) 12: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1011.6.3) 16: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 13: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.3.1) 17: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 14: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 15: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 40: Install physical stops in track or bumpers on shelving uprights to create 6 inch transverse flue spaces between shelving units when rolled together. 18: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2437.(ALL FIRE ALARM COMPONENTS TO BE TIED TO MAIN MALL FIRE ALARM PANEL.) 19: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 20: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2437) 21: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 22: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 23: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.9 of the International Building Code. 24: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 25: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 26: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. 27: 'BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS' 28: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 29: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 30: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 31: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 32: Special inspection for sprayed fire-resistant materials applied to structural elements and decks is required. Special inspections shall be based on the fire -resistance design as designated in the approved construction documents. 33: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8-feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. Periodic special inspection is required during anchorage of storage racks 8 feet or greater in height. 34: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 35: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 36: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 37: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 38: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 39: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-93SO 1700 BUILDING FINAL" 0611 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1400 FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 0409 FRAMING 0409 FRAMING 0409 FRAMING 0409 FRAMING 0409 FRAMING 0409 FRAMING 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING 0606 GLAZING 0606 GLAZING 0606 GLAZING 0502 LATH & GYPSUM 0502 LATH & GYPSUM 0502 LATH & GYPSUM 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING City of Tukwila ' Department of Community Development • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone:206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No: 9202470010 Permit Number: D15-0132 Address: 660 SOUTHCENTER MALL Issue Date: 2/18/2016 Permit Expires On: 8/16/2016 Project Name: EDDIE BAUER Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940, CARLSBAD, MI, 92013 Contact Person: Name: AMY DIEKEVERS Address: 75 - 60TH ST SW, WYOMING, MI, 49548 Contractor: Name: CASSNIK CONTRACTING LLC Address: 15 NORTH CENTRAL AVENUE, CANONSBURG, PA, 15317 License No: CASSNCL848CQ Lender: Name: Address: , Phone: (616) 493-9334 Phone: (724) 941-2055 Expiration Date: DESCRIPTION OF WORK: INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT FOR RETAIL STORE Project Valuation: $225,631.00 Fees Collected: $4,394.92 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: Type of Construction: 116 Occupancy per IBC: M Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA FIRE SERVICE Water District: TUKWILA Sewer District: TUKWILA SEWER SERVICE Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: 2012 National Electrical Code: 2014 International Residential Code Edition: 2012 WA Cities Electrical Code: 2014 International Mechanical Code Edition: 2012 WAC 296-466: 2014 Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: 2012 WA State Energy Code: 2012 International Fuel Gas Code: 2012 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Number: 0 Water Meter: No 9 Permit Center Authorized Signature: ""� Date: I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development per nd agree to the conditions attached to this permit. / A/ Signature: ,n / Date: �'2 / � / , Print Name: S �L 87 E ' This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 4: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (3A, 4013:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 5.4) 1: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 2: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 3: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 7.2, 7.3) 5: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 22: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 23: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.9 of the International Building Code. 24: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 25: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 26: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. 27: 'BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS' 28: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 29: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 30: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 31: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 32: Special inspection for sprayed fire-resistant materials applied to structural elements and decks is required. Special inspections shall be based on the fire -resistance design as designated in the approved construction documents. 33: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8-feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. Periodic special inspection is required during anchorage of storage racks 8 feet or greater in height. 34: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 35: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 36: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 37: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 38: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 39: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center(206/431-3670). PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL" 0611 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1400 FIRE FINAL 0409 FRAMING 6: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 7: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 8: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.9.1) 9: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 10: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.6) 11: Aisles and aisle access ways serving as a portion of the exit access in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section. Aisles or aisle access ways shall be provided from all occupied portions of the exit access which contain seats, tables, furnishings, displays and similar fixtures or equipment. The required width of aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1017.1) 12: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1011.6.3) 16: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 13: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.3.1) 17: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall be extended, altered or augmented as necessary to maintain and continue protection whenever the building is altered, remodeled or added to. Alterations to fire protection systems shall be done in accordance with applicable standards. (IFC 901.4) 14: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2436). 15: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 18: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2437.(ALL FIRE ALARM COMPONENTS TO BE TIED TO MAIN MALL FIRE ALARM PANEL.) 19: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2437) (IFC 901.2) 20: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2437) 21: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 0606 GLAZING 0502 LATH & GYPSUM 0406 SUSPENDED CEILING CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department • Public Works Department • Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.Izov SITE LOCATION Building Permit No.4- Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. "Please Print" ,,' e i , King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Site Address: (Dp ' Ra1 Suite Number: F r- Tenant Name: r—dd l i _ t�0 0J r New Tenant: ...Yes ❑ .. No PROPERTY OWNER Name: Address: VV�ii��� City: State: State: Zip:( CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: c�-� S Address: wb"' so City: i C�AState: Zip: Phone:k.,1�, , O , n Fax: "1 Email- e V -V GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Phone: Fax: Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: Architect Name:•--__ Address: �y V-61_„ City:<,-V State: � Zip: Phone: b,'S'_ Z _ q & ax: _ ^ 222 Email:�� .S"a'GiSscr— ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: t j �` Engineer Name: l t� Address: 119; City:�i\ 2o,, kkState: �,,j Zip: Phone: OD Fax: Email: LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: Address: 666 SO u-1 14 6tAITE-k 0 /1' li_ `City: et 1A KiW 4— ! State: hj � r Zip: / p /g "16, I I:\Applicntions\Fnrnts-Applications On Line\2011 Applications\Permit Applicnt ion Revised - 8-9-11.docz Revised: August 2011 bh Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $- Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information):5 QAW-* Existing Building Valuation: $ Will there be new rack storage? M/Yes ❑.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1" Floor 2nd Floor 3nd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: I Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑....... Yes ...... No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ..Sprinklers ❑....... Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ .......None ❑ .......Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑....... Yes .... No If "yes', attack list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-112" x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑....... On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Fora s Applications On Line\2011 Applical'tonsWermit Application Revised - 8-9-1 Ldoex Revised: August 2011 Page 2 of 4 nh g PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): kAj Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑... Water District #125 ❑ .. Highline ❑ . Renton ❑ ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑... Valley View ❑ . Renton ❑ .. Seattle ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑... Sewer Availability Provided Septic System: ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which ap ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34" ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way ❑ Non Right-of-way ❑ ❑ ...Total Cut cubic yards ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection _ Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Looped Fire Line ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size.. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size............ WO # ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension.............Public ❑ Private ❑ ❑ ...Water Main Extension.............Public ❑ Private ❑ FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer Monthly Service Billing to: ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ .. Channelization ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding ❑... Deduct Water Meter Size " Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Day Mailing City Water Meter Refund/Billing: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\2011 ApplicatiomWermit Application Revised - 8-9-1l.docx Revised: August 2011 bh State Zip Slate Zip Page 3 of 4 PERMITAPPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORAZED AGENT: Print Name Mailing Address: Date: & — `j — Day Telephone: 1 "'Up — `t ql? — 9 a �# \v—\ State Zip ll:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 Page 4 of 4 bh Date Paid: Thursday, April 07, 2016 Paid By: JAMES SLEDGE Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 583757 Printed: Thursday, April 07, 2016 1:51 PM 1 of 1 (f)TSY57EIv15 DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK ' AID $2,716.23 D15-0132 Address: 660 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470010 $2,716.23 DEVELOPMENT $2,587.10 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $2,582.60 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $129.13 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: .. R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $129.13 Date Paid: Tuesday, February 16, 2016 Paid By: CASSNIK CONTRACTING LLC Pay Method: CHECK 003128 Printed: Tuesday, February 16, 2016 10:54 AM 1 of 1 p�SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID $1,948.77 D15-0132 Address: 660 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470010 $1,678.69 DEVELOPMENT $1,678.69 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $1,678.69 EL15-0525 Address: 660 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470010 $165.30 ELECTRICAL $165.30 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.832.00.00 0.00 $165.30 M15-0071 Address: 660 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470010 $69.90 MECHANICAL $69.90 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.322.102.00.00 0.00 $69.90 PG15-0069 Address: 660 SOUTHCENTER MALL Apn: 9202470010 $34.88 PLUMBING $34.88 PLAN CHECK FEE •$1,948.77 R000.322.103.00.00 0.00 $34.88 Date Paid: Tuesday, June 09, 2015 Paid By: PRECISION PERMIT Pay Method: CHECK 13465 Printed: Tuesday, June 09, 2015 1:03 PM 1 of 1 r SYSTEMS it iz INSPECTION RECORD *n Retain a copy with permit 13 L I SPE N0. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: c Pdd�e W 4- Type of 1 specytitiop: l f l Address.- b ` ��i Lac �l � ✓" � �� Date Cal . Special Instructions:. �yq M nted: a.m. Date 7-f-r—(4� p.m. Requester: SCE. rpj�- Phone No, � Inspector: Date" REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit � l3 Z INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: L-ilk . of Inspection ,- ADa 1 A� Address: 4► vv Called: / Special Instructions: ' Date Wanted: Requester_ I Phone No: MApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. . COMMENTS: Qt?�� j C4' C �I K4 l b LAG l u paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 22 nq INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit IRSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: , 6aV Type of I spectiont I Address: a C*r -('(q Date Call : Special Instructions: Date anted: a.m. — (3 - ()/ p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Porrections required prior to approval. ,iCOMMENTS: r M Inspector: Da� ❑ REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd„ Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. -t t INSPECTION RECORD 4gg) Retain a copy with permit PECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: _ 6.,vl �e Type f Inspegion: & ��C �L ti Address: 0fOt11 U /0 11ate Called: Special Instructions: Aw Date Wanted: a.m. — G p.m. Reque ter: Phone No: (inspectorV' - IDate-i j — f 7 _f REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Catl to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD 7 _ Retain a copy with permit p Dc� Z' IN ,.CTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: Typ of Inspection: Address: / (06 Date a led: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: / a.m. 3- l —( KJ p.m. Requester: Phone No: ❑Approved per applicable codes. E Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Per f r-7-(' sf I v ` v 00 0'--L REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a ropy with permit ��S 3 PERM('f NO, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd.., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Proj c (a—v- —/ Type of Inspection:VWx FVap-'-f A dress: / �� �! / Date Called: 9� Special Instructions: Date 3ntV "1 � a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes.Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Qr�O V-� fO� !®� AJO -tom �/ ? cia cut �o Inspector: Date d a� — j REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. lL rd INSPECTION RECORD �P Retain a copy with permit (�- PEC N NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 fka M (" Project: , qL tk Type of Inspectipn: A dress: / / o SO Cf-r tit.Q Date Called: Special Instructions: �� F�vu.vvl /td "lam Date anted: a.m. 3 — f ,� p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. IInspector:f (Date REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. d INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ON N0. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Pro'e : t 6cme - Type of Inspection: .9 Adadrress: , Date Called: Special Instructions: q_° ' Date Want d, a.m. Requester:I Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. L, Corrections required prior to approval. 'Inspector: �j /� Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED, Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD3 3) �1��13 Retain a copy with permit INI TION N0. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., # 100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-C7,0 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350&s-Uwl ,(F Project: c I (-�a(ke-f— Typ f Insp on: Iress: Date Called: Special Instructions: / Vvl `� r� Wv 4 p �,rJIT l � vie' mil. f Date Wanted: a,m. 3 " 2— / p.m. t Requester: Phone No: 11 Approved per applicable codes. EJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ~� INSPECTION RECORD h( O(3 Z Retain a copy permit ermit CiION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd.., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Projec - �l 6 Q-vt �--V' Type f Inspection.: Cl(-" ku Address: 0 Su��kC eta 1 Date Called: ! Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: ;1 t._..1 Approved per applicable codes. Ocorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: lq P'orG""C t' V i t C C-CZ 1 wt �� Inspector: " Ipate3 —/ 1 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. i -1 INSPECTION RECOR Retain a copy with permit fl CIION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWIL.A BUILDING DIVISION 6300 SOLlthcenter Blvd.., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: Type of Inspections ('1-1 Address: 0 sQ k CfV_ Date Called: Special Instructions: 41 Date Wanted: / a.m. 'L (b p.m. Requester: Phone No: 11 Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 4t J, vu ljCr '0 (e�2 Inspector: Date: 7 4�= I 12— —-G —[ 6 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD U/, S- - of Retain a copy with permit /0 -�- �7 A - s. mate_ INSPECTION NUMBER PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: PA u Type of Inspection: 4 � r t_A .r 1J A Address: 670 S ALL Contact Person: Suite #. Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: dV 70 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: �y�^ .5-()- Date: Hrs.: ❑ $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. tsimng waaress Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NUMBER (I 3 Z_ PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: „� Type of Inspection: Address: Contact Person: Suite #: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector:- ..- / Date: 3/fj f Hrs.: C) $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Jan 2014 Project Info Project Address EDDIE BAUER Date 5/5/2015 Compliance SOUTHCENTER MALL For Building Department Use forms do not SEATLE, WA. require a password to Applicant Name: CALVIN.T CHHUOR use. Instructional and calculating cells FILE Applicant Address: 1750 COMMERCE COURT WHITE BEAR LAKE MN.55110 Applicant Phone: 651-748-1100 are write- Project Description 0 New Building ❑ Addition [ Alteration Plans Included Lighting Compliance Path Lighting Power Density Calculations 0 Total Building Performance (If Total Building Performance then only LGT-CHK is required.) Lighting Power Allowance !j Building Area Method Space -By -Space Method Method Selection required to enable LPA forms Interior Lighting System CODE COMPLIANCE REC'l IVEU Description APPROVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 17 2015 JUL 141015 Briefly describe lighting system type and features. PERMIT CENTER Additions and Change of Space Use (C101..lftrhDIVISI0N =1 Addition area or Change of Space Use area complies with all applicable provisions as stand alone project Addition area is combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance with all applicable provisions per C101.4.3 Provide Building Area Method (LTG-INT-BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG-INT-SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed and proposed (including existing if applicable) lighting wattage of Addition or Change of Use space. Provide applicable lighting controls per C405.2 and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. Alterations, Renovations and Repairs (C101.4.3.1) 60% or more of luminaires in space replaced Provide Building Area Method (LTG-INT-BLD) or Space -By -Space Method (LTG-INT-SPACE) Compliance Form. Document maximum allowed wattage within the lighting retrofit space in Maximum Allowed Wattage table and proposed (including existing) lighting wattage in Proposed Wattage table. Retrofit and non -retrofit spaces shall be documented separately using multiple forms. Less than 60% of luminaires in space replaced Provide a separate Space -By -Space Method (LTG-INT-SPACE) Compliance Form for this retrofit area. Document existing total wattage within the lighting retrofit space in cell provided in the Maximum Allowed Wattage table. Document proposed (including existing) lighting wattage in the Proposed Wattage table. (� Lamp and/or ballast replacement within existing luminaires only — existing total interior building wattage not increased New wiring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit Provide applicable manual lighting controls (C405.2.1), occupancy sensors (C405.2.2.2), daylight zone controls (C405.2.2.3), specific application controls (C405.2.3), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13 New or moved lighting panel Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring, automatic time switch controls (C405.2.2.1), and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13. -� Space is reconfigured - luminaires unchanged or moved only • Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring and commissioning of lighting controls per C405.13.LT A 1 ` �1 No changes are being made to the interior lighting and space use not changed. IN UL"' 19 - DM'- 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Jan 2014 Project Address EDDIE BAUER Date 5/5/2015 Lighting Alterations, Renovations & Building Additions For Building Department Use Q Less than 60% 60% or more 0 Stand alone O Addition Notes: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall existing bldg lighting to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C101.4.3. b. For retrofits and building additions. provide Space Types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting table. If a builidng addition will comply as combined with the overall existing builidng, include all applicable existing Space Types and gross interior areas. c. Document new fixtures and all existing to remain fixtures in the Proposed Lighting table. d. If less than 60% of existing fixtures will be replaced, provide total existing lighting wattage (prior to retrofit) in the space provided in the Maximum Allowed Lighting table. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (plan #, Allowed Gross Interior Wafts Allowed room #) Space Type' Wafts per f12 Area in ft2 (watts/ft2 x area) SALES AREA Retail: Sales area 1.68 3205 5384 STOCKROOM Storage 0.63 588 370 TOILET ROOM Restroom 0.98 62 61 Atrium" Enter Height: Existing Lighting Enter Exist. Watts: DISPLAY Retail Display Allowance from LTG-INT-DISPLAY 552 Select Table C405.5.2(2) category from drop down menu. " For atriums, indicate height. Allowed wattage for first 40 feet is 0.03 W/ft. ht., above 40 feet is 0.02 W/ft. ht. Proposed Lighting Wattage Area Allowed Watts Total 3855 6368 Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description— Number of Fixtures Wafts/ Fixture Wafts Proposed SALES AREA TYPE F2 TRACK WITH 2A CURRENT LIMITING 192 SALES AREA TYPE F2 TRACK WITH 4A CURRENT LIMITING 1 384 384 SALES AREA TYPE F2 TRACK WITH 10A CURRENT LIMITING 3 960 2880 SALES AREA TYPE F2 TRACK WITH 12A CURRENT LIMITING 1 1152 1152 SALES AREA TYPE E 4 90 360 STOCKROOM TYPE D/DD 14 58 812 TOILET ROOM TYPE J 1 120 120 Retail Display Lighting from LTG-INT-DISPLAY 552 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Lighting Total Proposed Watt] 6260 Include existing to remain lighting fixtures and exempt lighting equipment per notes below. Notes: 1. Include ALL proposed lighting fixtures. 2. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 3. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section C405.5.1. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 4. For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.5.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. 5. Document existing to remain fixtures in Proposed Lighting table in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description 6. If #NA appears in Retail Display cells, information on LTG-!N7-DISPLAY is incomplete. Interior Lighting Power Allowance COMPLIES 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Jan 2014 Project Info Project Address EDDIE BAUER Date 5/5/2015 SOUTHCENTER MALL For Building Department Use SEATLE, WA. Applicant Name:. CALVIN.T CHHUOR Maximum Allowed Display Lighting Wattage Location (plan #, room #) Retail Display Area Type* owe Watts per ftZ `* ross Interior Area in ft2 Wafts owe (watts/ftz x area) DISPLAY Retail 3: Furniture, clothing, cosmetics, artwork 1.40 500 700 * Only retail sales areas that meet the requirements defined in Table C405.5.2(2) Area Area Watts footnote A may be entered here. Select retail sales areas form drop down menu. Total 500 700 ** Wattages per Table C405.5.2(2) footnote A. ++ Display light allowance per footnote A calculation. Display Lighting Base Allowance 500 *+ Total Display Allowance 1200 Proposed Display Lighting Wattage Only separately controlled display fixtures independent of qeneral area lighting per Table C405.5.20 footnote A may be entered here. Display Area* Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Retail 3 SALES AREA TRACK 2A CURRENT LIMITING 1 192 192 Retail 3 SALES AREA TYPE "E" 4 90 360 * Select retail sales display area from drop down menu. DISPLAY WATTAGE ALLOWED - AS PROPOSED Total Proposed Waftsl 552 Proposed Display Retail 1 Retail 2 Retail 3 Retail 4 Lighting Totals 552 Notes: 1. For proposed Display Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (rot simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section C405.5.1. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3. List all display fixtures. 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 8 R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Jan 2014 Project Address EDDIE BAUER Date 5/5/2015 Lighting Alterations, Renovations & Building Additions 0 Less than 60% 60% or more 0 Stand alone 0 Addition Notes: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall existing bldg lighting to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C101.4.3. b. For retrofits and building additions, provide Building Area types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting table. If a builidng addition will comply as combined with the overall existing builidng, include all applicable existing Building Area types and gross interior areas. c. Document new fixtures and all existing to remain fixtures in the Proposed Lighting table. d. If less than 60% of existing fixtures will be replaced, use L TG-INT-SPA CE form. For Building Department Use Space -By -Space method selected. Use LTG-INT-SPACE form. Building Area* Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Area Description Wowed Watts per ftz Gross Interior Area in ftz Watts Allowed (watts/ftz x area) * Select Table C405.5.2(1) Building Area from drop down menu. Total Space -By -Space method selected. Use LTG-INT-SPACE form. Building Area* Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description** Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed * Select Table C405.5.2(1) Building Area from drop down menu. ** Include existing to remain lighting and exempt lighting equipment per notes below. Compliance by Building Area Building Area Warnings Total Allowed Watts Total Proposed Watts Interior Lighting Power Allowance Total Notes: 1. Proposed Wattage for each Building Area type shall not exceed the Allowed Wattage for that Building Area type. Trading wattage between Building Area types is not allowed under the Building Area Method compliance path. 2. Proposed fixtures must be listed in the building area in which they occur. Include ALL proposed lighting fixtures. 3. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 4. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section C405.5.1. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 5. For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.5.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. 6. Document existing to remain fixtures in Proposed Lighting table in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Jan 2014 Project Info Project Address: EDDIE BAUER Date 5/5/2015 SOUTHCENTER MALL For Building Department Use SEATLE, WA. Applicant Name: CALVIN.T CHHUOR ApplicantAddr, 1750 COMMERCE COURT WHITE BEAR LAKE M Applicant Phone: 651-748-1100 Project Description ❑ New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Included Lighting Zone As specified by jurisdiction. Zone selection required to enable LTG-EXT form J Zone 1 ❑ Zone 2 ❑ Zone 3 ❑ Zone 4 Compliance Option O Lighting Power Density Calculations G Total Building Performance Building Grounds Applies to luminaires > 100 Watts ❑ Efficacy > 60 lumens/W ❑ Controlled by motion sensor Exemption (list) Exterior Lighting Alterations No changes are being made to the existing exterior lighting New wiring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new circuit Provide applicable exterior lighting controls perC405.2.4 and commissioning per Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Base Site Allowance: Tradable Surfaces Surface Description Allowed atts per ft2 or per If Area (ft ), perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Wafts x ft2 (or x If) Total Allowed Tradable Watts: I radable Proposed Lighting Wattage (Use mfgr listed maximum input wattage forluminaire.) Tradable Surface Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Total proposed tradable watts may not exceed the sum of total allowed tradable Total Proposed Tradable Watts: watts plus the base site allowance. Anv base site allowance not needed to make tradable watts comply can be applied to individual non -tradable categories. Non -Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Base Site Allowance Remaining: 0 Non -Tradable Surfaces Surface Description Allowed Watts per ft2 or per If Area (ft), perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts x f12 (or x If) Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Non -Tradable Surface Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Non -tradable proposed watts may not exceed allowed watts for any individual Total excess Non -Tradable watts: surface unless the total excess watts for all non -tradable surfaces are less than the remaining site allowance. Site Allowance Balance: Exterior Lighting Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Docurheht� Checklist LTG-CHK'! 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Conimeicial Buildings including F22 8 R3 over 3 stories and all R'I Revised Jan MM Project Address EDDIE BAUER Date 5/5/2015 The following information is necessary to check a permit appiicatioir for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability Location in Building Department (yes ,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Documents Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section C4O5.7) C405.2.1.1 Manual interior _ Indicate on plans the manua! control type & locations served; - - — - — - - --- - ---- -- - C405.2.1.2 lighting controls Indicate of plans the 50% lighting load reduction method provided or i; entiN, exception taken_ _ indicate lighting system automatic shut-off capability - identify lighting zone areas served on plans; C405.2.2.1 Automatic time switch controls and !ndicato locations of override: switches on plans and the areas override switching served, include area sq. ft.; Indicate locations where automatic shutoff is provided by other methods (occupancy sensor, daylight controls, etc) C405.2.2.2 Occupancy sensors Indicate on plans the locations served by occupancy sensors Daylight zones - Indicate vertical fenestration primary and secondary daylight C405.2.2.3 Vertical fenestration zone areas on plays; include sq. f•..; and skylights Indicate skylight daylight zone areas on plans, includa sq. ft. Indicate on plans the locations served by daylight zone C405.2.2.3.2 Daylight zone controls; Indicate in plans the lighting load reduction (dimming) method - controls stepped or continuous dimming Specific application _ Indicate on plans the locations served by specific application C405.2.3 lighting controls - lighting controls General Indicate !ighting,control method for display and accent lighting, and die-playcase lighting; C405.2.3 - Display and accent - - - — - -- - - - — Items 1&2 lighting Indicate these fixtures are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space C405.2.3 - Hotellmotel guest Provide s lighting control device at each guest room entry. for Item 3 rooms all permanently installed fixtures in guest room; Indicated whether lighting control is manual or automatic C405.2.3 - Supplemental task Provide automatic shut -off -vacancy controls for supplemental Item 4 lighting task lightinq, inc4cding under -shelf or under -cabinet lighting Identify eligible non -visual applications and method of lighting C405.2.3 - Lighting for non- control; - -- - -- --- — - - ._ - - - -- - - Item-- 5 visual applications Indicate these fixtures are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space Indicate lighting control method for lighting equipment for sale C405.2.3 - Lighting equipment or demonstration; Item 6 for sale or Indicate these fixtures are controlled independently from both demonstration general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space If egress lighting power density is greater than 0.05W/ft2, C405.2.3 - Means of egress indicate method of automatic shut-off during unoccupied Item 7 lighting periods; Identify on plans the egress fixtures that function as both normal and emergency means of egress illumination C405.1 U Cooler and freezer Provide vacancy device or timer to turn off fixtures within 15 C405.11 lighting ininutes of unoccupancy for cooler and freezer lighting fixtures with lamp efficacy less than 40 lumens per watt C405.2.4 Exterior lighting Indicate on exterior lighting plans the automatic lighting control controls method and locations served . Exterior building Provide motion sensor controls for building grounds fixtures C405.6.1 grounds lighting rated at greater than 1 UO watts with lamp efficacy less than 60 controls lumens, or identify exception taken Identify applicable commissioning documentation requirements per Section C408 or eligibility for exception; C408.3 Lighting system Provide written procedures for, functional testing of all automatic functional testing controls and describe the expected system response; Identify in construction documents the party responsible for functional testing of automatic lighting controls Lighting, and Transformer Permit Documents Checklist LTG-CHK 2012 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2 & R3 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Jan 2014 Project Address EDDIE BAUER Date 5/5/2015 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability Location in Building Department (yes ,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Documents Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY Sections C405.5, C405.10, C405.11 Provide fixture schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and rated watts per fixture; C405.5.1 spaces eligible for lighting Identify P 9 9 9 Power exemption on plans C405.5.1.1 Total connected and in compliance forms; C405.5.1.2 C405.5.1.3 interior lighting power Identify lighting equipment eligible for exemption in fixture C405.5.1.4 schedule and in compliance forms; Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled independently C405.4 Exit signs Provide exit sign types and rated watts per fixture in fixture schedule (maximum 5 watts per fixture) C405.10 Cooler and freezer For lighting in walk-in coolers and freezers, and refrigerated C405.11 lighting warehouse coolers and freezers, provide rated lamp efficacy (in lumens per watt) in fixture schedule Lighting Power Calculation - Indicate compliance path taken Building Area Complete required compliance forms — proposed wattage per C405.5.2 Method building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage per building area. Identify locations of building areas on plans Complete required compliance forms — total proposed wattage C405.5.2 Space -By -Space does not exceed maximum allowed wattage. Identify locations Method of space types on plans, including retail display areas as applicable EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY Section C405.6 Provide fixture schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and rated watts per fixture; C405.6.2 Total connected exterior lighting -- -- Identify exterior applications eligible for lighting power - - - power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting Table C405.6.2(1) Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the AHJ Exterior building For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts, C405.6.1 grounds lighting Provide rated lamp efficacy (in lumens per watt) in fixture schedule Exterior lighting Complete required compliance form — proposed wattage for C405.6.2 power calculations exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed maximum allowed MOTORS & TRANSFORMERS (Sections C405.8, C405.9) C405.8 Electric Motors For motors not part of an HVAC system, provide electric motor schedule on electrical plans with hp, rpm, and rated efficiency C405.9 Transformers Provide distribution transformer schedule on electrical plans with transformer size and efficiency If "no" is selected for any question, provide explanation: i ® City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor • Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director December 1, 2015 Amy Diekevers Precision Permit Services 75 601h St SW Wyoming, MI 49548 RE: Request for Application Extension Eddie Bauer— 660 Southcenter Mall Dear Ms. Diekevers, This letter is in response to your written request for an extension to Application Number D15-0132. The Building Official has reviewed your letter and considered your request to extend the above referenced application. It has been determined that the City of Tukwila Building Division will be extending your permit application an additional 180 days, through June 9, 2016. If you should have any questions, please contact our office at (206) 431-3670 extension 1. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File: Permit D15-0132 WAPermit Center\Extension Letters\Applications\2015\D15-0132 App Extension Letter.docx 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 9 Tukwila, Washington 98188 0 Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 Bill Rambo From: Amy Diekevers <amyd@precisionpermits.com> Sent: Friday, November 20, 2015 11:05 AM To: Bill Rambo Subject: Request for Plan Review Extensions EDDIE BAUER SOUTHCENTER Attachments: EL15-0525.pdf; PG15-0069.pdf; M15-0071.pdf, D15-0132.pdf Importance: High Per the attached notices, I am requesting plan review approval extensions on all of them. We are scheduled to start construction on 2/1/16. Let me know if this is enough to extend the approvals or if there is something additional I need to do. Thanh you, Precision Permit Services 75 - 60th St SW Wyoming MI 49548 616-493-9334 ph 616-493-9.351 fax Request for Extension # I Current Expiration bate: Extension Request: X❑ Approved for days ❑ Denied (provide explanation) Signature/Initials l 1 City of Tukwila � Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director November 4, 2015 AMY DIEKEVERS 75 60TH ST SW WYOMING, MI 49548 RE: Application No. D15-0132 EDDIE BAUER 660 SOUTHCENTER MALL Dear AMY DIEKEVERS: Permit application D15-0132 for the work proposed at EDDIE BAUER (660 SOUTHCENTER MALL) has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Building, Residential, and Mechanical Codes as well as the Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit application not issued within 180 days from the date of application shall expire and become null and void. Currently your application has a status of APPROVED and is due to expire 12/09/2015. If you still plan to pursue your project, you are hereby advised to do one of the following: 1) If the plan review is completed for the project and your application is approved, you may pick up the application before the date of expiration. At the time of permit issuance the expiration date will automatically be extended 180 days. -or- 2) If the plan review is not completed submit a written request for application extension (7) seven days in advance of the expiration date. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your application. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 90 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event that your permit is not issued, we do not receive your written request for extension, or your request is denied your permit application will expire and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, J Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No: D15-0132 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 Robert F. Vanney Architects 9 July 2015 Allen Johannessen 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 PH. (206) 433-7163 RE: Correction Letter # 1 Development Permit Application Number D 15-0132 Eddie Bauer Southcenter Mall 2800 Southcenter Mall, Space #212 Seattle, WA Dear Allen Johannessen, The following actions have been taken in response to your review letter dated June 30, 2015 regarding the permit drawings for the above referenced project and per our phone conversation relating to those comments from that letter, BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS: (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size I Ix17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) (If applicable) All Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets to be stamped (original signed wet stamp, not copied) by Washington State licensed architect, structural engineer or civil engineer. (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) i . Comment: Code Data refers to Seattle codes. International codes shall be used for the City of Tukwila. Update to show compliance with 2012 International codes to include City of Tukwila codes and Washington State Amendments Action: We have updated the Code information listed on the C1.0 drawing to reflect the proper codes. Note: This change is marked as Revision #2. Revision #1 included finish changes and no life safety changes requiring resubmittal. 2. Comment: Provide a floor plan that identifies means of egress and identifies path of egress illumination. Emergency illumination shall have at least an average 1 foot-candle and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot candle measured along the path of egress at the floor level. Emergency lighting shall also be required for exit discharge doorways. Egress paths shall be continuous to each exit. Designed egress paths shall be those inspected for egress illumination requirements. (IBC Section 107.2.3, 1006 & 1008.1.6) Action: No changes to the drawings have been made. The F1.0 drawing shows the Path of Egress and the E2 drawing shows the emergency lighting. Proper installation and illumination to be verified by inspector. 3. Comment: Provide a completed 2012 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code lighting budget compliance form. 2012 NREC Compliance Forms for Lighting is available online at: http://www.neec.net/energy-codes, (scroll down to center of page). Action: These forms have been completed and included with this submittal. 360 North Robert Street, Suite 201 Saint Paul, Minnesota (651)222-4642 FAX(651)222-3034 55101 Robert F. Vanney Architects I trust the actions noted above satisfy each review comment. If you have any questions or need additional information please contact me. Thank you. Sincerely, Travis D. Wiegand Travis Wiegand For Robert F. Vanney, Architect 360 North Robert Street, Suite 201 Saint Paul, Minnesota (651)222-4642 FAX(651)222-3034 55101 City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director June 30, 2015 AMY DIEKEVERS 75 - 60TH ST SW WYOMING, MI 49548 RE: Correction Letter # I DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number D15-0132 EDDIE BAUER - 660 SOUTHCENTER MALL Dear AMY DIEKEVERS, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: Allen Johannessen at 206-433-7163 if you have questions regarding these comments. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size I Ix17 to maximum size of 2406; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) (If applicable) All Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets to be stamped (original signed wet stamp, not copied) by Washington State licensed architect, structural engineer or civil engineer. (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) 1. Code Data refers to Seattle codes. International codes shall be used for the City of Tukwila. Update to show compliance with 2012 International codes to include City of Tukwila codes and Washington State Amendments. 2. Provide a floor plan that identifies means of egress and identifies path of egress illumination. Emergency illumination shall have at least an average 1 foot-candle and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot candle measured along the path of egress at the floor level. Emergency lighting shall also be required for exit discharge doorways. Egress paths shall be continuous to each exit. Designed egress paths shall be those inspected for egress illumination requirements. (IBC Section 107.2.3, 1006 & 1008.1.6) 3. Provide a completed 2012 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code lighting budget compliance form. 2012 NREC Compliance Forms for Lighting is available online at: http://www.neec.net/energy-codes, (scroll down to center of page). Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, I can be reached at 206-431-3655. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No. D15-0132 6300.Southcenter Boulevard .Suite #100 9 Tukwila Washington. 981R8 • Phone 206-4.31-.3670 • Fox 206-4.31-.3665 HERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D15-0132 DATE: 03/03/16 PROJECT NAME: EDDIE BAUER SITE ADDRESS: 660 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter #, 71T71 / 71TA RTl►Tr Cn _ Building Division 3 S IJ/4 -I P Public Works PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Corrections Required ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Revision # before Permit Issued X Revision # 1 after Permit Issued AM �Wc, \jl-- A)14 Fire Prevention Planning Division Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DATE: 03/03/16 Structural Review Required ❑ DATE: DUE DATE: 03/31/16 Approved with Conditions ❑ Denied ❑ (ie: Zoning Issues) DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12118/2013 PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D15-0132 PROJECT NAME: EDDIE BAUER DATE: 07/16/15 1 SITE ADDRESS: 660 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Fire Prevention ❑ Planning Division ❑ Public Works ❑ Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ PRELIMINARY REVIEW: DATE: 07/16/15 Not Applicable ❑ Structural Review Required ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 08/13/15 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Corrections Required ❑ Denied ❑ (corrections entered in Reviews) (ie: Zoning Issues) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D15-0132 PROJECT NAME: EDDIE BAUER DATE: 06/15/15 SITE ADDRESS: 660 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DEPARTMENTS: A coy: Building Division AAyk Public Worlfs PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued l /OL b ��s- C��- /J//+ ire Prevention IN Planning Division Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DATE: 06/16/15 Structural Review Required ❑ DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 07/14/2015 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: Denied ❑ (ie: Zoning Issues) DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg �f Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 PROJECT NAME: SITE ADDRESS: V00 S0V1*CWtff Mai 1I PERMIT NO: b q ' O j �rL ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: I REVISION LOG REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS 1 I� -V11-0lv Summaryof Revision: 5 t%i 1 w1i Received b : ,,,A/ES �nY-w- REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: G Plan Check/Permit Number: ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # Revision #16 after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building InspQctor or Plans Examiner ❑ Deferred Submittal # Project Name: -U,(/ 1C— DA-uL4-r-it Project Address: 6 ZO 506�7/l ram/ (CX "/t t L T o lS vy-r'j +- Contact Person: "S4,1,ACS 5 Z Phone Number: CT /q 3 9 Ll 3 R 2.5 Summary of Revision: L k) rl /NZ 7 "C 7-0 Y-Tb EO I1 s /,1-6F-scrok40C CITY OF TUKWILA Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: W AAA ❑ Entered in TRAKiT on W:\Permit CenterUemplates\Forms\Revision Submittal Form. doc Revised: August 2015 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: " ► IL ` Plan Check/Permit Number: ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # I ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Eddie Bauer Project Address: 660 Southcenter Mall D15-0132 RECEM �Omy Of rukwu r JUL 14 2015 PERMIT CEN TEp Contact Person: D`C.KR U UT Phone Number: _�0/ Z/1? - Cl3 Summary of Revision: n C'�S i�cS '� ,CtK1 (� �!� C Q 1�P 4� C11kt'mmf Sheet Number(s): C < • D "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date Received at the City of Tukwila/Permit Center by: Entered in TRAKiT on ' Y \applications\forms-applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8-13-2004 Revised: CASSNIK CONTRACTING LLC Page 1 of 2 Home Espafiol Contract. Safety & Health Washington State Department of Labor & Industries CASSNIK CONTRACTING LLC Owner or tradesperson HRABIK, DOUGLAS J Principals HRABIK, DOUGLAS J, PARTNER/MEMBER WA UBI No. 603 684 720 License Search L&I A-L Index Help My Secure 1 &I Claims & Insurance Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing 15 NORTH CENTRAL AVENUE CANONSBURG, PAIS317 724-941-2055 Business type Limited Liability Company Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor Active. Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. CASSNCL848CO Effective — expiration 02118/2016— 02/18/2018 Bond ................ Western Surety Co $12,000.00 Bond account no. 62680345 Received by L&I Effective date 02/1812016 02/1712016 Expiration date Until Canceled Insurance ..................... United Specialty Insurance Com $1,000,000.00 Policy no. S113904AO768902 Received by L&I Effective date 02/18/2016 12/09/2015 Expiration date 12/09/2016 Savings No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Lawsuits against the bond or savings No lawsuits against the bond or savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. L&I Tax debts No L&I tax debts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded by other agencies. License Violations .............. No license violations during the previous 6 year period. I Workers' comp I httDs://secure.Ini.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=603584720&LIC=CASSNCL848CQ&SAW= 2/18/2016 STORE OWNER EDDIE BAUER, LLC REAL ESTATE 10401 NE 8TH STREET SUITE 500 BELLEVUE, WA 98004 (425) 755-6100 0 DESIGN MANAGER ERIC ESPARZA (425) 755-4761 X SECTION X SECTION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION X ELEVATION NUMBER X SHEET NUMBER AS PER PLANS ` r DETAIL DETAIL NUMBER X X SHEET NUMBER ROOM IDENTIRCATION ROOM 00 ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER &-- COLUMN LINE 01 WALL ELEVAIM LINE 'I CONSTRUCTION MANAGER JIM GALE (425) 246-8792 O DOOR NUMBER SEE SHEET A9.0 0 REVISION SYMBOL FINSH SYMBOL X-X SEE SHEET A9.0 CEILING IDENTIRCATION MATERIAL CEILING MATERIAL HEIGHT CEILING HEIGHT X PARTMON TYPE SEE SHEET A1.1 < KEY NOTE No changes shall be made to the scope Of Work without prior approval of Tul,vjfEa Building Division - NOTE,: Ravi-sio ;s L" R require a new plan submittal end may include adcStional plan review fees. ARCHITECT ROBERT F VANNEY ARCHITECT 360 N. ROBERT STREET, SUITE 201 ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA 55101 (651) 222-4642 (651) 222-3034 FAX ATTN: ROBERT F. VANNEY I F PFR,IPIT ED FOR: anical rical bing Piping Ciiy of Tukwila 11 i-DD,I�,I G DIVISION . TENANT LOCATION MAP SPACE #0212 Level 1 of 3 vvR-051 I�/e1A�70 1J /_IMP 1'r - ---- ------- GENERAL NOTES 1. THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER HAVE ENDEAVORED TO SPECIFY AND/OR INDICATE MATERIALS THAT DO NOT CONTAIN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN VIOLATION OF APPLICABLE LAWS OR REASONABLE COMMERCIAL RETAIL BUILDING PRACTICES. ALL CONTRACTORS, SUB -CONTRACTORS AND/OR MATERIAL SUPPLIERS SHALL PROVIDE MATERIALS THAT DO NOT CONTAIN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND/OR MATERIAL SUPPLIERS SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER OF ANY MATERIALS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED FOR INCLUSION IN THE PROJECT THAT CONTAIN 55 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND/OR ASBESTOS. 2. WORK TO BE PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT IS DEFINED BY ALL INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS SET OF DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH AND FOLLOW ALL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES ACCESSIBILITY CODES AND BARRIER FREE. 3. ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, FINISHED EQUIPMENT AND THE FINAL FINISHED PROJECT AS OUTLINED AND REQUIRED BY THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS PER GOVERNING STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ANY AND ALL OTHER REGULATIONS AND CODES HAVING LOCAL JURISDICTION. THE WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL SITE DEVELOPMENT, FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, AND ANY AND ALL WORK AS REQUIRED BY THE INSPECTION AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. THESE DRAWINGS ARE PREPARED FOR PURPOSES OF CONSTRUCTION ONLY. THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES AS ACTUAL CONDITIONS MAY VARY FROM THOSE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS DUE TO CHANGE ORDERS, ALTERATIONS BY OTHERS, FIELD CONDITIONS, ETC. 5. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 56. ALL WORK NEW UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 7. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. AND NOTIFY EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCY. 8. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES AS OUTLINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND CONFORMING TO LANDLORD 5 REQUIREMENTS AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 9. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF WALL FINISHES OR CENTERLINE OF WALL OR COLUMN. 10. ALL GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE 5/8" TYPE 11. GYPSUM WALL BOARD TO HAVE A FINISHED EDGE WHERE EXPOSED. 12. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR (T.G.C.) SHALL VERIFY THAT DEMISING WALLS EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND ALL PENETRATIONS ARE SEALED TIGHT, FIREPROOFED TO MEET CODE, AND LANDLORD 5 REQUIREMENTS. 13. ALL WALL FRAMING NOT BRACED TO DEMISING WALLS SHALL BE SECURED OR DIAGONALLY BRACED AT 4'-0" O.C. ABOVE CEILING ABOVE 12'-0" TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 14. DEMISING WALLS ARE NOT DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE LOADING. ALL FIXTURES MUST BE SUPPORTED BY THE FLOOR OR NEW WALL 5 CONSTRUCTION. 15. ALL FRAMING LUMBER, PLYWOOD, AND CONCEALED WOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED (F.R.T.) NO. FRT. IN CEILING PLENUM OR ABOVE SPRINKLER COVERAGE - IF NECESSARY USE METAL FOR BLOCKING. 16. PROVIDE F.R.T. WOOD OR METAL BLOCKING FOR ALL SIGNS, HOOKS, SLOTWALL, TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES AND ANY OTHER WALL MOUNTED 5 EQUIPMENT. 17. ANY DRILLING, WELDING OR OTHER ATTACHMENT TO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF SUCH WORK. 18. COORDINATE ANY ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND LANDLORD'S ROOF CONTRACTOR. 19. STATE AND/OR LOCAL CODES MAY REQUIRE THAT ALL WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF AN APPROVED ENGINEER AND/OR INSPECTOR. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACTUAL VERIFICATION OF THIS REQUIREMENT 0 AND THE COST OF SUCH SUPERVISION OR INSPECTION WHEN REQUIRED. 20. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE CONDUIT, RACEWAYS AND ELECTRICAL BOXES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF F.0.1.0. VENDOR SUPPLIED SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT IF REQUIRED BY CODE OR LANDLORD. 21. ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY T.G.C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WESTFIELD TENANT COORDINATION 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 98188 0 PH: (206) 802-6043 C: (206) 739-8125 ATi'N: ADAM KUSHABI EMAIL: akushabiousmestfield.com r EDDIE BAUER SPACE ##212 SOUTHCENTER MALL 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA. 98188 NTS F.O.I.O. VENDORS ITEM VENDOR SPECIALTIES STOREFRONT SIGN INFINITE PHONE CONTACT 973-649-995OX18 PAUL MCCABE MERCHANDISE SECURITY SENSORMATIC TYCO-SENSORMATIC 425-336-1228 JEFF McLAUGHLIN MUSIC SYSTEM PLAYNETWORK 888-567-7529 ANTHONY BIOTONA POS SYSTEMS CPT 630-432-3013 PAUL GEOGIOU BURGLAR ALARM PROTECTION 1 630-946-6840 CHELLE EDORH PHONE CPT 630-432-3013 PAUL GEOGIOU Al THE FOLLOWING IS A DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM OR SCOPE OF WORK TO BE COORDINATED. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ANY AND ALL CONDUIT RACEWAYS AND J-BOXES REQUIRED FOR THE ABOVE SYSTEMS. A PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING SHOULD BE SCHEDULED WITH EACH VENDOR TO ENSURE THEIR SHOP DRAWINGS COORDINATE WITH THE STORE PLANS IN TERMS OF THE LOCATION OF J-BOXES. FAILURE TO COORDINATE THESE VENDORS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXTRA SHOULD YOU NEED TO RELOCATE A J-BOX. SCHEDULING VENDORS TO THE JOBSITE MAY SOMETIMES BE DIFFICULT. AT OTHER TIMES, A VENDOR MAY NOT SHOW UP WHEN SCHEDULED. IF EITHER CASE SHOULD OCCUR, NOTIFY THE EB CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. ALL F010 ITEMS MUST BE COMPLETE PRIOR TO WALK-THROUGH/TURNOVER. F.O.I.C. VENDORS ITEM VENDOR PHONE CONTACT 5 MILLWORK FIXTURES EB REAL ESTATE 425-755-6351 JIM HOOKER FITTING ROOM DOORS EB REAL ESTATE 425-755-6351 JIM HOOKER SPECIALTIES OUTRIGGER POSTS EB REAL ESTATE 425-755-6351 JIM HOOKER NON SALES STANDARDS & BRACKETS EB REAL ESTATE 425-755-6351 JIM HOOKER STOCKROOM MOBILE PIPP MOBILE 616-988-4042 JOHN RITTER SHELVING STORAGE SYSTEMS, INC. ALEISHA COLEGROVE LOCKERS / LADDER DIGILOCK 707-242-8327 AMANDA BAKER SAFE EB REAL ESTATE 425-755-6351 JIM HOOKER TOILET ACCESSIORES LIGHTING LIGHT FIXTURES CSI 760-477-1244 EXT 114 SUSIE HAMMER RLE P PIFM i-El iOW 10prOv-21 is subject to errors and emissions. Ap , o val Of v =rs:ructlon documents does aot aliihO;9ze Vis v;ofalion c4i cny adopted Coda or Ordinance. RecGipt of an �so1.12,.t -:old C. F' and Condi oohs is ackno��tledged: J Date: 2�L City of T uWla BUILDING DIVISION AN INVENTORY OF ALL OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS IS REQUIRED AND ANY DISCREPANCIES MUST BE NOTED ON BILL OF LADING AND REPORTED. AS SOON AS MATERIALS ARRIVE AT THE JOB SITE, CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLETE A QUANTITY TAKE -OFF OF ALL FOIC ITEMS. ANY DISCREPANCIES MUST BE REPORTED WITHIN TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS TO ALLOW TIME ENOUGH FOR EDDIE BAUER TO ORDER AND GROUND SHIP ANY ADDITIONAL MATERIALS REQUIRED. ANY AIR FREIGHT -CHARGES INCURRED DUE TO LAST MINUTE REQUESTS WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. BE SURE THE BILL OF LADING AND PACKAGING SLIP MATCH THE PURCHASE ORDER AND THAT YOU SAVE THEM BECAUSE YOU WILL BE REQUIRED TO PRESENT ALL DOCUMENTATION AT THE TIME OF THE PUNCHLIST WALK-THRU. IN THE EVENT THE MATERIAL RECEIVED CORRESPONDS TO THE PURCHASE ORDER BUT IS INSUFFICIENT TO COMPLETE THE WORK, NOTIFY THE EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF THE SHORTAGE WITHIN ONE (1) WEEK AFTER SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. OCCASIONALLY YOU MAY DISCOVER DEFECTIVE OR DAMAGED MATERIALS WHICH SHOULD BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO EDDIE BAUER SO THAT A CLAIM MAY BE FILED OR A RETURN AUTHORIZATION IS OBTAINED. EDDIE BAUER WILL COORDINATE THE RETURN OF DAMAGED/DEFECTIVE ITEMS WITH THE SHIPPER. AFTER COMPLETION OF STORE CONSTRUCTION, T.G.C. MUST INVENTORY ITEMS AND COMPLETE THE EXHIBIT G-3A FORM, "EXCESS INVENTORY FORM," PRIOR TO THE PUNCHLIST WALK-THRU WITH THE EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. T.G.C. SHALL NOT RETURN ANY MATERIAL TO OFFSITE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. DRAWING INDEX SHEET NO. SHEET TITLE © LAST REVISED C1.0 COVER SHEET 6 02-09-2016 D1.0 DEMOLITION PLAN Al.0 ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN 6 1 02-09-2016 A1.1 PARTITION SCHEDULE AND WALL DETAILS 6 02-09-2016 A2.0 FLOOR FINISH PLAN AND TRANSITION DETAILS 6 02-09-2016 A3.0 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 6 02-09-2016 A4.0 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ' 6 02-09-2016 A5.0 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS AND ENLARGED PLAN 5 01-27-2016 A6.0 STOREFRONT SECTIONS AND DETAILS 3 12-16-2015 A7.0 OUTRIGGER WALL SYSTEM 5 01-27-2016 A8.0 CASHWRAP DETAILS 6 02-09-2016 A8.1 COLUMN DISPLAY FIXTURES 3 12-16-2015 A9.0 SCHEDULES AND JAMB DETAILS 6 02-09-2016 A10.0 FITTING ROOM PLAN, ELEVATIONS, AND DETAILS 6 02-09-2016 A11.0 NON -SALES AND COUNTER DETAILS A11.1 ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLAN AND ELEVATIONS A11.2 OFFICE AREA PLAN, ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS 3 12-16-2015 Al2.0 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS Al2.1 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS 4 12-28-2015 Al2.2 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS 4 12-28-2015 F1.0 FIXTURE PLAN 5 01-27-2016 M1 MECHANICAL PLAN 5 01-27-2016 M2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND SPCIFICATIONS 3 12-16-2015 E1 POWER PLAN 5 01-27-2016 E2 LIGHTING PLAN 5 01-27-2016 E3 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES 5 01-27-2016 E4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND POWER RISER DIAGRAM P1 PLUMBING PLAN *IVISION ITEM LANDLORD a- V N z TENANT G.C. C � a OWNER a V 0 z REMARKS PERMITS 0 ISEE NOTE 4 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 0 T.G.C. TO FOLLOW TENANT CRITERIA. 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 0 T.G.C. TO FOLLOW TENANT CRITERIA, LOCAL AUTHORITIES 01700 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT 02060 EXISTING CONDITIONS 0 0 T.G.C. TO VISIT AND INSPECT EXISTING CONDITIONS 02070 DEMOLITION (IF APPLICABLE) 03010 CONCRETE 03050 CONCRETE MATERIALS 0 0 T.G.C. TO PROVIDE SEALER & FINISH WAX 03553 POLISHED CONCRETE TOPPING 5 03700 CONCRETE RESTORATION AND CLEANING 04700 SIMULATED MASONRY 0 0 NOT USED THIS PROJECT 5 05400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 05500 METAL FABRICATION 05586 ARCHITECTURAL METAL 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 0 0 SEE NOTE 1 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 0 0 0 SEE NOTE 1 AND 2 CASHWRAP (MOBILE) 0 0 ITENANT GC TO ASSEMBLE SALES AREA PERIMETER DISPLAY SYSTEM DISPLAY CASES 0 0 TENANT GC TO ASSEMBLE STOCKROOM SHELVING 0 0 PERIMETER WALL SHELVES ARE FCIC OFFICE COUNTER, SHELVING BASE PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL SLAT WALL APPLIED ON STOCKROOM SHELVES STOCKROOM COUNTERS AND SHELVING 0 0 0 BREAK COUNTERS AND SHELVES ARE FCIC 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SEE NOTE 1 AND 2 07110 WATERPROOFFING/ROOFING/ROOF PATCH 0 0 VERIFY RESPONSIBILITY W/LL REQUIREMENTS 07210 INSULATION/SAFING (WHEN APPLICABLE) 07250 FIREPROOFING 07270 FIRESTOPPING 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07900 SEALANTS 08100 H.M. DOORS AND FRAMES 0 0 SEE NOTE 5 08210 WOOD DOORS, FRAMES AND TRIM 08305 ACCESS DOOR PANELS ZA1 08400 STOREFRONT GLAZING 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 0 CYLINDERS: "BEST" CORE COMPATIBLE 08800 STOREFRONT GLAZING 08810 MIRRORED GLASS 09110 LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING 09250 GYPSUM WALL BOARD GWB TENANT SIDE OF DEMISING WALLS 0 SEE NOTE 6 09310 WALL TILE 0 0 IF REQUIRED BY CODE IN TOILET ROOM(S) STOREFRONT TILE 0 0 5 PORCELAIN FLOORING A 0 0 NOT USED THIS PROJECT PORCELAIN BASE NOT USED THIS PROJECT 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE 0 0 NOT USED THIS PROJECT 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 09680 CARPET 09775 FRP WALL PANELS 09800 SPECIAL COATING 0 0 CONC. SEALER IF INDICATED ON DRAWINGS 09900 PAINTING WALL GRAPHICS 0 0 FRAMES INSTALLED BY TGC 5 09950 OFFICE CORK ABOVE COUNTERS 10200 LOUVERS & VENTS 10430 EXTERIOR SIGNS 0 0 COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER AND LL 10440 INTERIOR SALES AREA SIGNS 10500 LOCKERS 0 0 TGC TO ASSEMBLE,/INSTALL LOCKS/ APPLY NUMBERS 10522 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS/CABINETS 0 0 PAINT CABINETS TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES 10670 MOBILE AND FIXED STORAGE SHELVING TGC TO PROVIDE SUPPORT IN WALLS AS REQ'D. 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES HAND DRYER BY TGC 5 11020 SECURITY EQUIPMENT 0 0 0 COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE SAFE 12380 DISPLAY FIXTURES 0 0 TGC TO ASSEMBLE AND OFFLOAD 12690 ENTRY WALK -OFF MAT NOT USED THIS PROJECT 5 15000 SPRINKLER SYSTEM 0 0 SEE NOTE 3 15300 HVAC SYSTEM HVAC UNIT S ."- . m E 15410 PLUMBING SYSTEM 16000 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 16500 LIGHTING 16720 TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT 0 0 ;..- 18500 SOUND SYSTEM 0 0 Of TUWA13 TES: OUILU111W LA V , 1. FRT BLOCKING BY TGC - FRT BLOCKING NOT ALLOWED- IN STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION 2. MILLWORK IS PREFINISHED WITH STAIN, PAINT, OR SEALER COATING(FOIC) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. TGC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL SYSTEM PER ALL APPLICABLE CODES. TGC TO PROVIDE SPRINKLER DRWAINGS AND SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. OWNER WILL MAKE APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMIT. TGC TO APPLY FOR SUBPERMITS AND PICK UP PERMITS. 5. TGC TO PAINT EXISTING REAR SERVICE DOOR. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. VERIFY IF REAR DOOR IS EXISTING. 6. EXISTING DEMISING WALL, TGC TO PROVIDE 5/8" TYPE " X " GYP BD ON TENANT SIDE ONLY AS REQUIRED FOR RATING AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 0PROJECT DATA APPLICABLE CODES:_ BUILDING: 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH STATE AMENDMENTS EDDIE BAUER ELECTRICAL: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70) R-051 SPACE ##212 SOUTHCENTER MALL MECHANICAL: 2012 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE WITH 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL STATE AMENDMENTS SEATTLE, WA. 98188 PLUMBING: 2012 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE WITH STATE CITY OF TUKWILA AMENDMENTS DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY FIRE PROTECTION: 2012 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH STATE DEVELOPMENT AMENDMENTS 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD SUITE 100 ENERGY: 2012 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION TUKWILA, WA 98188 CODE/WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE PHONE: (206) 431-3670 ACCESSIBILITY: ICC/ANSI A117.1-09, ACCESSIBLE & USABLE BUILDINGS & FACILITIES W/ STATEWIDE AMENDMENTS BASE BUILDING: . USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION: M (EXISTING) a31N3C I a" TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: 11B - FULLY SPRINKLERED R1 �/1�1) ON BUILDING HEIGHT IN STORIES: 2 9I�Z Z W TENANT SPACE: LEVEL 1 OF 3 USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION: M b�IM}Ifll A O HEIGHT IN STORIES: 3 a3Ai3 a SQUARE FOOTAGE: SIGNAGE TO BE UNDER SALES AREA (MERCANTILE) 3,204 SF /30 = 106 OCC SEPARATE PERMIT STOCK ROOM (STORAGE) 590 SF /300 = 2 OCC TOILET 61 SF/- = 1 OCC TOTAL 102 OCC TOTAL LEASED AREA 3,855 SF WALL AND CEILING FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS EXIT ENCLOSURES & EXIT PASS. CLASS B CORRIDORS CLASS C ROOMS & ENCLOSED SPACES CLASS C FLOOR FINISH FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS: EXEMPT (TRADITIONAL) co a p3 J W W N W to Project No: 20-`1005 LL Review Set Issued: 05/OG/201 5 Permit Set Issued: 05/2G/201 5 Bid Set Issued: 05/2G/201 5 Construction Set Issued: Revisions No.: Date: 1 OG/03/201 5 07/09/2015 12/1G/2015 Q4 1 2/28/201 5 01 /27/201 G Ae 02/09/20I G drawn by: RFV reviewed by: RFV scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title COVER SHEET Sheet No. C10 Ariff APP AlL(� m IA 13 23-1 1 3/4" (V.I . F.) ELINE LINE TO GRID LINE) 24'-2 3/4" N.I.F.) (COLUMN GRID LINE TO COLUMN GRID LINE) 1 28'-G" (V.I.F.) EXISTING (LEASE LINE TO LEASE LIN' 24'-0 I/4" (V.I.F.) (COLUMN GRID LINE TO COLUMN GRID LINE) 24'-0" (V.I.F.) (COLUMN GRID LINE TO COLUMN GRID LINE) 23'-4" (V.I.F.) (COLUMN GRID LINE TO COLUMN GRID LINE) 8'-1 1 1 /4" (V.1.F.) )LUMN GRID LINE TO LEA5ELINE LINE) 1 II I 4' °II 1 2'-7 3/8" 1 1 1'-10" � I co -9 3/8 - 7 I /4" I 4 7/8" „ 1 I I '- I O" 8'-G 7/8" 2'-0" 8'-G" 3'-4 3/4" (1 2'-0" FOG WALL) 3 5/8 1 5'-3" 2 1'-0 1 /8 (HOLD) 0 4" 2 I -4 3/4 (1 2 -0 FOG WALL) Q 12'- I I /2° A 3 3/8 1 1 G -2 I 3 3/8" !(i 3 3/8" 8 I 2 1/2" 12 1/2" 81_1 2 1/2" 2 I/2 3 3/8 1 G 1 /4 20-2 1 /2 I (2) PERIMETER WALL BAYS (2) PERIMETER WALL BAYS (3) PERIMETER WALL BAYS I (4) PERIMETER WALL BAYS (5) PERIMETER WALL BAYS I 1 A5.0 1 j 10.0(�Ai7 A7.0 r ---- ^> 0A I TYP. A r - - -'� ---- A I SIM. �r---+� 1 ------------ •- _ W W I W W�3U� W W _ W F, 1, W W W W W Ipill W W , ♦ I ♦� - - ••� 11 it H.C. ♦ .� - .. I ..r 1 1 i i I C I cn FTRM D I I 1 04----------------------- j I D I 2 D I 22 i 2 2 D I 2 A7.0 ISO I D I 28 D I 3 2 I =I I 12 -=---------- ------ 2G 7.0 3 cv 2 I D 1 28 150 A7.0 I I A7.0 TYF I A7.OTYP. I l FX �I I �, 1 I! � /' i 11 \\ � �-J; F! F TYP. I I 1 1 I I V) � 1 Q 41I I 1 11�i1 2 ` ...i. - --••-- _ I 5 I I II rI I I 1 0 II O-I------------- __ ___ � li ii � I WALKER 3 I A4�0 1 I l I STOCK I 1 F 1 I E 1 I FLOOR BOX O 30 III D I I ROOM SLAT WALL SLAT WALL SLAT WALL It -, WALL SLAT WAL� 1 I M II = L- J L--J L--J j 1 II Iv' I I l 0 14 All. 1 F I TRM 1 F I 1 I \ �O ii i 1 I I i- -- -r-� .p, I I 5 - 9 1 1 05 1 I II 1 II I D -G 18" I.n 4 7/8" 7 _G I \ 1 4 11 II j 1 I I I =1 I G'- 1 1 3/4 G / F\ 0 1 A4. 11 SHOE �� i 1 j I I Q I II I I ---- - ' RETAIL 4 I 2 A4L0 I i o 0 1 -- --- I STORAC I, 1 1 I o z II I D Y I 7 -- S „ I I F I F � 03 i� � 1 2 I O I A81 I A8.1 I i o Lu� 1 n l I 2 I HS 72 n I I 1 II I TYP. 1 29 I ►� ,w- LIZ--r---fi---- I '� A4.0 I 22 I II m l II I eaow IOFFICE AFC FIRM I 1 F E I _ _--- - _ , z 1 III D -- WS 48" � Ir== � � � � _= I G � \ °G co 1 A4t0 � - I I A4.0 A81 � I W 10 � u' 1 i' E ,. 20 I 1 1 F 1 � `0 I 1 1 � �- ! 4 i; i 1 _ _ - - - - - - - - -1 H � N I_ E 1- 4-SIDES _ - - - - --4=5tt� - � I - _1--- D wQ 18 E PI Ij . .O OI 1 --!I�- -1 - - - - - - - - - - - - �� - t_ J -J < 17 z _ F - - - I� I- +� 1 3 I II 3 I D 8 E l i �� '��. TOLE Y, 1 1 D, I FIRM F// I O �1 1 1 ♦ 1 1 G 4'-4" 1 c° © 1 II O 09 ; �> , 1 1 FTRM ,HALLWA 1 O li 1 I G I WALKER ! G I 1 22 1 1 N 23 14 1 ii \�\\ ��k/ 1 I \\ 07 1 02 H L / 1 1 E I I FLOOR BOX 33 1 I G i 2 I 1 D o 0 7 o E 0 1 1i \ ! , F O I F IS 5 iL�l SM ii O G F 12 NMI;; II ------------ 1 I 7 ULLETI BOARD •I•"• - - I� ---� --_ oC'� ------;�-- - - \ -- 1 70 I 2 1 n32 2 D! 28 DI 1 2 I 2 1 -IU A N CI ■ L w 1 o z 1 �Lu 1 1 O I 1 � w cp z 1 - o I' z Lu 1 J 1 2 >O 1 1 A5.0 `0 b w Q I , z mJ I 1 .\ %I ,' © 2 A8.0 . MIRK. N D 1 28 D I j D I A7.0 D I I A7.0 A7.0 11 ° cv I A7A I n,P �...I` ISO NP - 1 i C I II�_ L9 , r� - - ter, I I50 11147-1 _ z i -- -- -- - I M M M 1 �o M M I M 1 1 - -----------_IL_ 4 M M M M M M� i M M _� M i M LO KER A - CAT H NNG R BULLETIN BOARD BULLETIN BOARD - A A I &MIRR. 5'-7 7/8" 4'-0"0 5A 15 15 4 I Q Q Q I 5 1 211 411 1 G 1 ! � �� 2 I /2" 12'- I I /2" 3 3/8" 3 " 8�_ I �� z" 3'- 113/4" 4'-O I /�„ 4 I! /8" 24'-3" 3 3/8" 3 3/8" 81_ 1 2 1 /2" 2'_0" 42 1 /2" 8_ 1 2 1 /2" 4 -1 I (2) PERIMETER WALL BAYS CUSTOM POG (I) PERIMETER (G) PERIMETER WALL BAYS 1 (2) PERIMETER WALL BAYS � (2) PERIMETER WALL BAYS (HOLD) (3) PERIMETER WALL BAYS 0 WALL ' WALL BAYS Ch 21 '-4 3/4" 24 -10 1 /2 I I' -I O" 3G'-7 1/4" 51 2'- 1 1POG WALL) 17'-0 5/8" 4'-0" (12'-0` FOG WALL) 7 1/4" 128'-G" (V.I.F.) (LEASE LINE TO LEASE LIN E E ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN N s N s w W TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES OI LOCATION OF NEW STOREFRONT AND REAR EXIT DOOR -T.G.C. SHALL ENSURE LANDING, THRESHOLD AND ALL CODE REQUIRED ELEMENTS ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND 7 METAL CORNER GUARD (F.C.I.C.) 1 1 /2" x 1 1 /2" x 48" HIGH SURFACE MOUNTED - LOCATE BOTTOM OF CORNER GUARD AT CORNERS IN STOCKROOM AND COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS AND MEET AND EGRESS Q TOP OF WALL BASE - ALL OUTSIDE NATIONAL CODES FOR ACCESSIBILITY LL AY 2 O OUTRIGGER SYSTEM - SEE SHEET A7.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION 8 O FULL HEIGHT ASSEMBLED 5TUC P05T TO CEILING STRUCTURE OR BUILDING STRUCTURE ABOVE - SEE I/AI . I Ae 3 O COAT HOOKS (F.O.I.C.) - MOUNT TO SOLID IN -WALL BLOCKING REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR AUDIO SHE LOCATION (BYT.G.C.) AT GO" A.F.F. 9 AND ELEVATION 48" HIGH TEMPERED HARDBOARD 1 /8" THICK - ADHERE TO GYP. O BD. WITH CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE, SCREW TO STUDS AT I G" O.C. - LOCATE BOARD 1 /2" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR - INSTALL A <a> PLAN TUBE HOLDER - SEE DETAIL 5/A I 1 .0 WALL BASE OVER HARDBOARD SURFACE - COVER ONLY EXPOSED WALLS I I HARDWARE STORAGE BIN LOCATION -SEE DETAIL 9/A I 1.0 WALL (F.C.I.C.) WITH 1 2" CLEARANCE REFER TO DETAIL OSLAT 10/AI 1 .0 <12> SEASONAL SIGNAGE STORAGE LOCATION G O T.G.C. TO ANCHOR LOCKERS TO BLOCKING IN PARTITION (F.C.1.C.) O RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER ON COLUMN ENCLOSURE OR SURFACE MTD. IN OTHER LOCATIONS AS SHOWN. VERIFY LOCATIONS AND QUANTITY W/ LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS ON HORIZONTAL FURRING TO 14 ACCEPT BRACKETS FOR HANG RODS OR SHELVES - SEE DETAIL G/A 1 1.0 4�7/A 1 1.0 15 30 X 48" CORK BOARD IN WOOD FRAME (F.C.I.C.) SET 42" A.F.F. TO THE BOTTOM OF THE FRAME. I G EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN MAINTAIN ALL FIRE PROOFING t- RATINGS. 17 "EXIT" TACTILE SIGNAGE REQUIRED AT ALL EXITS. SEE 3A/A9.0 FOR REQUIREMENTS. 18 HANGER STORAGE RACK - SEE 2/A 1 1.0 19 EXIT ROUTE' TACTILE SIGNAGE AT ALL EXIT ROUTE DOORS. SEE 3B/A9.0 FOR REQUIREMENTS. It 20 REINFORCED CEILING OVER ROOM - SEE 4/A I 1 .0 21 BREAK AREA - SEE I /A I 1 .0 22 WALL/ COLUMN MOUNTED MIRROR. 23 PROCESSING COUNTER- SEE 3/A1 1.0 ELECTRICAL PANEL LOCATION. SEE ELECTRICAL 24 SHEETS TO COORDINATE 25 44" MINIMUM WIDE PATH OF EGRESS 2G SIGN OF ACCE551BILITY DECAL TACTILE 51GNAGE REQUIRED AT HANDICAP ACCE551BLE FITTING ROOM. SEE 3D/A9.0 FOR REQUIREMENTS. RE5TROOM TACTILE 51GNAGE REQUIRED AT TOILET 27 ROOM. SEE 3C/A9.0 FOR REQUIREMENTS. 0 28 FOG WALL - SEE 7/A7.0 29 WALL/ COLUMN MOUNTED COMMUNITY BOARD EAS SYSTEM - FLOOR -MAX CONCEALED SYSTEM 30 (Z5FM4) (F.O.I.C.) - DASHED LINES INDICATE EXTENTS FOR SAW CUTS - SEE ELECTRICAL FOR CONNECTIONS 3 I FRAME WALL AS TIGHT AS P0551BLE TO COLUMN ON TH I5 FACE. 82> GRAPHIC WALL 0 33 WALKER FLOOR BOX - SEE I /A2.0 FOR PLACEMENT STOCK ROOM NOTES KEY: M5 = MOVEABLE SHELVING 1`5 = FIXED SHELVING H5 = HANGROD STORAGE W5 = WALL STANDARDS / SHELVING NOTES: 1. ALL FREESTANDING METAL SHELVES ARE 10-0" HIGH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES I . WALL DISPLAY SYSTEMS - ALL COMPONENTS ARE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SEE SECTIONS AND DETAILS FOR COMPLETE ASSEMBLY. 2. T.G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL 51ZE OF ALL WALL SYSTEMS COMPONENT PARTS BEFORE STARTING STORE LAY -OUT. 3. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE F.R.T. BLOCKING IN PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED FOR FIXTURES, GRAB BARS, STANDARDS, MIRRORS, HANG BARS AND OTHER WALL MOUNTED ITEMS - REVIEW ALL DETAILS. 4. SEE WALL PARTITION TYPES AND LIMITING HEIGHTS SCHEDULE ON A 1. 1 FOR METAL STUD SIZES TO OBTAIN WALL THICKNESSES NOT INDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN. 5. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION OF STANDARDS AND DETAILS. G. T.G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND MUST NOTIFY EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER U51NG EXHIBIT G-4, "SITE VERIFICATION FORM" DURING THE FIRST WEEK OF DEMOLITION / CONSTRUCTION OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 7. ALL FRAMING AND BLOCKING IN51DE WALLS OK ABOVE CEILING TO BE U.L. FIRE -RATED NON-COMBUSTIBLE WOOD LABELED PER LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. FRT WOOD BLOCKING NOT ALLOWED ABOVE RETURN AIR PLENUM CEILINGS. 8. CONTRACTORTO PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PER LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. 9, TCG TO CAULK AROUND ALL SIDES OF ALL APPLIED BASE, TRIM, AND ACCESSORIES. REVMWED FOR . QMPLL NC ,q-ODE APPROVED 4 APR 0 7 2016 City ofTuWa BUILDING DIVISION cV S A NOTE 1. PLASTIC SIGNS AND PANELS SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTE DIMENSIONS ARE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FROM FACE OF FINAL FINISH MATERIAL WHICH INCLUDES ANY PROJECTING FINISHES SUCH AS : CASING, FLOOR BASE MATERIAL, CORNER GUARDS, ETC. BEYOND THE FINISH WALL. VERIFY WALL TYPES AND WALL FINISHES TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES. T.G.C. TO VERIFY OTHER CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR ARCHITECT. WALL CONSTRUCTION LEGEND. INDICATES EXISTING WALL - TGC TO VERIFY HEIGHT - NEW GYP. BD. ONE 51DE BY T.G.C. AS REQ' D INDICATES NEW FULL HEIGHT WALL INDICATES NEW WALL TO EXTEND TO 1 2-0" A.F.F. INDICATES IN -FILLED DEMISING WALL - ALIGN FINISHES 77777= INDICATES NEW WALL TO EXTEND TO 8'-0" A.F.F. NOTE FOR ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION: BRACE TO STRUCTURE / PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING AS REQUIRED. CONTINUOUS FRT WOOD OR METAL FIRE BLOCKING SHALL BE PROVIDED IN: I . CONCEALED SPACES OF STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING FURRED PARTITIONS. 2. ALL OPENINGS AROUND VENTS, PIPES, DUCTS, ETC. AT CEILINGS AND FLOOR LEVELS. 3. ALL METAL STUDS 25 GA. TYPICAL FOR NON -LOAD R CITY EIV TU D WII BEARING PARTITIONS - SEE U.S.G. STEEL -FRAMED DRYWALL SYSTEMS "LIMITING HEIGHT - STEEL STUD ASSEMBLIES CHART" USE THE L/240 ALLOWABLE mA 02 016 DEFLECTION FIGURES ONLY. °'PM r CE TE 4. T.G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO BRACE ALL PARTITIONS N INDICATED TO EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING AT UNSUPPORTED PARTITION ENDS AND AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. ERIFY L MIS G WAL FIRE k.fi�GCANDV5EALE, K RO K. ZL drawn by: RFV reviewed by: RFV scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title ARWffEMRAL PLAN Sheet'rI0. Ala® I&mini, "I c 1 ..AND • . ! ►�� 1 REPAIR EX15TING CONCRETE TO r"-F'-*Att--5t7kf-fjLL SLAT WALL SLAT WALL SNT-�ALL 7 - I •. � rL ---------- j ' .■ b 13tjw OFFICE AREA WS .; ----------------- a of TO PATFt .. • _ ENEW VINYL 1 ��►�► --------------- 44" MINIMUM WIDTH -- ------------- — FAINTED DEMARCATED AISLE - T.G.C. TO PROVIDE 4" 0 I I I _ LOCKER-DAT-B&LCE13---- EIJULLU&IMAS WIDE STRIPE YELLOW PAINT _` — —— — —�--� • I I I I I � I I I E E 1 FLOOR FINISH PLAN N S N 8 2.O 1/4'-1'-0' W v TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH R REDUCER STRIP FF ARDEX COVERING IG CONCRETE SLAB-T.G.C. :PARE FOR NEW FINISHES 2 TRANSITION - CONCRETE CARPET 2.069-11-0w T.G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CONCRETE TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW CARPET (TYP.) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — --— — — — — — — — — — — — — ---I--- ------ r� I I I i iI II — I I LL OLU I II II L-, I - I FLOOR BOX � O 1 FLOOR BOX -SEE w I I� — -- ----O-5- g iiIIIIIiII�III ELECTRICAL ------------ r—r------� ,11, U II AILO L------J 01 � CN 2 1II --u�II III FZ-2T—�t J TYP. � 4 -4" V T. . TO PATCH AND REPAIR THH4CONCRETE ENURSMOOFN SH TO 1 03 AL W FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH I , i I o0 0o C II i i I f Lookl OX -SEE r-------- -- I ) —�_ _ III i ---i— i I ELECTRI AL � = --,I III I I � 1 � , � r _— I ----�� I I 1-------------------- -------------------- —J -- — -- III I ---------- I ---------- ----- ----- ----- ---- ------ Nr --HOLD-- — --- �I ------------- — ------ — -- --- ---� ! ---------------------------------------------- ----- -- ------ ---------------G -------- r-----------I` = j �_J=--------- I -------= I I I j I O L--------1 I------lu x w O 4'- I i y w CENTER LINE c U OF FLOOR BOX J I 1 LJ I I I - - - - - — — — —— ---- ---------- — — ——— — — — — — — — — — I-- — — — — — — — — — — — I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SLOPE DOWN @ MAX 1 :48 AS REQ'D CN-1 CN-2 ° °a d v °�d a a a ° X 4 CN-2 °ad a ° °. A, a•: ° a x Q CN-2 CN- I 2 MAX. N I� d a ° d ad TRANSITION -CONCRETE/CONCRET 6' NO 1'-0' FAI A RUBBER REDUCER STRIP R-2 TOP OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB CN- I ALIGN FLOOR FINISH TRANSITION WITH BACK SIDE OF DOOR FRAME. NYL FLOORING - SEE FINISH PLAN °ad a a 4 a d• a ° c d° a" a . 4 • °• A .° . VINYL FLOORING - /� CN-I SEE FINISH PLAN EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB-T.G.C. « TO PREPARE FOR NEW FINISHES TRANSITION -RUBBER/CONCRETE 6' -1'-0' A COORDINATE LOCATION OF TRANSITION WITH DOOR MANUFACTURER AND LOCATION OF BOTTOM DOOR PIN AND PLATE (CND - SLOPE @ MAX 1 :48 GLASS ENTRY DOOR CONSTRUCTION PER MANUFACTURER M F-1 SLOPE @ MAX 1 :48 STORE CONCRET TO MALL TILE 6' -1'-0' A DASHED LINES INDICATE CONCEALED EAS SYSTEM BELOW -TGC TO VERIFY WITH DOOR MANUFACTURE FOR BEST PLACEMENT OF FLOOR FLANGES WITH DUST COVERS TO HOLD DOOR OPEN M F- I TO STOREFRONT CLOSURE LINE T.G.C. SHALL PREPARE SUB FLOOR TO PROVIDE FOR A SMOOTH TRANSITION AT FINISH FLOORING ELEVATION CHANGES. SEE DETAIL 5/A2.0. ikEV & D FOR APPROVED APR 0 7 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING 'DIVISION CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTE DIMENSIONS ARE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FROM FACE OF FINAL FINISH MATERIAL WHICH INCLUDES ANY PROJECTING FINISHES SUCH AS : CASING, FLOOR BASE MATERIAL, CORNER GUARDS, ETC. BEYOND THE FINISH WALL. VERIFY WALL TYPES AND WALL FINISHES TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES. A ECEI D T.G.C. TO VERIFY OTHER CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED WITH CIT OF T WI CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR ARCHITECT. AR 0 2 016 MIT C 4TE FINISH PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. FOR FINISHES SEE FINISH SCHEDULE SHEET A9.0 CHAIN HUNG FLUORESCENT LED STRIP LIGHTING (TYP.) 7'-3" 04'-0" STRIP LIGHTING MOUNT MOUNTED TO FITTING ROOM LINEAR FEET OF TRACK 13'-0" ± A.F.F. VERIFY AT TOP OF WALLS - SEE HEIGHT WITH DUCTWORK - DETAILS ON SHEET A 10.0 SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE (TYP.) --- - - --- ----- - - — - — - — - -- — - — - —- -- — - — - — - - — - — - — - — - - — - - - - - — - - - 1 I Q EQ H.C. m O m O m O Ff RM w Cn w in w STRUCT. ST w KROOM OPEN I ( I 10 = P-9 EQ. � EQ. � 1 I I ST CTU RE ° 11 Q1 4 -0 4 -0 4 -0 4 -O 4 -0 4 -0 4 -0 4 -0 4 -0 41-011 PEN ,_----_-____ il EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. 1 Q I I EQ © i I I I 5'-3" L - - J L - - ___I L - - J L - --- I II II 1_ 11 II II II II II G�POIID 8 0 8-O 8 8-0 8 0 8-O 8 0 8-O 8 0II 1 I I STRUCT D ii i P-8 TRACK ITH TRACK > RETAIL CL CL Jul HEADS OPEN C� III MOUNT OI P-9 III TRUCTURE U TRACK OAT U U j 1 IEQ EQ — — — — — — II _ III OPEN I 12'-O"±�A.F.F. STRUCTURE PI I I ii C n -- li I VERIFY EIGHT 0 I II —fi---t------- I� I tL tL LL I I I I P-9 = o WITH D CTWORK - O - - 0 1---- ___ ii `-- 06 li I SUSPEND FROM P-9 WALLS ABOVE o tu O O I I ---------------- -- III SHOE co t 1 2'-O , CEILING AND co lu N �o I Ir--------------- -- STRUCT I� I w STRUCT RE AND - w RAGE - w LOCATE AS CEILING ELEMENTS I I • OPEN ii O3 SHOWN 5'-0" C� w 07 STRUC" OPEN P-9 EQ EQ � I 0 CL Lu 1 <-- HALLWAY Oa STRUCTURE OPEN -4„ REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4'-1'-0' Ln TRUCTURE z OPEN -' P-9 TRUCTURE OPEN P-8 O w i m z J rl EQ EQ P I CC3 a w ----=----- ----- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — --- FIRM HALLWAY 02 NOTE TO CONTRACTOR STRUCTURE HVAC DIFFUSERS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND ANY OTHER COMPONENTS RE711� OPEN EXISTING MUST BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER COMPONENTS 50 THEY ARECENTERED ON OR BETWEEN ROWS OF LIGHTS. ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, P-9 PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING ABOVE. E E N s N s W W TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH 0 N.T.S. %I TO : • TRACK WALL AS INDICATED IN PLAN UPPORT RODS HUNG FROM NISTRUT ABOVE, PAINT TO LATCH CEILING - SEE 4/A3.0 RACK LIGHTING SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE 100'-0" LINEAR FEET OF TRACK t3U I I UM GNUKU Ur EXISTING TRUSS THREADED ROD WITH LOCK NUT @ 32" O.C. - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING 3 PERIMETER LIGHTING 4 UNITSTRUT 5 NOT USED V-9 1-1/2' - T-O' V-9 3' -11-0' 3.0 3' -11-0' BRAKE METAL 1 2'-0" L 0 Lu O ARAKAWA CRB RAIL ATTACHED t TO SOFFIT, BLACK (F.O.I.C.) - �- MOUNT PER MANUFACTURE'S w SPECIFICATIONS Lu z DDIE BAUER SIGN (F.O.I.O.) BRAKE METAL 1 2'-0" o C3 Lu BRAKE METAL 1 2'-0" L 0 w C� co o ARAKAWA CRB RAIL ATTACHED w TO SOFFIT, BLACK (F.0.1.C.) - +� MOUNT PER MANUFACTURE'S w SPECIFICATIONS z J A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTE DIMENSIONS ARE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FROM FACE OF FINAL FINISH MATERIAL WHICH INCLUDES ANY PROJECTING FINISHES SUCH AS : CASING, FLOOR BASE MATERIAL, CORNER GUARDS, ETC. BEYOND THE FINISH WALL. VERIFY WALL TYPES AND WALL FINISHES TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES. T.G.C. TO VERIFY OTHER CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR ARCHITECT. REFLECTED CEILING SYMBOLS XXX INDICATES CEILING MATERIAL AND HEIGHT ABOVE X-X FINISHED FLOOR OF CEILING OR SOFFIT INDICATES CEILING FINISH - REFER TO MATERIAL AND X-X COLOR SCHEDULE REFLECTED CEILING GENERAL NOTES 1) ATTACHMENT TO THE DECK ABOVE IS PROHIBITED. T.G.C. SHALL ATTACH CEILING WIRES AND ALL OTHER SUPPORT AND BRACING MEMBERS TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS ONLY. 2) T.G.C. TO OBSERVE AND VERIFY ANY OBSTRUCTIONS IN THE FIELD THAT WOULD ALTER NECESSARY CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS ASSOCIATED WITH LOCATION OF FIXTURES IN SALES AREA AND NOTIFY EDDIE BAUER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. RELOCATE AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE ANY RELOCATION OF LANDLORD EQUIPMENT WITH LANDLORD. 3) SPRINKLER LOCATIONS (IF SHOWN) ARE INDICATED FOR DESIGN INTENT ONLY - REFER TO SPRINKLER DRAWINGS. 4) ALL DIMENSIONS TO LIGHT FIXTURES ARE TO CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE. 5) ALL DIMENSIONS FROM LIGHT FIXTURE TO WALL (AND / OR CEILING TRANSITION) ARE TAKEN TO FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. tE D FOR P� LANCE G) IF DIFFUSERS NEED TO BE LOCATED OTHER THAN WHERE SHOWN ON D LIGHTING PLAN, THEN LOCATE AS CLOSE TO GIVEN LOCATION AS POSSIBLE AND LOCATE IN A SYMMETRICAL PATTERN WITH RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT 0 2016 3 FBUIGDI�� LIGHTS AND SPRINKLER HEADS. 7) VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES WITH EXISTING SYSTEMS IN CEILING. IF THERE ARE ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT CONFLICT WITH u LIGHTING HEIGHTS COORDINATE NEW HEIGHTS WITH EDDIE BAUER �%IS{ON CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION NEW 2' X 2' CEILING MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE' 0 PENDANT LIGHT LED STRIP LIGHTING REFLECTED CEILING LEGEND SYMBOL I DESCRIPTION ® 1 NEW EXIT SIGN (F.C.I.C.) 14'-0" CHAIN HUNG FLUORESCENT FLEXIBLE LED STRIP LIGHTING SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SUSPENDED MOUNTED TRACK 2, LIGHTING, SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR LAMP HOLDER TYPES. PAINT EXPOSED CONDUIT Q RECESSED CAN LIGHT RE NOTES: 1. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR LIGHTING SCHEDULE 2. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS 3. EX=EXISTING TO REMAIN 4. EMERGENCY LIGHTS IN SALES AREA TO BE MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE - MIN. TO BOTT. OF FIXTURE A '-2" civ D CITY O TU WI MA 0 2 16 FERMI CE EI INTERIOR ELEVATION KEY NOTES Oj 1 x 4 MDF BASE (FCIC) PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL O1/41' MIRROR APPLIED TO WALL W/ MASTIC (FCIC) :EVES: (2) 'HD s HOLD CLOSET o a. 3 NOT USED 8.0 11/2' -1'-0' I 2'-G" 71— O Cn GYP. BD. WALL - PAINT P-8 -3/4" PAINT GRADE BIRCH PLYWOOD SHELF WITH I` X 4" PAINT GRADE POPLAR OR EQUIVALENT FRONT - PAINT MATTE BLACK - SEE DETAIL 5/A8.0 Ae —1 1 /4" DIA. STEEL TUBE (FOIC) - TGC TO CUT TO LENGTH IN FIELD GYP. BD. WALL - PAINT P-8 RETURN BAR ALCOVE ELEVATION 1' NO 5/8" GYP. BD. CAP - PAINT P-8 G" x 18 GAUGE BOX HEADER w/BLOCKING. SEE PLAN THIS PAGE FOR EXTENTS T/O WALL ELEV. = 8'-0" AFF RECESSED DOWNLIGHT IN GYP. BD. SOFFIT @ 7-8 1 /2"- P-8 VIDEO ARRAY/ SHOE WALL ELEVATION 3/4' NN 01 I '-3 1 /2" 0 0 WALL TYPE FI T/O WALL ELEV. = I P-O" AFF =C�� P-8 SECTION AT MIRROR SOFFIT VENTING ACCESS FOR COOLING - 5" X 7-0" CENTERED ON THE MONITORS (V MONITOR DISPLAY (FOIO) 911 PEERLESS VIDEO WALL MOUNT (FOIO) z z uu O 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKING = (FCIC) - PAINT MATTE BLACK GYP. BD. WALL - PAINT P_8 G"X 18 GAUGE BOX HEADER. SEE PLAN THIS PAGE FOR EXTENTS - MAX FKT WOOD o BLOCKING. MIN (2) 2x45 -1 84"x84" BARN DOOR. (FOIC) SEE A9.0 I x4 PAINT GRADE POPLAR OR EQUIVALENT - PAINT MATTE BLACK— 5: SECTION AT -1'-0' 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. AT TOP OF WALL, PROVIDE CORNER BEAD AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS - PAINT P-8 T/O WALL ELEV. = 8'-011 AFF # 10 SCREWS. HI/LOW @ 1211 O.C. ' 3/8" x 5" LAG 3/4" PAINT GRADE BIRCH SCREW. 2" MIN. PLYWOOD SHELF - PAINT MATTE PENETRATION INTO BLACK WOOD BLOCKING. 1 x3 PAINT GRADE POPLAR OR I -1 O EQUIVALENT LEDGER - PAINT MATTE BLACK F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING AT LEDGER LOCATIONS CAULK BOTTOM OF RUNNERS AT GYP. BD. WITH LATEX CAULK (SMOOTH SMALL BEVEL) TYPICAL 1 114" STEEL TUBE (FOIC) - T.G.C. TO CUT TO LENGTH IN FIELD POLE SOCKET AT EACH SIDE (FOIC) - PAINT MATTE BLACK. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE F.R.T. BLOCKING IN WALL r D FOR ► 1PLIA CE PROVED R 07 201� ow of YuW14 Bt$LJjlNG DIVISION 13'- 119/ 1 G" 7/8" 2'-2 3/4" 4 5 1 /2'1 2'-1 1 1 /4" 112111 4 5/5" 2'-G 3/411 2" 5 5 7 6 A8.0 A8.0 A8.0 2 2 I �--- - - - - - - - - - - - ----------- ----- --- --N_ --- ----------------------- -------_-_ -- -- - I N - 8 I I = wsco-48" = / A8.0 I I i m 1 N I I o m 3 N WS 48 WS 36 WS 48 m - N = -g° 4 7/8 I I I I m I I I 4 7/811 1 /811 I /8' 4 7/811 Fr— — — — — — VIDEO A 3/4' ®1'-0' RRAY/ SHOE WALL ENLARGED PLAN Project No: 20- 1095 ARCHITECT LL Review Set Issued: 05/OG/201 5 Permit Set Issued: 05/2G/201 5 Bid Set Issued: 05/2G/201 5 Construction Set Issued: ReVI51on5 No.: Date: U 1 2/ 1 G/201 5 y \ 01 /27/201 G As 02/00/201 G drawn by: RFV Ln reviewed by: RFV N scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title CASE W W RECEIV D MI'L S CITY OF TU IL MAR 0 2 16 PERMIT CE E Sheet No. A8.0 STORE SIGN ON REAR SERVICE DOOR (FCIC) COORDINATE W/ LL VARIOUS LOCATIONS FCIC A 3 ANCHORS PER JAMB 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING GYPSUM BOARD I:. -:'I \: .I HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME (FCIC) - PAINT TO MATCH WALL - SEMIGLOSS " AS CHANNEL ON TOP OF ING ROOM DOORS - .I.O. 0 I IF I O I Ln e 0 1 HM FRAME FCIC 9.0 3' ' 1'-O. w laz z0w J > 0 0� Oz= CD--Lu U zn Q 0~ ne w �w z�Lu ,L = to OQ m z U �ww T) _I m Q �O w PRE -HUNG FITTING ROOM DOORS FOIL B U' z e NOT USED' 9.0 3' -11-Ow 18" MIN. CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CENTERED ON SIGN L_ ADA TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE 1/2. -17_00 " CLEAR TEMPERED ASS ENTRY DOORS GLASS ENTRY DOOR (FCIC) (:i) INTERIOR TACTILE SIGNAGE 7'-0" Ae O _^^I l` NEW SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR (FOIC) Gil BLUE BACKGROUND, TYP. B.O. TACTILE CHARACTER �o 48" MIN. 60" MAX. A.F.F. - WHITE SYMBOL, TYP. INTERNATIONAL (�mACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE 1/2' 1'-O" REFER TO 3/A9.0 FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS Gil BLUE BACKGROUND B.O. TACTILE CHARACTER `o 48" MIN. * GO" MAX. A.F.F. coz WHITE SYMBOL - GRADE 2 BRAILLE TEXT -I (TEXT TO READ AS SHOWN) Gil BLUE BACKGROUND B.O. TACTILE CHARACTER 48" MIN. * GO" MAX. A.F.F. WHITE SYMBOL GRADE 2 BRAILLE TEXT (TEXT TO READ AS SHOWN) Gil BLUE BACKGROUND B.O. TACTILE CHARACTER `o 48" MIN. t- GO" MAX. A.F.F. WHITE SYMBOL GRADE 2 BRAILLE TEXT (TEXT TO READ AS SHOWN) 3c TOILET ROOM SIGNAGE 9.0 1/2' - 1'-O' REFER TO 3/A9.0 FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS BLUE BACKGROUND TYP WHITE SYMBOL TYP B.O. TACTILE CHARACTER EX(GRADE 48 MIN. * GO MAX. A.F.F. 1 2 BRAILE TEXT (TEXT TO READ AS SHOWN) 3A EXIT SIGNAGE 9.0 1/2' - 1'-O' REFER TO 3/A9.0 FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS VARIES METAL STUD WALL - VARIES 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. - PAINT 3/4" MDF BASE, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL SEMI GLOSS (F.C.I.C.) TYPICAL INTERIOR BASE DETAIL 3' -1'-O' TACTILE EXIT SIGNS. 1. A TACTILE SIGN 5TATING'EXIT' AND COMPLYING WITH NFPA 101 - 7. 10. 1 .3 AND ICC/ANSI A 1 1 7. 1 , 2010 ADA STANDARDS AND ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL CODES SHALL BE PROVIDED ADJACENT TO EACH DOOR TO AN EGRESS STAIRWAY, AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY AND EXIT DISCHARGE. 2. TACTILE SIGNS 5HALL COMPLY WITH (BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO) THE FOLLOWING: SEE ICC/ANSI A 1 1 7. 1 (CHAPTER 7) 2010 ADA STANDARDS (CHAPTER 7). RAISED CHARACTERS: FOR DEPTH, CASE, STYLE, CHARACTER PROPORTIONS, CHARACTER HEIGHT, STROKE THICKNESS, CHARACTER SPACING AND LINE SPACING. BRAILLE: FOR DIMENSIONS AND CAPITALIZATION, POSITION, INSTALLATION HEIGHT AND LOCATION. LOCATION: TACTILE EXIT SIGNS SHOULD BE LOCATED ALONGSIDE OF THE DOOR ON THE LATCH SIDE AND IF NO WALL SPACE AT THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR, IT SHOULD BE LOCATED TO THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. SEE DETAIL FOR CLEARANCES AND LOCATION. BLUE BACKGROUND TYP NHITE SYMBOL TYP B.O. HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER GO" MAX. A.F.F. EXIT 8.0. LOWEST TACTILE CHARACTER ROWI a UTE 48" MIN. A.F.F. 10" GRADE 2 BRAILE TEXT (TEXT TO READ AS SHOWN) EXIT ROUTE SIGNAGE 1/2' - 1'-O' REFER TO 3/A9.0 FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR FRAME JAMB FIRE MATL FIN MATL FIN NUMBER SIZE TYPE HDW E DETAIL RATING REMARKS TEMP 3 NEW (FCIC) PROVIDE PATCH HARDWARE AND HOLD O STOREFRONT (2) 3-0" x 8'-G" C HW- I GLA55 - - - _ OPEN. COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT. OH.C. FITTING 3'-0" x 5-0"x 13/8" 3 B HW-2 WD P_g WD MATch ADJ. WALL _ 3 PRE -HUNG - PAINT GRADE WOOD FIELD PAINTED (FDIC) ROOM Os 4O FITTING 3 '-O" x 5'-O" x 13/8" B HW-2 WD P-9 WD MATCH ADJ. WALL _ - PRE -HUNG - PAINT GRADE WOOD FIELD PAINTED (FOIC) 5 ROOMS OSALES/STOCK 3'-0" x 7-0" x 1 3/4" A HW-5 HM P-8 HM P-8 I/A9.0 _ NEW (FCIC) O TOILET 3'-O" x 7-0" x 1 3/4" A HW_4 HW-10 HM P-3 O HM P-3 O I/A9.0 - NEW (FCIC) O EXIT 3'-O" x 7'-O" x l 3/4" A HW-8 HM P-3 HM P-3 I/A9.0 20 MIN. T.G.C. TO PAINT EXIT HALLWAY SIDE, FINISH EXTERIOR SIDE AS REQUIRED BY L.L. -SEE NOTE I 3 OSHOE STORAGE 3'-0" x 7-0" x 1 3/4" A HW-5 HM P-8 HM P-8 I /A9,0 - NEW (FCIC) I O SHOE STORAGE 3'-O" x 7-0" x 1 3/4" A HW-5 HM P 8 HM P-8 I/A9.0 - NEW (FCIC) NEW NEW BARN DOOR TRACK AND I I STORAGE 7-0" x 7'-0" x 3/4" 6 D HW-1 1 SC P-8 _ _ _ _ AREOIC) HARDWARE (FCIC) 2 HOLD 2'-G" x7-O" x 1 3/4" A HW-3 HM P-8 HM P-3 5/A9.0 NEW (FCIC) CLOSET NOTES : A3 I . T.G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PEEP VIEWER - CENTER IN DOOR, ONE PER DOOR - AT 54" A.F.F. (OFFICE DOOR LOCATION SEES INTO STOCK AREA). 2. M.E. = MATCH EXISTING 3. FOR ALL EXISTING DOORS, TGC TO VERIFY HARDWARE AND INSTALL IF NOT EXISTING OR IF REQUIRED FOR EXITING AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 4. ALL DOOR OPERATING DEVICES SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE NO, ROOM FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING REMARKS NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST MATL FIN MATL FIN MATL FIN MATL FIN MATL FIN MATL FIN MATL FIN O I RETAIL CONIC CN-2 O MDF B-1 Op_g YP. BD. P 8 YP. BD. P 8 P-9 BD GLASS a YP. BD.aO.T.S. P 8 P-9 ABOVE 1OW 1 2'-0"AFFAff; NOTE #2 02 FITTING ROOM HALLWAY CONIC CN-2 MDF B-I GYP. BD. P-8 - - YP. BD. P-8 - - O.T.S. P_g #2(BY FITTING ROOMS) - SEE NOTE 03 SHOE STORAGE CONIC CN-2 MDF GYP. BD. GYIP, BD. GyP. BD. GYP. BD, P-8 O.T.5. P-8 04 H.C. FITTING ROOM CARPET C-2 MDF B-I YP. BD. P 9 Y'. BD. P-g GYP. BD. 7-8 GYP. BD, P-8 O.T.5. P-g ABOVE 102'-O'2AFOF;ANOTE #2 05,,7G, FITTING ROOMS CARPET C-2 MDF B-1 YP. BD. P_g YP. BD, P-8 YP. BD. P-8 YP. BD. P-8 O.T.S. P-9 ABOVE 1OW 1 2'-0" ANOTE 9 08 HALLWAY CONIC,CN-I RUBBER B-2 YP, BD. P-3 YP. BD. P-3 YP. D. B P-3 YP, BD. P-3 O.T.5. - EGGSHELLPAINT IF N10 12'-0" AFF -Q 09 TOILET ROOM VINYL v-1 RUBBER B-2 GYP. BD. P-3 FRP I YP. BD. P-3 FRP I YP. BD. P-3 FRP 1 GYP. BD. P-3 F�, I GYP. BD. P-3 FRP TO 48" AFF MIN PAINT SBO E, 5 3 I-GLO55 FINISH, 10 STOCKROOM CONC. CN-I RUBBER GYF. BD. GYT, BD. P-3 GYP. BD. GYP. BD. P-3 O.T.S. - PAINT WAILLS TO 1 2'-0" AFF -® NOTES: I . O.T.S.. = OPEN TO STRUCTURE 0 2. ALL CEILING PAINT TO BE MATTE FINISH 3. G.C. TO PROVIDE A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE UNDER FINISHED FLOOR WHEN REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OK BY CODE - REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN. 4. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE (1) COAT PRIMER ON ALL PAINTED GYP. BD. SURFACES. PROVIDE (2) COATS FINISH IN SALES AREA AND (1) COAT FINISH IN NON -SALES. MATERIAL AND COLOR SCHEDULE 5YMBOL MATERIAL MANUFACTURER TYPE/COLOR REMARKS c-2 CARPET TANDUS TENERA 041 20/ICELANDIC 45208 CARPET TILE (FCIC) Al v-I VCT ARMSTRONG STYLE: 51858 COLOR: 5ANDRIFT WHITE NON -SALES AREAS (FCIC) v-2 LUXURY VINYL TILE CENTIVIA C5-0002-C-Qu-5E LAGOS (3Gx3G) TILE FOIC, ADHESIVE FCIC cN-I CONCRETE SEALER FCIC cN-2 FINISHED CONCRETE ARDEX CONCRETE LEVELER PC-T POLISHED CONCRETE TOPPING - LIGHT GREY FCIC P-s PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS 5W7035 - AESTHETIC WHITE 50H Q P-a PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS 5W70I G - MINDFUL GRAY WALLS TO 1 2'-0" CDPAINT PRATT AND LAMBERT 33-14 STEEL WOOL WALLABV 1 2'-0 , CEILING AND CEILING ELEMENTS - U.N.O. PAI NT SHERWIN WILLIAMS 5W7020 -BLACK FOX P-1 I PAINT T.B.D. 4 T.B.D. STOREFRONT SYSTEM, BRAKE METAL TRIM PANELS F� I FI BERGLA55 REINFORCED PLASTIC T. B. D. WHITE PL-I PLASTIC LAMINATE WILSONAKT D30 - GO - "NATURAL ALMOND" FCIC B-I MDF MDF- PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR FCIC B-2 RUBBER BASE ROPPE OR APPROVED EQUAL BLACK Q 4" HIGH, STD COVE - ROLLS ONLY FCIC B-s PORCELAIN TILE DALTILE NATURAL HUE - "PEARL WHITE" - Q3585 5" x 8" COVE BASE T-I CERAMIC TILE LAFAENZA LAMIERA FALMGO - GRIGIO (PEWTER) 24" X 48" wD-I ENGINEERED WOOD PRAIRIE SHORES CUSTOM GREY 5" WIDE X 5/8" THICK Q R I R 2 RUBBER REDUCER STRI P5 ROPPE BLACK PROFILE AND MODEL # VARY; (FCIC) 3 MF-I MALL FLOORING TBD TBD COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD / MALL MANAGEMENT NOTES: I . SUBMIT 5AMPLE5 OF ALL FINISHES TO EDDIE BAUER DESIGN MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. ALL EXPOSED FIR LUMBER SHALL BE APPEARANCE GRADE "SELECT C" OR BETTER. 3. ALL STAINED PLYWOOD SHALL BE APPEARANCE GRADE "A" OR BETTER. 4. ALL PAINTED PLYWOOD SHALL BE APPEARANCE GRADE'B" OR BETTER (NON -SALES AREA) ALL PAINTED PLYWOOD SHALL BE APPEARANCE GRADE "A" OR BETTER (SALES AREA) 5. REFER TO THE RESPECTIVE SECTIONS OF THE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. . = : 0'11 ktl� 3 HARDWARE TO BE INCLUDED WITH DOOR (TO COMPLY WITH ADA)) 2 4" x 35 3/4" BOTTOM RAIL W/LOCK AND PIVOT INSTALLED 2 5CHLAGE INTERCHANGEABLE CORE CYLINDER 2 STANDARD THUMB TURN 4 DUST PROOF STRIKE 2 1 2" BACK-TO-BACK HANDLE SET 2 ADJUSTABLE FREE SWINGING FLOOR PIVOT 2 TRANSOM/SIDELIGHT PATCH FITTING I TRANSOM MOUNT DOORSTOP PATCH FITTING HW-2 SINGLE DOOR- TYPICAL FITTING ROOM HINGES PROVIDED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER I LOCKSET BEST 93K7D I GD 53 G22 (MATTE BLACK) I WALL STOP HAGER 23GW US 19 (G22) (STANADARD FTKM) I ADA/I5A SIGN KROY 2424501 (WHEELAR GRAPHIC) (HC FTRM) 3 SILENCER ROCKWOOD G09 HW-3 SINGLE DOOR - HOLD CLOSET 3 BUTT HINGES MCKINNEY MPB79 4.5" X 4.5" U520D(G52) I LATCH5EF BEST 93K7 D I GD 53 US 19(G22) FLAT BLACK HW-4 SINGLED OR - A CE SIBLE OILEf R OM 3 BUTT HINGES MCKINNEY MPB79 4.5" X 4.5" US2GD (G52) I LATCH5ET BEST 93KO L 1 5D 53 U52GD(G2G) PRIVACY FUNC. I SIGN KROY "TOILET" H.C. W/ BRAILLE I CLOSER LCN 4041 G89 (ALUM) (PUSH SIDE MOUNT) I KICKPLATE TRIMCO K0050 10" X 34" U532D(030) I FLOOR STOP TRIMCO 1 21 1 U520D(G2G) I ADA/ISA SIGN KROY 2425209 ("UNISEX" * WHEELCHAIR GRAPHIC) HW-5 SINGLE DOOR - TYPICAL RETAIL TO EXIT HALLWAY I ARMOR PLATE ROCKWOOD KI 050 34"1 U532D (G30) 3 BUTT HINGES MCKINNEY MPB79 4.5" X 4.5" U520D(G52) I LATCH5ET BEST 93KO N 1 5D US 19(G22) PASSAGE FUNC. 1 CLOSER LCN 4040XL G89 (ALUM) (PULL SIDE MOUNT) 1 I FLOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 441 H U52GD I GA5KEFING PEMKO 588D 17' HW-8 SINGLE DOOR - TYPICAL EXIT DOOR 3 BUTT HINGES MCKINNEY MP579 4.5" X 4.5" NKP U52GD(G52) 1 EXIT DEVICE VON DUPKIN 22NL-F 5P28 3' 1 RIM CYLINDER BEST I E 72 52 RP G2G(U52GD) LESS CORE I EXIT ALARM DETEX EAX500 (KEY # 1 7) 1 MORT CYLINDER BEST I E74 C4 RP3 G2G(U52GD) LESS CORE I VIEWER CAL ROYAL ULDV- I GO U52G(025) I CLOSER LCN 4040XP G89 (ALUM) (PUSH SIDE MOUNT) 1 KICKPLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 10" X 34" U532D (G30) I FLOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 441 H U52GD(G20) I GASKETING PEMKO 588D 17" 1 SIGN 2" HIGH BLACK VINYL WITH SPACE NUMBER AND TENANT NAME HW-9 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE 7 GUARD JSM 418 1 1 /2"x I 1 /2"x48" U532D(G30) &KNER 2 N FLORENCLIF "EMPLOYEE ONLY", BRONZE W/ BLACK LETTER, ADHESIVE MOUNT VARIES SILENCER TRIMCO 1 229A (3 PER DOOR) 4 CONSTRUCTION BEST I CC7A2 "GREEN" CORE I CONSTRUCTION BEST I A2A2 "CG" CONTROL KEY 4 CONSTRUCTION BEST I A2A2 "MG" MASTER KEY HW-1 0 BATHROOM ACCESSORIES I TOILET PAPER DISPENSER BOBRICK 5-G8G7 I ELECTRIC HAND DRYER BOBRICK B-700 I 1 5VAC I GRAB BAR BOBRICK 5-G8OG 18" I GRAB BAR BOBRICK B-G8OG 3G" I GRAB BAR BOBRICK 15-G8OG 42" 1 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL BOBRICK 5-270 HW- I I BARN DOOR - SHOE STORAGE BEHIND VIDEO ARRAY WALL SUN VALLEY BRONZE I RAIL[FRACK 4' TO 1 2' LENGTHS 4 SUPPORTS 2" H. VERTICAL SUPPORTS 13 1/4" H. x 2 1/2" W. A5 4 WHEELS 5" DIA. BOLT FACE - 1 1/2" DIA. WHEEL I" D. FINISH VERIFY WITH EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER NOTES: I . PROVIDE I SET OF HARDWARE PER DOOR 2. PROVIDE I SET OF TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES PER TOILET ROOM 0 ACT ACOUSTICAL TILE IN INCH ADJ. ADJUSTABLE INSUL INSULATION AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR INT INTERIOR ALUM ALUMINUM LAV LAVATORY ARCH ARCHITECT(URAL) LT LIGHT BD BOARD LTG LIGHTING BLDG. BUILDING LIN LINEAR BLKG BLOCKING MFR MANUFACTURER) CLG CEILING MAX. MAXIMUM C CENTER LINE MECH. MECHANICAL CLK CLEAR MTL METAL COL COLUMN MEZZ MEZZANINE CONC. CONCRETE MIN MINIMUM CON5T CONSTRUCTION MISC. MISCELLANEOUS CONT. CONTINUOUS MTD MOUNTED DEMO DEMOLITION NIC NOT IN CONTRACT DTL DETAIL NTS NOT TO SCALE DIA DIAMETER OC ON CENTER DIM DIMENSION PTN PARTITION DN DOWN PL LAM PLASTIC LAMINATE DWG DRAWING PLBG PLUMBING DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN PLYWD PLYWOOD EA. EACH PROV PROVI DED ELEC. ELECTKIC(AL) QTY QUANTITY EQ. EQUAL R RADIUS EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER REQ. REQUIRED EQUIP EQUIPMENT RES RESILIENT EXIST EXISTING REV REVISION EXT EXTERIOR PIT ROOFTOP UNIT FC FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR SCHED SCHEDULE FCIC FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR SECT SECTION INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR SHT SHEET FT FEET SIM 51MILAR FL FLOOR 5C SOLID CORE FLUOR FLUORESCENT SPECS SPECIFICATION(5) FOIL FURNISHED BY OWNER SF SQUARE FEET INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR STD STANDARD FO10 FURNISHED BY OWNER 5TRUCT STRUCTURAL INSTALLED BY OWNER 5USP SUSPENDED FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED TBD TO BE DETERMINED TURN FURNISH TEMP TEMPERED GA GAUGE T.G.C. TENANTS' GENERAL GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD TAG TONGUE*GROOVE Al GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD TYP TYPICAL HDWE HARDWARE UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE HT HEIGHT VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE HIS HOLLOW CORE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD HM HOLLOW METAL VERT VERTICAL HK HOUR WC WATER CLOSET HWH HOT WATER HEATER W/ WITH IC INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR W/O WITHOUT WD WOOD VVED FOR AppftoVED APR 07 2016 Cif alf' uw1a BUILDING DIVISION RECEIV D CITY OF TU W MAR 0 2 16 ?ERMIT CE TE EQ 8 , g 10.0 -------- - ----------------- -----, 9 I I I Ir------------------- I 10 H.C. I I 04 II IL -----I-- ------------ II I L------� I I jl I I L_ I —-------J L---------------J � 6 oel c 0 �I \ m FIRM N 05 \ ctJ � FIRM .. s HALLWAY SHOE 1 ` 2 02 STORAGE o Q \ A9.0 ° 03 FTRM \ TYP OG \ 11 n iYnl. 1111 EQ 5'-3" d- O t\ EQ ° \ 4 7/8" 4'-0" 0 E ENLARGED FITTING ROOM LAYOUT N s 1/2' -1'-0' W TRUE NORTH vv-roi rnFr) Al I IKAIKII IKA RA( kK PI ATF NOTE INSTALLATION * ASSEMBLY BY T.G.C. CLOTHING HANG BAR 3'-1'-0' FOIC p 0 co 2 FITTING RM ELEV 10. 1/2' -1'-0' T.G.C. TO PKC ANGLE CLIP AT TO WALL AT H. ACCESSIBLE FITTING RM ELEV 10.0 1/2' -1,-0, cV f— '-8 1 /4" B 01 -, 0k, 3 FITTING RM ELEV 10. 1/2' -1'-0' c a c 4 FITTING RM ELEV 10. 1/2' -1'-0' ACCESSIBLEF ITTING RM ELEV 10.0/ 1/2' -1,-0. ED FITTING ROOM BENCH. ;.C. TO SECURE BENCH TO ALL WITH 3/4" X 1 1/2" WALL EAT AND PROVIDE BLOCKING ) SECURE BENCH TO "H 3/4" X 1 1/2" WALL 0 PROVIDE BLOCKING FIXED ACCESSIBLEFITTING ROOM BENCH 10. 11/2'4-0' (ATTACHED TO WALL) FOIC - SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION AND LAYOUT CL 0 co 5 FITTING RM ELEV 10. 1/2' -1'-0' IL 0 co � ACCESSIBLE FITTING RM ELEV 10. 1/2' -1'-0' 0 co 9 ACCESSIBLE FITTING RM ELEV 10. 1/2' -1'-0' 0 V WE,D FOR :COMPLIANCE PPAOVED APR 0 7 2016 CityofTu ila BiI1LOING DIVISION ECLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTE ANDWALL S ARE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FROM FACE OF FINAL FINISH MATERIAL LUDES ANY PROJECTING FINISHES SUCH AS : CASING, FLOOR BASE CORNER GUARDS, ETC. BEYOND THE FINISH WALL. VERIFY WALL TYPES FINISHES TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES. VERIFY OTHER CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED WITH CONSTRUCTION OR ARCHITECT. INTERIOR ELEVATION KEY NOTES OACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH - SEE I I/A10.0 OI x 4 MDF (F.C.I.C.) PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WALL SEE SCHEDULE SHEET A9.0 OCLOTHING HOOK BAR - SEE DTL I O/A 10.0 qO FRAMED MIRROR W/ POLISHED EDGE - FRAME (F.O.I.C.) - GLASS OFITTING ROOM STOOL - (F.O.I.O.) OFITTING ROOM DOOR (F.O.I.C.) - SEE SHEET A9.0 OFITTING ROOM RETURN BAR AND SHELF - SEE 7/A8.0 O30" X 48" BENCH SIDE APPROACH CLEAR SPACE RE EiV O'T' SHAPED WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE CITY O TU I O PROVIDE 48" X GO" DOOR CLEARANCE AS REQ'D MAE 0 2 14 1111 48" X 48" MANEUVERING CLEARANCE FOR DOOR TO BE PROVIDED IN., CE I I HANDICAP FITTING ROOM 12 WALL MOUNTED FRAMES - TYP. (F.O.1-C.) 13 WALL MOUNTED D OP - EE HAS.PWARE.SC ULE SH A9.0 de- AFM SOUTHCENTER MALL STORE OWNER EDDIE BAUER, LLC REAL ESTATE 10401 NE 8TH STREET SUITE 500 BELLEVUE, WA 98004 (425) 755-6100 DESIGN MANAGER DAN ENWRIGHT (425)755-4761 X SECTION X SECTION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION X ELEVATION NUMBER X SHEET NUMBER AS PER PLANS I� �♦ tj DETAL DETAIL NUMBER Tx SHEET NUMBER ROOM I1131510FICAT0N ROOM 00 ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER I& - - COLUMN LINE r6 WALL Vj_/ ELEV. ELEVATION LINE SEATTLE, WA .CONSTRUCTION MANAGER JIM GALE (425) 246-8792 ODOOR NUMBER X SEE SHEET A9.0 X-X FINISH SYMBOL SEE SHEET A9.0 CEILING IDENTIFICATION MATERIAL CEILING MATERIAL HEIGHT CEILING HEIGHT X PARTITION TYPE SEE SHEET A1.1 OKEY NOTE ROBERT F VANNEY ARCHITECT 360 N. ROBERT STREET, SUITE 201 ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA 55101 (651) 222-4642 (651) 222-3034 FAX A1TN: ROBERT F. VANNEY TENANT IL A LOCATION_ -MAP SPACE #0212 Level 1 of 3 T EDDIE BAUER R-051 Jul e2 o o e -A" MALL KEY MAP 1. THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER HAVE ENDEAVORED TO SPECIFY AND/OR INDICATE MATERIALS THAT DO NOT CONTAIN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN VIOLATION OF APPLICABLE LAWS OR REASONABLE COMMERCIAL RETAIL BUILDING PRACTICES. ALL CONTRACTORS, SUB -CONTRACTORS AND/OR MATERIAL SUPPLIERS SHALL PROVIDE MATERIALS THAT DO NOT CONTAIN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND/OR MATERIAL SUPPLIERS SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER OF ANY MATERIALS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED FOR INCLUSION IN THE PROJECT THAT CONTAIN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND/OR ASBESTOS. 2. WORK TO BE PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT IS DEFINED BY ALL INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS SET OF DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH AND FOLLOW ALL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 3. ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, FINISHED EQUIPMENT AND THE FINAL FINISHED PROJECT AS OUTLINED AND REQUIRED BY THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS PER GOVERNING STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ANY AND ALL OTHER REGULATIONS AND CODES HAVING LOCAL JURISDICTION. THE WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL SITE DEVELOPMENT, FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, AND ANY AND ALL WORK AS REQUIRED BY THE INSPECTION AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. THESE DRAWINGS ARE PREPARED FOR PURPOSES OF CONSTRUCTION ONLY. THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES AS ACTUAL CONDITIONS MAY VARY FROM THOSE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS DUE TO CHANGE ORDERS, ALTERATIONS BY OTHERS, FIELD CONDITIONS, ETC. 5. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. 6. ALL WORK NEW UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 7. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. AND NOTIFY EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCY. 8. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES AS OUTLINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND CONFORMING TO LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 9. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF GYP. BD OR CENTERLINE OF WALL OR COLUMN. 10. ALL GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE 5/8" TYPE "X". 11. GYPSUM WALL BOARD TO HAVE A FINISHED EDGE WHERE EXPOSED. 12. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR (T.G.C.) SHALL VERIFY THAT DEMISING WALLS EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND ALL PENETRATIONS ARE SEALED TIGHT, FIREPROOFED TO MEET CODE, AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 13. ALL WALL FRAMING NOT BRACED TO DEMISING WALLS SHALL BE SECURED OR DIAGONALLY BRACED AT 4'-0" O.C. ABOVE CEILING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 14. DEMISING WALLS ARE NOT DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE LOADING. ALL FIXTURES MUST BE SUPPORTED BY THE FLOOR OR NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION. 15. ALL FRAMING LUMBER, PLYWOOD, AND CONCEALED WOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED (F.R.T.) NO. FRT. IN CEILING PLENUM OR ABOVE SPRINKLER COVERAGE. 16. PROVIDE F.R.T. WOOD OR METAL BLOCKING FOR ALL SIGNS, HOOKS, SLOTWALL, TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES AND ANY OTHER WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. 17. ANY DRILLING, WELDING OR OTHER ATTACHMENT TO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM SHALL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF SUCH WORK. 18. COORDINATE ANY ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND LANDLORD'S ROOF CONTRACTOR. 19. STATE AND/OR LOCAL CODES MAY REQUIRE THAT ALL WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF AN APPROVED ENGINEER AND/OR INSPECTOR. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACTUAL VERIFICATION OF THIS REQUIREMENT AND THE COST OF SUCH SUPERVISION OR INSPECTION WHEN REQUIRED. 20. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE CONDUIT, RACEWAYS AND ELECTRICAL BOXES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF F.0.1.0. VENDOR SUPPLIED SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT. 21. ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY T.G.C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. LANDLORD WESTFIELD TENANT COORDINATION 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA 98188 PH: (206) 246-0423 ATTN: WAYNE JOHNSON EMAIL: wjohnsonsus.westfield.com EDDIE BAUER SPACE #212 SOUTHCENTER MALL 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA. 98188 NTS z � t ITEM VENDOR PHONE CONTACT SPECIALTIES BARRICADE GRAPHICS BOSTON BARRICADE 772-257-7130 JAMES DOUGLAS STOREFRONT SIGN INFINITE 973-649-995OX18 PAUL MCCABE MERCHANDISE SECURITY SENSORMATIC TYCO-SENSORMATIC 425-336-1228 JEFF McLAUGHLIN MUSIC SYSTEM PLAYNETWORK 425-629-2776 JASON PORRECA POS SYSTEMS CPT 630-735-7020 JOHN HATCHKO BURGLAR ALARM PROTECTION 1 630-946-6840 CHELLE EDORH PHONE CPT 630-735-7020 JOHN HATCHKO THE FOLLOWING IS A DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM OR SCOPE OF WORK TO BE COORDINATED. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ANY AND ALL CONDUIT RACEWAYS AND J-BOXES REQUIRED FOR THE ABOVE SYSTEMS. A PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING SHOULD BE SCHEDULED WITH EACH VENDOR TO ENSURE THEIR SHOP DRAWINGS COORDINATE WITH THE STORE PLANS IN TERMS OF THE LOCATION OF J-BOXES. FAILURE TO COORDINATE THESE VENDORS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXTRA SHOULD YOU NEED TO RELOCATE A J-BOX. SCHEDULING VENDORS TO THE JOBSITE MAY SOMETIMES BE DIFFICULT. AT OTHER TIMES, A VENDOR MAY NOT SHOW UP WHEN SCHEDULED. IF EITHER CASE SHOULD OCCUR, NOTIFY THE EB CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. ALL F010 ITEMS MUST BE COMPLETE PRIOR TO WALK-THROUGH/TURNOVER. F.O.I.C. VENDORS ITEM VENDOR PHONE CONTACT MILLWORK CASHWRAP/BACKWRAP EB REAL ESTATE 425-755-6351 JIM HOOKER FITTING ROOM DOORS EB REAL ESTATE 425-755-6351 JIM HOOKER HARDWARE DOOR HARDWARE WA ARCHITECTURAL 253-471-9150 X314 M.J. LAWRENZ HARDWARE SPECIALTIES OUTRIGGER POSTS EB REAL ESTATE 425-755-6351 JIM HOOKER FINISHES CARPET EB REAL ESTATE 425-755-6351 JIM HOOKER LUXURY VINYL CENTINA 503.467.6500 KATE KANDELL FLOORING NON SALES STANDARDS & BRACKETS EB REAL ESTATE 425-755-6351 JIM HOOKER STOCKROOM MOBILE PIPP MOBILE 616-988-4042 JOHN RITTER SHELVING STORAGE SYSTEMS, INC. ALEISHA COLEGROVE LOCKERS / LADDER NORTHWEST 425-255-0500 DEREK WOOD HANDLING SAFE EB REAL ESTATE 425-755-6351 JIM HOOKER LIGHTING LIGHT FIXTURES WESTERN EXTRALITE 314-209-2215 KATHY HENRY INTERIOR SIGNAGE FITTING ROOM BLADE GRAFFIX 206-324-8117 ROBERT KISCH AN INVENTORY OF ALL OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS IS REQUIRED AND ANY DISCREPANCIES MUST BE NOTED ON BILL OF LADING AND REPORTED. AS SOON AS MATERIALS ARRIVE AT THE JOB SITE, CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLETE A QUANTITY TAKE -OFF OF ALL FOIC ITEMS. ANY DISCREPANCIES MUST BE REPORTED WITHIN TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS TO ALLOW TIME ENOUGH FOR EDDIE BAUER TO ORDER AND GROUND SHIP ANY ADDITIONAL MATERIALS REQUIRED. ANY AIR FREIGHT CHARGES INCURRED DUE TO LAST MINUTE REQUESTS WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. BE SURE THE BILL OF LADING AND PACKAGING SLIP MATCH THE PURCHASE ORDER AND THAT YOU SAVE THEM BECAUSE YOU WILL BE REQUIRED TO PRESENT ALL DOCUMENTATION AT THE TIME OF THE PUNCHLIST WALK-THRU. IN THE EVENT THE MATERIAL RECEIVED CORRESPONDS TO THE PURCHASE ORDER BUT IS INSUFFICIENT TO CCMPLETE THE WORK, NOTIFY THE EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF THE SHORTAGE WITHIN ONE (1) WEEK AFTER SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. OCCASIONALLY YOU MAY DISCOVER DEFECTIVE OR DAMAGED MATERIALS WHICH SHOULD BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO EDDIE BAUER SO THAT A CLAIM MAY BE FILED OR A RETURN AUTHORIZATION IS OBTAINED. EDDIE BAUER WILL COORDINATE THE RETURN OF DAMAGED/DEFECTIVE ITEMS WITH THE SHIPPER. AFTER COMPLETION OF STORE CONSTRUCTION, T.G.C. MUST INVENTORY ITEMS AND COMPLETE THE EXHIBIT G-3A FORM, "EXCESS INVENTORY FORM," PRIOR TO THE PUNCHLIST WALK-THRU WITH THE EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. T.G.C. SHALL NOT RETURN ANY MATERIAL TO OFFSITE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. SHEET NO. SHEET TITLE 02 LAST REVISED C1.0 OVER SHEET 2 07-09-2015 D1.0 EMOLITION PLAN A1.0 ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN 1 06-03-2015 A1.1 PARTITION SCHEDULE AND WALL DETAILS A2.0 LOOR FINISH PLAN AND TRANSITION DETAILS A3.0 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1 06-03-2015 Il E,Yya:01l91 DIVISION OF WORK ITEM LANDLORD TENANT OWNER REMARKS G.C. J J J J En a N z N En N z PERMITS 0 SEE NOTE 4 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 0 T.G.C. TO FOLLOW TENANT CRITERIA. 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 0 T.G.C. TO FOLLOW TENANT CRITERIA, LOCAL AUTHORITIES 01700 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT 02060 EXISTING CONDITIONS 0 T.G.C. TO VISIT AND INSPECT EXISTING CONDITIONS 02070 DEMOLITION (IF APPLICABLE) 03010 CONCRETE 03050 CONCRETE MATERIALS 0 0 T.G.C. TO PROVIDE SEALER & FINISH WAX 03700 CONCRETE RESTORATION AND CLEANING 04700 SIMULATED MASONRY 05400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 05500 METAL FABRICATION 05586 ARCHITECTURAL METAL 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 19 0 SEE NOTE 1 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 0 0 0 SEE NOTE 1 AND 2 CASHWRAP & BACKWRAP 0 0 1 TENANT GC TO ASSEMBLE SALES AREA PERIMETER DISPLAY SYSTEM DISPLAY CASES 0 0 TENANT GC TO ASSEMBLE STOCKROOM SHELVING 0 0 PERIMETER WALL SHELVES ARE FCIC OFFICE COUNTER, SHELVING BASE 0 0 PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL SLAT WALL 0 0 APPLIED ON STOCKROOM SHELVES STOCKROOM COUNTERS AND SHELVING BREAK COUNTERS AND SHELVES ARE FCIC 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 0 0 SEE NOTE 1 AND 2 07110 WATERPROOFFING/ROOFING/ROOF PATCH 07210 INSULATION/SAFING (WHEN APPLICABLE) 07250 FIREPROOFING 07270 FIRESTOPPING 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07900 SEALANTS 08100 H.M. DOORS AND FRAMES 0 0-SEE NOTE 5 08210 WOOD DOORS, FRAMES AND TRIM 08305 ACCESS DOOR PANELS 08400 STOREFRONT GLAZING Zi 0 z1_\ 08710 DOOR HARDWARE CYLINDERS: "BEST" CORE COMPATIBLE 08800 STOREFRONT GLAZING 08810 MIRRORED GLASS 09110 LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING 09250 GYPSUM WALL BOARD GWB TENANT SIDE OF DEMISING WALLS 0 0 SEE NOTE 6 09310 WALL 11LE 0 0 IF REQUIRED BY CODE IN TOILET ROOM(S) PORCELAIN FLOORING PORCELAIN BASE 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILING 11LE 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 1 09680 CARPET 09775 FRP WALL PANELS 09800 SPECIAL COATING 0 0 CONC. SEALER IF INDICATED ON DRAWINGS 09900 PAINTING WALL GRAPHICS 09950 OFFICE CORK ABOVE COUNTERS 10200 LOUVERS & VENTS 10430 EXTERIOR SIGNS 0 0 COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER AND LL 10440 INTERIOR SALES AREA SIGNS 10500 LOCKERS TGC TO ASSEMBLE,/INSTALL LOCKS/ APPLY NUMBERS 10522 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS/CABINETS 0 0 PAINT CABINETS TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES 10670 MOBILE AND FIXED STORAGE SHELVING 0 0 TGC TO PROVIDE SUPPORT IN WALLS AS REQ'D. 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES 11020 SECURITY EQUIPMENT 0 0 0 COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE SAFE 12380 DISPLAY FIXTURES 0 0 TGC T0. ASSEMBLE AND OFFLOAD 12690 ENTRY WALK -OFF MAT 15000 SPRINKLER SYSTEM 0 0 SEE NOTE 3 15300 HVAC SYSTEM 0 0 COORDINATE WITH MECH/PLUMBING DIVISION OF SCHEDULE HVAC UNIT 0 0 COORDINATE WITH MECH/PLUMBING DIVISION OF SCHEDULE 15410 PLUMBING SYSTEM 16000 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COORD. WITH ELECT. DIVISION OF WORK SCHEDULE 16500 LIGHTING 0 0 COORD. WITH ELECT. DIVISION OF WORK SCHEDULE 16720 TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT 0 0 ICOORD. WITH ELECT. DIVISION OF WORK SCHEDULE 18500 SOUND SYSTEM NOTES: 1. FRT BLOCKING BY TGC 2. MILLWORK IS PREFINISHED WITH STAIN, PAINT, OR SEALER COATING(FOIC) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. TGC TO FURNISH AND INSTALL SYSTEM PER ALL APPLICABLE CODES. TGC TO PROVIDE SPRINKLER DRWAINGS AND SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. OWNER WILL MAKE APPLICATION FOR BUILDING PERMIT. TGC TO APPLY FOR SUBPERMITS AND PICK UP PERMITS. 5. TGC TO PAINT EXISTING REAR SERVICE DOOR. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. VERIFY IF REAR DOOR IS EXISTING. 6. EXISTING DEMISING WALL, TGC TO PROVIDE 5/8" TYPE " X " GYP BD ON TENANT SIDE ONLY AS REQUIRED FOR RATING AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 14 cta REVt_-T_ Tuhlilla 81111aincg Division. ' ~. CODE DATA=_ PROJECT DATA 2 APPLICABLE CODES: BUILDING: 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH STATE AMENDMENTS ELECTRICAL: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70) MECHANICAL: 2012 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE WITH STATE AMENDMENTS PLUMBING: 2012 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE WITH STATE AMENDMENTS FIRE PROTECTION:' 2012 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH STATE AMENDMENTS ENERGY: 2012 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE/WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE ACCESSIBILITY: ICC/ANSI A117.1-09, ACCESSIBLE & USABLE BUILDINGS & FACILITIES W/ STATEWIDE AMENDMEI BASE BUILDING: USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION M (EXISTING) TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: IIB - FULLY SPRINKLERED BUILDING HEIGHT IN STORIES: 2 TENANT SPACE: LEVEL 1 OF 3 USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION: M HEIGHT IN STORIES: 3 SQUARE FOOTAGE: BALES AREA (MERCANTILE) 3,204 SF /30 = 106 OCC TOCK ROOM (STORAGE) 590 SF /300 = 2 OCC TOILET 61 SF/- = 1 OCC TOTAL 102 OCC ChDTAL LEASED AREA 3,855 SF WALL AND CEILING FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS EXIT ENCLOSURES & EXIT PASS. CLASS B CORRIDORS CLASS C ROOMS & ENCLOSED SPACES CLASS C FLOOR FINISH FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS: EXEMPT (TRADITIONAL) EDDIE BAUER R-051 SPACE #212 SOUTHCENTER MALL 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL SEATTLE, WA. 98188 CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT `6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD SUITE 100 TUKWILA, WA 98188 PHONE: (206) 431-3670 Ft IVJU /IUD FOR D , MP�l.IANCE I s Q�/ED '7 2015 �'' City Tukwila DI DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1A.2015 PERMIT CENTER SIGNAGE TO BE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT CORRECT LTR...�,� 6 Project No: 20-1095 ARCHITECT ................. ..... I ........... �it�.C.iCC2rl Gas Piping ,.� -1 T ! Skwila REGISTERED ARCHITECT LL Review t is ued: 05/OG/201 5 Permit Set Issued: 05/2G/201 5 Bid Set Issued: 05/2G/201 5 Construction Set Issued: Revi5ion5 No.: Date: Z OG/03/2015 / Z \ 07/05/201 5 drawn by: RFV reviewed by: RFV scale: A5 NOTED Sheet Title COVM E: lh ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN 1/,V-1'-0' FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES NEW REAR EXIT DOOR - T.G.C. SHALL ENSURE LANDING, THRESHOLD AND OALL CODE REQUIRED ELEMENTS COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS AND MEET ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND NATIONAL CODES FOR ACCESSIBILITY AND EGRESS OOUTRIGGER SYSTEM - SEE SHEET A7.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION OCOAT HOOKS (F.O.I.C.) - MOUNT TO SOLID IN -WALL BLOCKING (BY T.G.C.) AT GO" A.F.F. 48" HIGH TEMPERED HARDBOARD 1/8" THICK - ADHERE TO GYP. OBD. WITH CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE - LOCATE BOARD I/2" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR - INSTALL WALL BASE OVER HARDBOARD SURFACE OSLAT WALL (F.C.I.C.) WITH 1 2" CLEARANCE REFER TO DETAIL 10/AI 1.0 E E N 8 N 8 W W TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH G T.G.C. TO ANCHOR LOCKERS TO BLOCKING IN PARTITION METAL CORNER GUARD (F.C.I.C.) 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 48" HIGH OSURFACE MOUNTED - LOCATE BOTTOM OF CORNER GUARD AT TOP OF WALL BASE - ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN STOCKROOM AND HALLWAY ONOT USED REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR AUDIO SHELF LOCATION 9 AND ELEVATION I O PLAN TUBE HOLDER - SEE DETAIL 5/A 1 1.0 0 HARDWARE STORAGE BIN LOCATION - SEE DETAIL 9/A I 1 .0 12 SEASONAL 51GNAGE STORAGE LOCATION RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER ON COLUMN ENCLOSURE OR 13 5URFACE MTD. IN OTHER LOCATIONS AS SHOWN. VERIFY LOCATIONS AND QUANTITY W/ LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS ON HORIZONTAL FURRING TO 14 ACCEPT BRACKETS FOR HANG RODS OR SHELVES - SEE DETAIL G/A 1 1.0 *7/A 1 1.0 15 3G" X 48" CORK BOARD IN WOOD FRAME (F.C.I.C.) SET 42" A.F.F. TO THE BOTTOM OF THE FRAME. 16 EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN MAINTAIN ALL FIRE PROOFING * RATINGS. 17 "EXIT" TACTILE SIGNAGE REQUIRED AT ALL EXITS. SEE 3NA9.0 FOR REQUIREMENTS. 18 HANGER STORAGE RACK - SEE 2/A 1 1.0 9 "EXIT ROUTE" TACTILE 51GNAGE AT ALL EXIT ROUTE DOORS. SEE 3B/A9.0 FOR REQUIREMENTS. 20 REINFORCED CEILING OVER ROOM - SEE 4/AI 1.0 21 BREAK AREA - SEE I /A 1 1.0 22 WALL/ COLUMN MOUNTED MIRROR. 23 PROCESSING COUNTER - SEE 3/A 1 1.0 1 . PLASTIC SIGNS AND PANELS SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODE STOCK ROOM NOTES KEY: MS = MOVEABLE SHELVING F5 = FIXED SHELVING H5 = HANGROD STORAGE W5 = WALL STANDARDS / SHELVING NOTES: 1. ALL FREESTANDING METAL SHELVES ARE 10'-0" HIGH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 24 ELECTRICAL PANEL LOCATION. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS TO COORDINATE 25 44" MINIMUM WIDE PATH OF EGRESS 51GN OF ACCESSIBILITY DECAL TACTILE 51GNAGE 26 REQUIRED AT HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM. SEE 3D/A9.0 FOR REQUIREMENTS. 27 RE5TROOM TACTILE 51GNAGE REQUIRED AT TOILET ROOM. SEE 3C/A9.0 FOR REQUIREMENTS. FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES I . WALL DISPLAY SYSTEMS - ALL COMPONENTS ARE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SEE SECTIONS AND DETAILS FOR COMPLETE ASSEMBLY. 2. T.G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL SIZE OF ALL WALL SYSTEMS COMPONENT PARTS BEFORE STARTING STORE LAY -OUT. 3. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE F.R.T. BLOCKING IN PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED FOR FIXTURES, GRAB BARS, STANDARDS, MIRRORS, HANG BARS AND OTHER WALL MOUNTED ITEMS - REVIEW ALL DETAILS. 4. SEE WALL PARTITION TYPES AND LIMITING HEIGHTS SCHEDULE ON A 1. 1 FOR METAL STUD SIZES TO OBTAIN WALL THICKNESSES NOT INDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN. 5. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION OF STANDARDS AND DETAILS. G. T.G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND MUST NOTIFY EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER USING EXHIBIT G-4, "SITE VERIFICATION FORM" DURING THE FIRST WEEK OF DEMOLITION / CONSTRUCTION OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 7. ALL FRAMING AND BLOCKING INSIDE WALLS OR ABOVE CEILING TO BE U.L. FIRE -RATED NON-COMBUSTIBLE WOOD LABELED PER LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. FRT WOOD BLOCKING NOT ALLOWED ABOVE RETURN AIR PLENUM CEILINGS. 8. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PER LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. 9. TCG TO CAULK AROUND ALL SIDES OF ALL APPLIED BASE, TRIM, AND ACCESSORIES. _'. " y J �0 O Z O— mJ w N Q w J CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTE DIMENSIONS ARE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FROM FACE OF FINAL FINISH MATERIAL WHICH INCLUDES ANY PROJECTING FINISHES SUCH AS : CASING, FLOOR BASE MATERIAL, CORNER GUARDS, ETC. BEYOND THE FINISH WALL. VERIFY WALL TYPES AND WALL FIN15HE5 TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES. T.G.C. TO VERIFY OTHER CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR ARCHITECT. MALL CONSTRUCTION LEGEND INDICATES EXISTING WALL - TGC TO VERIFY HEIGHT - NEW GYP. BD. ONE SIDE BY T.G.C. AS REQ'D INDICATES NEW FULL HEIGHT WALL INDICATES NEW WALL TO EXTEND TO 1 2-0" A.F.F. INDICATES IN -FILLED DEMISING' FINISHES C�� APPto INDICATES NEW WALL TO END TRIO-i 7 21 A.F.F. JUU NOTE FOR ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION: City ofTu BRACE TO STRUCTURE / PROVIDE LATERAL BR"Q DV REQUIRED. CONTINUOUS FRT WOOD OR METAL BLOCKING SHALL BE PROVIDED IN: RA CITY OFF 7 1 1. CONCEALED SPACES OF STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING FURRED PARTITIONS. JUN .8 2. ALL OPENINGS AROUND VENTS, PIPES, DUCT5,NflT CEILINGS AND FLOOR LEVELS. 3. ALL METAL STUDS 25 GA. TYPICAL FOR NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS - SEE U.5.G. STEEL -FRAMED DRYWALL SYSTEMS "LIMITING HEIGHT - STEEL STUD ASSEMBLIES CHART" USE THE U240 ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION FIGURES ONLY. 4. T.G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO BRACE ALL PARTITIONS NOT INDICATED TO EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING AT UNSUPPORTED PARTITION ENDS AND AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. 5. T.G.C. TO VERIFY THAT ALL DEMISING WALLS ARE FIRE .dwTAPED AND SEALED FROM FLOOR TO ROOF DECK. 10 ED K LA NT EXISTING STRUCTURE: STEEL BAR JOISTS, WITH BUILT UP ROOF SYSTEM METAL DECK, RIGID IN5UL. AND MEMBRANE ROOF — 20GA DEEP LEG SLIP TRACK WITH # 10 SCREWS AT EACH STUD EACH SIDE UPPER M05T PUNCH -OUT — GYP. BD. PER SECTION- - 2TYPICAL A1.1 3. _ 1,_0, 18GA STEEL STRAPS @ 45" O.C. TO (2) DECK FLUTES WITH (2) # 10 SCREWS TO EACH FLUTE DEFLECTION GAP METAL 5TUD5 PER SECTION HORIZ. BRIDGING: 1 1/2" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL CONTINUOUS SECURE TO EA. I G" O.C. STUD W/ 2" X 2" X I GGA CLIP ANGLES (2) # 10 PWH SCREWS EA. CONNECTION PER STUD MANUFACTURES REQUIREMENTS SLIP JOINT CONNECTION LIMITING HEIGHTS INTERIOR STUD FRAMING STUD STUD STUD ALLOW. PARTITION, PARTITION, FURRING, DESIGN WIDTH SPACING DEFL. (I) LAYER (2) LAYERS (1) LAYER ............... = = — [ 25 GAUGE (.O 179 MIN.) 1 585T25 1 5/8" 1 G" U240 91G"d I O'G"d 813"d 24" U240 81311d 81911f 73"d 21 25T25 2 1/2" 1 G" U240 1 2'G"d 1310d 1 110"d 24" U240 1019"d 1 1 '3"f 919"d 3585T25 3 5/8" 1 G" U240 I G'O"d I G'91 14'G"d 24" U240 13'G"f 13'G"f 129"d 4005T25 4" 1 G" U240 173"d 1731 1 59"d 24" U240 14'3"f 14'31 139"d 0005T25 G" I G" U240 20'01 20'0"f 20'01 24" U240 15'0"v 15'0"v 15'0"v 22 GAUGE (.0270 MIN.) 21 25T22 2 1/2" 1 G" 1/240 13'0"d 14'0"d 1 2'0"d 24" U240 I 1 'G"d 1 2'3"d I O'G"d 3585T22 3 5/8" 1 G" U240 173"d 160"d I G'0"d 24" U240 15'0"d 159"d 14'0"d 4005T22 4" 1 G" U240 18'G"d 19'3"d 173"d 24" 1 U240 10'3"d I G'9"d 1 5'0"d G005T22 G" I G" U240 25'3"d 2G'0"d 23'9"d I 24" I U240 22'0"d 229"d 20'9"d 20 GAUGE (.03 1 2 MIN.) 21 25T20 2 1/2" 1 G" U240 13' 10"d I Gil "d 13'0"d 24" U240 12'0"d 13'5"f I I'G"d 3585T20 3 5/8" I G" U240 171 1 "d 202"d 173"d 24" U240 157"d 178"f 150"d 4005T20 4" 1 G" U240 1 9'2"d 2 17"d 1819"d 24" U240 10' 10"d 1& 1 1 "d I G'3"d D005T20 G" I G" U240 2G' I "d 28'G"d 25'G"d 24" U240 22' 10' 24' 1 1 "d 22'3"d 5J STYLE (.0341 MIN.) 3G25J20 3 5/8" 1 G" U240 1910"d 1919"d 18'3"d 24" U240 I G19"d 173"d I G'O"d 4005J 20 4" 1 G" U240 20'G"d 21 '3"d 1919"d 24" U240 18'O"d 18'G"d 173"d THIS DESIGN IS BASED UPON UNITED STATES GYPSUM PRODUCTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. VERIFYTHAT "OR -EQUAL" MANUFACTURERS PRODUCTS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE EQUAL TO OR EXCEED THOSE LISTED HERE. LIMITING HEIGHT FOR 1/2" OR 5/8" THICK GYPSUM PANELS AND 5 P5F UNIFORM LOAD PERPENDICULARTO PARTITION OR FURRING. USE ONE - LAYER HEIGHTS FOR UNBALANCED ASSEMBLIES; USE TWO -LAYER HEIGHTS FOR MULTI -LAYER ASSEMBLIES. FOR FURRING, STUD ATTACHED TO TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNERS AND FREE STANDING UP TO 1 2-FT. HEIGHT. *STUDS EXCEEDING 1 2-FT. HEIGHT REQUIRE MID -HEIGHT ANCHOR TO EXTERIOR WALL. CHASE WALL PARTITIONS REQUIRE VERTICAL CROSS BRACES 4-FT. O.C. MAX. LIMITING CRITERIA D--DEFLECTION, F--BENDING STRESS, V-END REACTION SHEER. CONSULT LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY FOR LIMITING CRITERIA. PARTITION LATERAL BRACING SCHEDULE PARTITION LENGTH NUMBER OF MINIMUM MAXIMUM BRACES REQUIRED 0'-0" 1 2'-0" 0 1 2'-0" 18'-0" 1 18'-0" 24'-0" 2 24'-0" 30'-0" 3 ADD ONE BRACE PER EACH ADDITIONAL G'-O" OF PARTITION LENGTH. PARTITION LENGTH BETWEEN LATERAL SUPPORT PROVIDED BY LATERAL SUPPORT OR INTERSECTING PERPENDICULAR PARTITIONS. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING AT UNSUPPORTED PARTITION ENDS. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING FOR ALL PARTITIONS WHICH DO NOT EXTEND TO STRUCTURE. NOTE: ALL PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED PARTITIONS (DEMISING WALLS) MUST BE FIRE STOPPED WITH UL RATED FIRE STOP ASSEMBLIES SPECIFIC TO THE SIZE, TYPE � CONGIGURATION OF THE PENETRATION AS WELL AS THE TYPE OF WALL BEING PENETRATED. INSTALLATION OF FIRE STOP MATERIAL MUST BE STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE UL LISTING 1 NOT USED A1.1 EXISTING METAL STUDS BY LANDLORD EXISTING DEMISING NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. TO DECK - TGC TO META STUD WALL VERIFY GYP BD TO DECK AND INSTALL IF NOT EXISTING AND FIRE TAPE AND SEAL FOR UL RATING #U4G5 NOTE: IF NOT EXISTING, INSTALL UL LISTED FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM AT TOP AND BOTTOM AS REQ'D FE3] NOT USED Fc-1 NEW PARTITION 'X' 5/8" TYPE GYPSUM BOARD BY T.G.C. TO UNDERSIDE OF CEILING H OMIT GYP. BD. ONE SIDE (SIZE LIMITING HEIGHT CHART) PER METAL STUDS BY T.G.C. TO DECK ❑p NEW PARTITION 5/5" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD BY T.G.C. TO DECK El OMIT GYP. BD. ONE SIDE (SIZE LIMITING HEIGHT CHART) PER METAL STUDS BY T.G.C. TO DECK 1 2'-0" AFF 5/5" TYPE 'X' CAP @ TOP OF WALL I I '-O" AFT AT VIDEO ARRAY/ 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD BY T.G.C. 3-WAY MIRROR FE I NEW PARTITION 3 5/5" METAL STUDS BY T.G.C. E I OMIT GYP. BD. ONE SIDE 8'-0" AFF 5/8" TYPE 'X' CAP @ TOP OF WALL F] NEW PARTITION F=d OMIT GYP. BD. ONE SIDE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD BY T.G.C. 3 5/8" METAL STUDS BY T.G.C. REINFORCED CEILING CONSTRUCTION - SEE 8'-0" AFF 4/A I 1.0 NEW PARTITION 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD (MR BOARD IN WET LOCATIONS) BY T.G.C. 3 5/5" METAL STUD5 BY T.G.C. m P,E WEED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE " APPROVED JUL 17 2015 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN. 0.9 2015 PERMIT CENTER CHAIN HUNG FLUORESCENT q 1'-0 3/4" I '-8 3/4" 1 '-7 1 /4" 1 '-7" STRIP LIGHTING MOUNT 1-01, 3'-1 1/8" 1 5'-0" 1 2'-0" 34'-0" 1 2'-0" 14'-0" 13'-0" ± A.F.F. VERIFY LINEAR FEET OF TRACK LINEAR FEET OF TRACK LINEAR FEET OF TRACK LINEAR FEET OF TRACK LINEAR FEET OF TRACK HEIGHT WITH DUCTWORK - SUSPENDED FROM ALIGN TRACK STRUCTURE ABOVE (TYP.) --------------------------- - ------------------------------------------------------ U •' III I Lu Nmo wEQ w0 3 Lu O Lu H.c. T, 0 vy � w IST R 03 1 O7 � SOPEN =___-' �� � GYP. BID. S UCTURE �r „ �' OPEN�� P-8 /"� p n 1 EQ El Cj 2, 3„ p I) ii 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-O" 51-p" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" A _0 L--J L--J L--J L — _— n Cl I - FTW �� it CE GYP. BDI Ct RETAIL C O w lu 04 n I 7 8 1/ O I I I Q TRU c =__= r D P-8 U STRUCTURE v X. p OPEN �1 I 1 ii OPEN v QU QU II I U t— U pL w oL 1 — w P- I O 0 I I I I I w O O Q EQ I- - - ,I =I - I I I II F- O O II = P-9 WALLS ABOVE �- O I— I I I —r---7------- u I 1 11 = w C9 w = = O - O — w O O 11 II 1 1 _ w 12'-O" AND P- l 0 w w �D w w r-----------------II I i �M II I I 11 0 0 - w 0 0 CEILING AND Q tL -----------------11 L___J OS 0: II I I �� u- o� r d W U- _ �i I CEILING ELEMENTS _ _ w - w ��--. ---,--------- -- TRU �JJ I I II - iw Q - "- w w w EQ EQ I- - - - - -I 11 � I I ii z TRACK WITH TRACK - oC z oC - ' C� L--_ -� h.. OPE II I I Q Q Q I I I I II Q FTRM -' w HEADS -SURFACE _ w w w LL' Il, P-lo 11 II i _z MOUNT TRACK TO -� z (r-� z z -� 0. I 4 6L:EY•'•.. 0 I II HALLWAY i 11 I I ° -' II ❑ II -' UNDERSIDE OF II�II -' IITII -' IITII a. EXISTING GYP. BD. 1 i1 .G ' FTRM Ii L STRUCTURE AND HANG AS 77 I I II 'G� BII 06 II II REQUIRED OVER EQ EQ I I OPEN TRUCT CENTER RECESSED GYP. BD. Lu �- - - - - JI- I- 11 -: P_� -i. :.D C� OPE ii II P-10 AREA -VERIFY - I O'-4 ID O — II ` I ' o ;Li P- I O II HEIGHT P-8 I N-- —� Il O 11 it .... .... . .... J II ` L======J IF == L__ ____________ JuZ11 QLLI EQ EQ Q O w m O Q w C3 EQ EQ w I ��y` L /W^ wLI 1E i L__--.---- -----.- - - ---- - --- - - - - - - - - - - - -.-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - -- - - - -- HALLWAY JNOTE ALIGN TRACK ALIGN TRACK STRUCTURE TO CONTRACTOR OPEN HVAC DIFFUSERS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND ANY OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED OR EXISTING MUST BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER COMPONENTS SO THEY ARE ALIGNED CENTERED ON OR BETWEEN ROWS OF LIGHTS. ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING ABOVE. '-3 3./4" ' LINEAR FEET OF TRACK E E REFLECTED CEILING PLAN N S N S 1/4'ffi1'-0' W W TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH 5'-3" SURFACE MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING �J GYP. BD. AND HUNG AS NEEDED IN CLG. RECESS WALL AS INDICATED IN PLAN 1 2'-0" LINEAR FEET OF PPORT RODS HUNG FROM I5TRUT ABOVE, PAINT TO ETCH CEILING -SEE 4/A3.0 .ACK LIGHTING SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE V I /,�- I '-7 3/4" 42'-0" LINEAR FEET OF TRACK NOTE: SIGN GRID COMES IN 24" X 48" PANELS - PROVIDE (1) HANGER A55'Y PER PANEL CORNER. PANELS MAY OVERLAP W/ (2) PANELS PER CARABINER AT INNER LOCATIONS ^M`^`iALL ANCHOR 11NE EYE BOLT -PAINT ATCH CEILING bINER GRID IdI '-7 3/4" ___ 1 2'-0" -� LINEAR FEET OF TRACK SYMBOL DESCRIPTION NEW 2' X 2' CEILING MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE i '-6 I /2" 10'-0" LINEAR FEET OF TRACK GYP BD 1 1'-4 1 /2" m0 P-8 N i I SUSPENDED SIGN GRID (F.O.I.C.) - SUSPEND FROM SOFFIT ABOVE O 0 - SEE 5/A3.0 uw TRACK WITH TRACK HEADS - � MOUNT TRACK TO GYP. BD. w SOFFIT AT 1 1'-4 1/2" AFF z LOCATED AS SHOWN C� w GYP BD 10'-4 1 /2" 1 o C� w SUSPENDED SIGN GRID (F.O.I.C.) - SUSPEND U U FROM 50FFIT ABOVE - SEE 5/A3.0 00 w �t TRACK WITH TRACK HEADS - 'L MOUNT TRACK TO GYP. BD. < Q SOFFIT AT 1 1'-4 1 /2" AFF z LOCATED AS SHOWN GYP BD 1 1'-4 1 /2" m P-8 q N CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTE DIMENSIONS ARE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FROM FACE OF FINAL FINISH MATERIAL WHICH INCLUDES ANY PROJECTING FINISHES SUCH AS : CA51NG, FLOOR BASE MATERIAL, CORNER GUARDS, ETC. BEYOND THE FINISH WALL. VERIFY WALL TYPES AND WALL FIN15HE5 TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES. T.G.C. TO VERIFY OTHER CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR ARCH ITECT. REFLECTED CEILING SYMBOLS XXX INDICATES CEILING MATERIAL AND HEIGHT ABOVE X'-X" FINISHED FLOOR OF CEILING OR SOFFIT INDICATES CEILING FINISH - REFER TO MATERIAL AND X-X COLOR SCHEDULE J J Q Q W W 2� OW Project No: 20-1095 ARGUITECT'................. LL Review Set Issued: 05/OG/201 5 P t5 tl d• ermi e ssue . EFLECTED CEILING GENERAL NOTES 05/2G/2015 FI) Bid Set Issued: 05/26/20 15 ATTACHMENT TO THE DECK ABOVE IS PROHIBITED. T.G.C. SHALL ATTACH Construction Set Issued: CEILING WIRES AND ALL OTHER SUPPORT AND BRACING MEMBERS TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS ONLY. - 2) T.G.C. TO OBSERVE AND VERIFY ANY OBSTRUCTIONS IN THE FIELD THAT ReV151on5 WOULD ALTER NECESSARY CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS ASSOCIATED WITH LOCATION OF FIXTURES IN SALES AREA AND NOTIFY EDDIE 13AUER'5 No.: Date: CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. RELOCATE AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE ANY RELOCATION OF LANDLORD EQUIPMENT WITH LANDLORD. 3) SPRINKLER LOCATIONS (IF SHOWN) ARE INDICATED FOR DESIGN INTENT ONLY - REFER TO SPRINKLER DRAWINGS. Q 4) ALL DIMENSIONS TO LIGHT FIXTURE5 ARE TO CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE. Q 5) ALL DIMENSIONS FROM LIGHT FIXTURE TO WALL (AND / OR CEILING Q TRANSITION) ARE TAKEN TO FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. Q G) IF DIFFUSERS NEED TO BE LOCATED OTHER THAN WHERE SHOWN ON LIGHTING PLAN, THEN LOCATE AS CLOSE TO GIVEN LOCATION AS P055115LE AND LOCATE IN A SYMMETRICAL PATTERN WITH RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT LIGHTS AND SPRINKLER HEADS. 7) VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES WITH EXISTING SYSTEMS IN CEILING. IF THERE ARE ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT CONFLICT WITH LIGHTING HEIGHTS COORDINATE NEW HEIGHTS WITH EDDIE BAUER drawn by: RFV CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 'ODE COMPLIANCE CITY OF TUKWI reviewed by: RFV JUN B-1 REFLECTED CEILING LEGEND JUL 17 2015 2015 scale: AS NOTED TE Sheet Title SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 5YmIlc CONTRWha FERECMD -v_mwq ImbRWITED TRACK NEW EXIT SIGN (F.C.I.C.) LIGHTING. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR LAMP HOLDER TYPES. PAINT �IU EXPOSED CONDUIT EXISTING 4'-0" CHAIN HUNG FLUORESCENT 0 RECESSED CAN LIGHT Sheet No. 3 PERIMETER LIGHTING 3.0 1 1/2' =1,-0, 4 UNIITSTRUT V'0) 3' = 1'—W NUT @ 32" O.C. - PAINT TO MATCH CEILING SIGN GRID HANGER ASSEMBLY 3, =1,_0, NOTES: 1. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR LIGHTING SCHEDULE 2. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS 3. EX=EXISTING TO REMAIN 4. EMERGENCY LIGHTS IN SALES AREA TO BE MOUNTED AS HIGH AS P055113LE - MIN. TO BOTT. OF FIXTURE AT 12 AF 2 PAINT LINE 3 TOP OF WALL A8.0 3 BEYOND BEYOND --------- ------ 5 0 1 INTERIOR ELEVATION 4.O 11,c - 1,_0. 3 INTERIOR ELEVATION 4.0 1/4' -1'-0' 5 INTERIOR ELEVATION Ai-9) 1/4. -1'-0' s INTERIOR ELEVATION 4.O 1/4' -1'-0' L--------j 2 r:] 2 INTERIOR ELEVATION 4.O 1/4, -1,-0, 64 INTERIOR ELEVATION L�,O 1/47 -1'-V 5 e 0 INTERIOR ELEVATION KEY NOTES O1 x4 MDF BASE (F.C.I.C.) PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL SEE SCHEDULE SHEET A9.0 O2 VIDEO ARRAY MONITORS - SEE DETAILS ON SHEET A8.0 OGYP. BD. WALL - PAINT 4O OUTRIGGER SYSTEM (F.O.I.C.) REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A7.0 OHORIZONTAL RUNNERS ALONG WALL FOR ATTACHMENT OF OUTRIGGER SYSTEM - REFER TO DETAIL G/A7.0 - PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL OSUSPENDED DISPLAY GRID (F.O.I.C.) SEE DETAIL 5/A3.0 ONEW STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM - SEE ELEVATION, SECTION AND DETAILS ON SHEETS A5.0 AND AG.O OWALL MOUNTED FRAMES - TYP. (F.O.I.C.) OTRACK WITH TRACK HEADS - SEE A3.0 I O FITTING ROOM 51GNAGE (F.O.I.C.) - MOUNT AT 8'-0" TO CENTERLINE OF SIGN I I FITTING ROOM RETURN BAR - SEE SHEET A8.0 FOR MOUNTING AND PLAN DETAILS 12 EXIT SIGN - SEE ELECTRICAL 13 1 /4" MIRROR APPLIED TO WALL WITH MASTIC (P.C.I.C.) 14 NEW DOUBLE ENTRY DOORS - SEE SCHEDULE SHEET A9.0 15 BACKWRAP CABINET - SEE DETAILS SHEET A8.0 1 6 BRAKE METAL BASE (F.C.I.C.) - SEE DETAIL SHEET AG.O 17 3/ 1 G" MIRROR APPLIED TO WALL WITH MASTIC (F.C.I.C.) - SEE SHEET A8. I 18 SHOE BENCH (F.O.I.C.) 19 NOT USED INTERIOR ELEVATION GENERAL NOTES P-8 WALLS BELOW 1 2'-0" U.N.O. P-9 WALLS ABOVE 1 2'-0" U.N.O. P-lo CEILING AND CEILING ELEMENTS (DUCT WORK, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, ETC.) U.N.O. RE WED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2015 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEVIED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0,.9 2015 PERMIT CENTER Sheet No. A.® LEASE LINE 2 - SWINGING DOORS ON STOREFRONT NOTES I . SIGN VENDOR TO PROVIDE SIGN DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD FOR APPROVAL 2. SIGN VENDOR TO PROVIDE LANDLORD'S SIGN VENDOR GRAPHICS FOR NEW BLADE 5IGN5, PROVIDED BY LANDLORD AT TENANT'5 EXPEN5E. 3. SIGN VENDOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL PERMIT5 REQUIRED FOR SIGN INSTALLATION. LEASE LINE STOREFRONT SOFFIT it PIVOT5 TO FIT 7'-4" X STOREFRONT SOFFIT 1'-8 1/4" LINE ABOVE i 10'-4 112" OPENING (TYP.) LINE ABOVE 1'-8 114" --- -- ---------------------------------— — — — — — — — — — — —— — — — — — — — — — — — — -- ------------------- - -----� ------------ ---- — — ---- -------------- --- o Im o sommA6.0MEN 112" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS I z O % I `r 51M. W/ PERMANENT GLAZING CLIPS I w z\` I %m A6.0 6Do\� AS REQUIRED BY CODE - TYP. I c� w w O 1 (F.C.1.C.) I J V,' I 1 ee �— ---------------------� i .)------------------- — —� 1 _ _ I LANDLORD'S NEUTRAL PIER L�• `r 1 BRAKE METAL BASE BELOW LEASE LINE BRAKE METAL BASE BELOW ` � LANDLORD'S NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED 112" CLEAR ANODIZED T.G.C. TO EXTEND MALL FLOORING 2 1 112" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL - NO TO STOREFRONT BASE. A6.0 A6.0 W/ PERMANENT GLAZING CLIPS ALUMINUM REVEAL - NO EXPOSED FASTENERS (F.C.I.C.) AS REQUIRED BY CODE - TYP. EXPOSED FASTENERS (F.C.I.C.) 2 (F.C.I.C.) A5.0 T.G.C. TO EXTEND MALL FLOORING TO STOREFRONT BASE. 3 5/8" 3 5/8" (V.1.F.) 10'-1 1 7/8" 7-4" CLEAR 10'-1 1 7/8" (V.1.F.) 112" STOREFRONT DOOR OPENING STOREFRONT 1/2" 30'-0" (V.I.F.) LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE N N 1 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN W E W E 5.a 1/2.4 s s TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH GENERAL STOREFRONT NOTES • ALL STOREFRONT GLAZING TO BE TEMPERED GLASS. • ALL DIMENSIONS ARE HOLD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AS ± • IT IS ASSUMED IN THESE DRAWINGS THAT THE MALL TILE IS 1/2" THICK. • STATE AND/OR LOCAL CODES MAY REQUIRE THAT ALL WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF AN APPROVED ENGINEER AND/OR INSPECTOR. THE T.G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACTUAL VERIFICATION OF THIS REQUIREMENT AND THE C05T OF SUCH SUPERVISION OR INSPECTION WHEN REQUIRED. • ALL DIMENSIONS ON THE ELEVATION ARE FROM MALL FLOORING ELEVATION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE • ALL GLAZING CHANNELS TO BE 5TYLMARK WALLMAKER # 1103GO AND 1103G I BUFFED SATIN BLACK OR EQUAL EXISTING LL FINISH BEYOND - PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR OR PROVIDE NEW FINISH EXISTING LL FINISH BEYOND - EDDIE BAUER SIGN (F.O.I.O.) - SIGN 2 1 PER LL REQUIREMENTS AS REQ'D PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR OR PROVIDE NEW FINISH I VENDOR TO SUPPLY ATTACHMENTAPPROVED BY EDDIE BAUER A6.0 A6.0 I PER LL REQUIREMENTS AS REQ'D I I 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED EQ. EQ ALUMINUM REVEAL - NO EXPOSED FASTENERS I BERRIDGE HP,I G CORRUGATED i O LEASE LINE METAL PANEL SYSTEM (OR EQUAL) O N OVER 3 F.R.T. PLYWOOD - D D O FINISH TOO MATCH BERRIDGE HP, I G CORRUGATED w ' METAL PANEL SYSTEM (OR EQUAL) - WITPOWDER COATED BREAK METAL I POA EL BO AOLW N(TYP.) GLAZING OVER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD - PAINT TO MATCH P-e O - SUBMIT QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLE PRIOR TO FABRICATION. LU // ,� `\ // � / I BREAK METAL JOINT TO ALGIN WITH � A/ ,� `\ / GLAZING PANEL BELOW AND CORRUGATED —' m 112" CLEAR ANODIZED �/ i f' �\\\ �/ METAL PANEL ABOVE, (TYP.) � ALUMINUM REVEAL - NO O EXPOSED FASTENERS (F.C.I.C.) f ^i 0 \\ LANDLORD'S NEUTRAL PIER r� TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED > 0 ,z LEASE LINE I/2" CLEAR ANODIZED `� p �f \\ ALUMINUM REVEAL - NO 0 �\\ EXPOSED FASTENERS (F.C.I.C.) LL- J 112" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS WI PERMANENT GLAZING CLIPS j / 1 /2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS O AS REQUIRED BY CODE - TYP. \ / , I W/ PERMANENT GLAZING CLIPS �? ~ (F.C.I.C.) `\` 1i I AS REQUIRED BY CODE - TYP. O \ (F.C.1.C.) LANDLORD'S NEUTRAL PIER LANDLORD'S NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED `� �� TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED BRAKE METAL BASE BELOW tk SEE DETAIL SHEET AG.O / / _ \\\�� ,'ffi / BRAKE METAL BASE BELOW r0RD ��. -SEE DETAIL SHEET AG.O REVIEWED FOR E COMPLIANCE n\ �� PPROVED 1 % 2015 VINYL LOGO\-2 - SWINGING DOORS ON VINYL LOGO DECAL (F.O.I.O.) PIVOTS TO FIT 7-4" X DECAL (F.O.I.O.) 10'-4 112" OPENING (TYP.) city of Tukwila - SEE SHEET A9.0 BUILDING DIVISION 1 3/4" 1 3/4" EQ. G'-G" EQ.N 7'-4" " EQ. G'-GEQ. lid I oRECEIVED '-I 1 7/8" 10'-1 1 7�8" CITY OF TUKWILA STOREFRONT STOREFRONT 30'-0" (V.I.F.) JUN .1,9 2015 LEASE LINE TO LEASE LINE PERMIT CENTER 2 STOREFRONT ELEVATION 5.a 1/2'4-0' m CV m EXISTING LL LIGHTING TO 4 REMAIN now A6.0 A LANDLORD'S EXISTING EXISTING LL CONSTRUCTION TO 5/8" GYP. BD. DEMISING WALL REMAIN - PROTECT DURING PAINT I CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AS REQ'D P-8 ......................................... ......................................... 3 5/8" 1 G GA METAL ......................................... ....'..'.'...'..'......'.......'...'...'.......'.. . FRAMING BY T.G.C. ......................................... ......................................... LEASELINE ......................................... ..........................'.'.'..'.'.'.'..'..'...'. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE F.R.T. ......................................... BLOCKING A5 REQUIRED ......................................... 1 /2" CLEAR TEMPERED ......................................... GLA55 W/ PERMANENT GLAZING CLIPS AS REQUIRED CEILING � CEILNG ELEMENTS BY CODE - TYP. (F.C.I.C.) I (STRUCTURE, DUCT WORK, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, — ETC.) U.N.O. LEASELINE 3 5/5" 1 G GA METAL T.G.C. TO EXTEND LANDLORD'S NEUTRAL PIER 6 NOT USED FRAMING BY T.C.G. MALL FLOORING TO TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED 6. STOREFRONT BASE 1/2" GYP. BD. PAINT P-8 P-9 ABOVE 12'-0 AFF 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL - NO EXPOSED FASTENERS (F.C.I.C.) P-8 BELOW 12'-0 AFF STOREFRONT AT NEUTRAL PIER PLAN :':':'::::::: :::::::::::::::::::: 6. 3' ' 1'-0' '.'.'.':':'' ::':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':':': .'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'..'.......'.'..........'...'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'. 5/8 TYPE X, GYP. BD. ........................................................................' ............. PAINT P-8 ................................................................................... .................................................................................. + + ....... F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING AS REQ'D + + ..'...'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'...'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'...'.'.'.'.'.".'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.',' • • .. _I N :.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:. 0 :.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:. ............. ... .... 1 1 ::.:::::::.:.:.:.:::. :':'::'.':':':':':':':': :::.:::.:.:.::::::::':':.:.:':':':.:':':':':':.:.:.:.:':':':':.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:':':':': 1 1 .'.'..'.'.'..'.'.'....'.'.'.'.. ..'..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. ::':::':':'::':':':':':':':':':':':':':::':':':'::::::':':':'::':':':':':: ...... ''.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'.'.'..'.'.'..'.'.'.'.'...'.'.'.'.'...'.....'.'..'.....'.'.'.'.'.. 1 1 1 1 0 N N d- , V ",--CEILING CEILNG ELEMENTS (STRUCTURE, DUCT WORK, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, ETC.) U.N.O. P-9 ABOVE 1 2'-0 AFF P-8 BELOW 1 2'-0 AFF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. PAINT P-8 MDF BASE TRIM BEYOND DISPLAY GRID - SEE DETAIL ON SHEET A3.0 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. PAINT P-8 4 7/8" 3'-3 7/8" 4'-1 3/4" STOREFRONT BERRIDGE HP, I G CORRUGATED METAL PANEL SYSTEM (OR 1 1 EQUAL) - OVER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD - FINISH TO MATCH N I I Pa 1 I N 1 1 Ln 1 I 1 1 TRACK LIGHTING - SEE 1 I SHEET A3.0 I POWDER COATED BREAK METAL OVER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD _ 1 I (F.C.I.C.) - PAINT TO MATCH P-s 1 - SUBMIT QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLE PRIOR TO FABRICATION. f 5" LEASE LINE (V.I.F.) 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS W/ PERMANENT GLAZING CLIPS AS REQUIRED BY CODE - TYP. (F.C.I.C.) 3 BRAKE METAL BASE- A6.0 SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET T.G.C. TO EXTEND MALL FLOORING TO BASE I I ♦ ... ... EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB- T.G.C. TO PREPARE FOR NEW FINISHES SECTION GLAZING CEILING # CEILNG ELEMENTS P- I O (STRUCTURE, DUCT WORK, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, ETC.) U.N.O. ABOVE 1 2-0 AFF P-8 BELOW 1 2'-0 AFF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. PAINT P-8 ' 0 N N d 2 - SWINGING DOORS ON O_ PIVOTS TO FIT 7-4" X 10'-4 1/2" OPENING (TYP.) 1 I I I 1 4 1/4" N I EDDIE BAUER SIGN (F.O.I.O.) - N SIGN VENDOR TO SUPPLY ATTACHMENT APPROVED BY 'n 1 EDDIE BAUER POWDER COATED BREAK METAL OVER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD (P.C.I.C.) - PAINT TO MATCH P-a + + - SUBMIT QUALITY CONTROL + + - I SAMPLE PRIOR TO FABRICATION. L 3'-G 1 /4" 3'-0" (MIN.) LEASELINE TO CLOSURE 1 1 1 i � 1 EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB- T.G.C. J ♦ •.� / TO PREPARE FOR NEW FINISHES 4 A20 2 STOREFRONT SECTION 1 /8" INTEGRALLY COLORED PLASTER SKIM COAT SMOOTH I FINISH TO MATCH P-b OVER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD I 1 - ENTRY LINE (V.I.F.) 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS I z W/ PERMANENT GLAZING CLIPS 0 AS REQUIRED BY CODE - TYP. N O �Q O :E 2 U- BRAKE METAL BASE (F.C.I.C.) - SEE DETAIL TH15 SHEET T.G.C. TO EXTEND MALL FLOORING TO TRANSITION i 5 STORE 60 11/2' -1'-0' 5/8" TYPE X' GYP. BD. PAINT P-8 RECESSED GLA CHANNEL; 5TYL # 1 103GO, BUF BLACK (OR EQL 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL NO EXPOSED FASTENERS (F.C.I.C.) 5/0 LL BULKHEAD ELEV. = 15-0 ABOVE MALL FLOORING LEASE LINE (V.I.F.) 3 5/8" METAL STUDS W/ LATERAL BRACING @ 4'-0' O.C. OR AS REQUIRED N EDDIE BAUER SIGN (F.O.I.O.) - SIGN VENDOR TO SUPPLY ATTACHMENT APPROVED BY EDDIE BAUER - N Ln BERRIDGE HR I G CORRUGATED METAL PANEL SYSTEM (OR EQUAL) - OVER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD - FINISH TO MATCH P-a 1 3/4" F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING AS REQ'D POWDER COATED BREAK METAL OVER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD - PAINT TO MATCH P-8 p C — — - SUBMIT QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLE PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 5/0 ENTRY SOFFIT ELEV. = 10-4 1 /2" ABOVE MALL FLOORING POWDER COATED BREAK METAL OVER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD (F.C.I.C.) - PAINT TO MATCH P-6 SUBMIT QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLE PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 3'-4 1/2" 1/8" INTEGRALLY COLORED PLASTER SKIM COAT SMOOTH FINISH TO MATCH (P-a OVER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD LEASE LINE (V.I.P.) I /2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS W/ GLAZING CLIPS AS REQUIRED FRONT ENTRY DOOR DETAIL - IYP. STOREFRONT GLAZING HEAD 1 1/2 5/8" PREFINI5HED ENGINEERED WOOD FLOORING (F.O.I.C.) SECURE TO CONCRETE SLAB AND PLANE TO MAKE FLUSH WITH TRANSITION STRIP 1 1/2" 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD 1 /2" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL NO EXPOSED FASTENERS (F.C.I.C.) T/O STOREFRONT li ELEV. = 1 5'-G" ABOVE MALL FLOORING LEASE LINE (V.I.F.) BERRIDGE HP, I G CORRUGATED METAL PANEL SYSTEM (OR N EQUAL) - OVER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD - FINISH TO MATCH - P-8 � 5/8" 1 G GA METAL FRAMING BY T.G.C. R.T. WOOD BLOCKING AS REQ'D 5/8" 1 G GA METAL FRAMING BY T.G.C. OWDER COATED BREAK METAL )VER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD '.C.I.C.) - PAINT TO MATCH P-a SUBMIT QUALITY CONTROL 0 )AMPLE PRIOR TO FABRICATION. -' R.T. WOOD BLOCKING AS REQ'D VO ENTRY SOFFIT LEV. = 1 0'-4 1/2" ,ROVE MALL FLOORING OWDER COATED BREAK METAL )VER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD (F.C.I.C.) .ETURN - PAINT TO MATCH P-a 12" CLEAR TEMPERED GLA55 ✓/ PERMANENT GLAZING CLIPS AS REQUIRED BY CODE - TYP. (P.C.I.C.) ER DETAIL REVIEWED FOR 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS CODE COMPLIANCE W/ PERMANENT GLAZING CLIPS APPROVED AS REQUIRED BY CODE - TYP. (F.C.I.C.) JUL 17 2015 RECESSED GLAZING'U' CHANNEL SETTING BLOCK; 5TYLEMARK # 1 103G I , B FEED SATIN BLACK (OR EQUAL) (F.C.I.0 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LEASE LINE (V.I.F.) BRAKE METAL BASE (F.C.I.C.) POWDER COAT TO MATCH (P-a - SUBMIT QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLE PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 0 I " FRT WOOD BLOCKING (F.C.I.C.) WOOD FRAMING AS REQUIRED T.G.C. TO EXTEND MALL FLOORING TO BASE I / EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB- T.G.C. TO RECCriVED PREPARE FOR NEW FINISHES CITY OF TUKWILA EXTEND BRAKE METAL TO JUN 0.9 2015 FLOOR PERMIT LATER 3 STOREFRONT GLAZING SILL DE T 6.0 3' -1'-0' J J Q Q W Z 3 W U uj �Q Ow Project No: 20-1095 ARCHITECT'I g REGISTERED ARCHITECT STATE OF H N TON LL Review Set Issued: 05/OG/2015 Permit Set Issued: 05/2G/2015 Bid Set Issued: 05/2G/201 5 Construction Set Issued: RCV151on5 No.: Date: drawn by: RFV reviewed by: RFV scale: AS NOTED Sheet Title STQ%FRM SSCTKM AND NAILS Sheet No. rut 3 WAY MIRROR r7-� DETAIL AT VIDEO ARRAY �-o 1' -1'-0' EQ. CTION 3/A8.0 v1EN510N5 AND REGARDING THE NRRAY D15PLAY N VIDEO ARRAY ELEVATION 3/4' -1'-0' O Z_ Z Lu n O O F E SECTION AT MIRROR SOFFIT 1' -1'-01 c? N CA5HWRAP COUNTER MAX. 34" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO TOP OF WORKING SURFACE - (F.O.I.C.) REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWING5 FOR POWER REQUIREMENT5 RA/-k'%A/DAD / rM IAITFD /F /l I /` CASHWRAP/BACKWRAP ENLARGED PLAN 3/4' -1'-0' 1 I IAII MIA C7CC1 TI IQC r4-*' NOT USED 8.0 1' ' 1'-0' RETURN BAR MOUNTING DETAIL 11/2' -1'-0' 15'-1 1" 7'- 1 11 � SECTION AT VIDEO ARRAY 1) 1' -1'-01 INTERIOR ELEVATION KEY NOTES O1 x 4 MDF BASE (F.C.I.C.) PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL O1/4" MIRROR APPLIED TO WALL W/ MA5TIC (F.C.I.C.) 4 5/8" 41-111 3 6 A8.0 r A8.0 4 36x40 28x48 I ��------- 1---- ---�� I A8.0 I 1 F -� = __1 some loss! _1_________molls _molls __1......... 1_% t 7/8" 2 A8.0 4'-5 1 /2" 7'-0" 4'-5 1 /2" 1 VIDEO ARRAY ENLARGED PLAN Y 8.0 3/4' -1'-0' REVVVED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED, JUL 17 2015 City of Tula BUILDING DIVISION RECEWED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 912015 PERMIT CENTER c� I N TEMPERATURE SENSOR ABOVE - SEE MECHANICAL 1 N N A8.1 RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET — INSTALL ONLY WHEN REQUIRED BY THE PLANS OR WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY i HAVING JURISDICTION — EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN (V.I.F.) P-9j T/O GYP. BD. COLUMN EN P-8 ELEV. = 1 2'-0" A.F.F. NOTE WHEN ITEMS ARE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED IN THE COLUMN (SEE PLAN) T.G.C. WILL INSTALL COLUMN MECHANICS ON THE SIDE OF THE COLUMN FACING AWAY FROM ENTRY/STOREFRONT 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD PAINT BLACK X WOOD SLATS RECESSED TEMPERATURE SENSOR — SEE MECHANICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET — USE SEMI —RECESSED CABINET (F.C.I.C.) WITH ONLY A FACTORY FINISH — WHITE PREFERRED (f.G.C. IS NOT TO PAINT CABINET IN FIELD) — INSTALL ONLY WHEN REQUIRED BY THE PLANS qOF COLUMN AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET OUTLET — INSTALL ONLY WHEN REQUIRED BY THE PLANS I X 4 MDF — MITER CORNERS INTERIOR COLUMN ELEVATION 11/2' -1'-0' I '-1 1 1 /2" 1 1 /2" I '-8 I /2" 1 1 /2" I X WOOD SLATS (FOIC) 5/6" TYPE X' GYPSUM BOARD (F.C.I.C.) PAINTED BLACK 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ I G" O.C. EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN — MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATING VERTICAL WD FURRING AS REQUIRED MIRROR PANEL — SEE 2 3/A8. I AND SEE FLOOR A8,1 PLAN FOR MIRROR LOCATIONS INTERIOR COLUMN SECTION 11/2' -1'-0' �I t I. TING STRUCTURAL UMN TO REMAIN (V.I.P.) T/O GYP. BD. COLUMN ENCLOSURE $_ 3 ELEV. = 1 2'-0" A.F.F. TYPE "X" GYPSUM �RD PAINT BLACK ZOR FRAME (F.O.I.C.) /OOD SLATS — MITER :NERS (P.O.I.C.) MIRROR (F.C.I.C.) MASTIC 'LMOOD BACKER PANEL .I.C.) 4 MDF — MITER CORNERS .I.C.) INTERIOR COLUMN ELEVATION W/MIRROR 11/2' -1'-0' 5 NOT USED A8.1 11/2' -1'-0' c 3 MIRROR DETAIL �8.6' -1'-0' ;K METAL ANGLE PE "X" GYPSUM BOARD (F.C.I.C.) D BLACK :AL WD FURRING AS REQUIRED AND BACKER (F.O.I.C.) ✓11KROK (F.C.I.C.) UNTING SCREW 4UM WALL (F.O.I.C.) DID SLATS (F.O.I.C.) REV' VVED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2015 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEWED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0.9 2015 PERMIT CENTER EXIT � J 11.1 �Ob z=b joi� u-, Oz= ow= Q_U Q=U Ww _z wtu cn �mU _ �Q�� co �- �i o 2 u STORE SIGN ON REAR SERVICE DOOR (F.C.I.C.) COORDINATE W/ VARIOUS LOCATIONS F.C.I.C. A 3 ANCHORS PER JAMB 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING GYPSUM BOARD HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME (F.C.I.C.) - PAINT TO MATCH WALL - SEMIGLOSS - CLEAR FLOOR SPACE CENTERED ON SIGN ct ADA TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE 1/2' -1,-0, VARIES �/ L METAL STUD WALL - VARIES 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. - PAINT -AL CHANNEL ON TOP OF 'ING ROOM DOORS - .I.O. O t\ o in 0 PRE -HUNG FITTING ROOM DOORS F.O.I.C. B 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMI GYPSUM BOARD F.R.T. WOOD HM FRAME F.C.I.C. 9.0 3' = T-0' MDF BASE, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL SEMI GL055 (F.C.I.C.) TYPICAL INTERIOR BASE DETAIL 3' - T-0' INTERIOR TACTILE SIGNAGE FITTING ROOM SIDE N O GLA55 ENTRY DOOR (FCIC) C FITTING ROOM HALLWAY SIDE COAT TO MATCH P-8 5/5" TAPERED TOP RAIL 5/8" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS ENTRY DOORS 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS ENTRY 51DELITE5 G" TAPERED BOTTOM RAIL WITH THE TOP LEADING POWDER COAT EDGE TAPERED AT GO TO MATCH DEGREES MINIMUM FROM P-8 THE HORIZONTAL TO COMPLY WITH ADA 1 X 2 POPLAR FIELD PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS (F.O.I.C.) I X G POPLAR FIELD PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS (F.O.I.C.) NOTE: FITTING ROOM DOORS ARE PRE -HUNG DOOR STOP - POPLAR FIELD PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS (F.O.I.C.) I X 2 POPLAR FIELD PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS (F.O.I.C.) 2 WOOD JAMB F.O.I.C. 9.0 3' 1'-V Gil bg El BLUE BACKGROUND, TYP. B.O. TACTILE CHARACTER 45" MIN. * GO" MAX. A.F.F. WHITE SYMBOL, TYP. INTERNATIONAL ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE 9.0/ 1/2' - 1'-0' REFER TO 3/A9.0 FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS G" BLUE BACKGROUND B.O. TACTILE CHARACTER `o 45" MIN. GO" MAX. A.F.F. WHITE SYMBOL GRADE 2 BRAILLE TEXT (TEXT TO READ AS SHOWN) Gil BLUE BACKGROUND B.O. TACTILE CHARACTERco 48" MIN. * GO" MAX. A.F.F. WHITE SYMBOL GRADE 2 BRAILLE TEXT (TEXT TO READ AS SHOWN) Gil BLUE BACKGROUND B.O. TACTILE CHARACTER °o 48" MIN. * GO" MAX. A.F.F. WHITE SYMBOL GRADE 2 BRAILLE TEXT (TEXT TO READ AS SHOWN) rkd� TOILET ROOM SIGNAGE 9.0/ 1/2' - 1'-0' REFER TO 3/A9.0 FOR B.O. TACTILE CHARACTER 45" MIN. * GO" MAX. A.F.F. MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS BLUE BACKGROUND TYP JVHITE SYMBOL TYP GRADE 2 BRAILE TEXT (TEXT TO READ AS SHOWN) 3A EXIT SIGNAGE 9.0 1/2' - 1'-0' REFER TO 3/A9.0 FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS TACTILE EXIT SIGNS. 1. A TACTILE SIGN STATING 'EXIT' AND COMPLYING WITH NFPA 101 - 7. 10. 1 .3 AND ICC/ANSI A 1 17. 1 , 2010 ADA STANDARDS AND ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL CODES SHALL BE PROVIDED ADJACENT TO EACH DOOR TO AN EGRESS STAIRWAY, AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY AND EXIT DISCHARGE. 2. TACTILE SIGNS SHALL COMPLY WITH (BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO) THE FOLLOWING: SEE [CC/ANSI A 1 17.1 (CHAPTER 7) 2010 ADA STANDARDS (CHAPTER 7). RAISED CHARACTERS: FOR DEiTH, CASE, STYLE, CHARACTER PROPORTIONS, CHARACTER HEIGHT, STROKE THICKNESS, CHARACTER SPACING AND LINE SPACING. BRAILLE: FOR DIMENSIONS AND CAPITALIZATION, POSITION, INSTALLATION HEIGHT AND LOCATION. LOCATION: TACTILE EXIT SIGNS SHOULD BE LOCATED ALONGSIDE OF THE DOOR ON THE LATCH SIDE AND IF NO WALL SPACE AT THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR, IT SHOULD BE LOCATED TO THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. SEE DETAIL FOR CLEARANCES AND LOCATION. BLUE BACKGROUND TYP NHITE SYMBOL TYP B.O. HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER GO" MAX. A.F.F. EXI B.O. LOWEST TACTILE CHARACTER ROUTE �0 48" MIN. A.F.F. 10" GRADE 2 BRAILE TEXT (TEXT TO READ AS SHOWN) 3B EXIT ROUTE SIGNAGE Q. 1/2' - 1'-0' REFER TO 3/A9.0 FOR MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR FRAME JAMB FIRE MATL FIN MATL FIN NUMBER SIZE TYPE HDWRE DETAIL RATING REMARKS OSTOREFRONT C HW- I P-8 _ _ - - NEW (F.C.I.C.) POWDER COAT FINISH TO MATCH P-8 (2) 3-8" x 10'-4 1/2" GLASS OH.G. FITTING 3'-O" x 5'-O" x 13/8" g HW-2 WD P-9 WD Ao 111 2/A9.0 _ PRE -HUNG - PAINT GRADE ROOM WOOD FIELD PAINTED (F.O.I.C.) X 5 FITTING ROOMS 3'-0" x 5'-0" x 13/8" B HW-2 WD P-9 WD ADJAWALL 2/A9.0 _ PRE -HUNG -PAINT GRADE WOOD FIELD PAINTED (F.O.I.C.) 6 SALES/STOCK 3'-0" x 7'-O" x l 3/4" A HW-5 HM P-8 O HM P-8 O I /A9.0 - NEW O TOILET 3'-0" x 7-0" x 1 3/4" A HW-4 HW_ 10 HM P-3 H M P-3 I /A9.0 NEW (F.C.I.C.) 8 EXIT 3'-0" x 7-0" x 13/4" A HW-8 HMP-3 HM P-3 I /A9.0 20 MIN. T.G.C. TO PAINT EXIT HALLWAY SIDE, FINISHEXTERIOR SIDE A5 REQUIRED BY L.L. - SEE NOTE 1 3 NOTES: I . T.G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PEEP VIEWER - CENTER IN DOOR, ONE PER DOOR - AT 54" A.F.F. (OFFICE DOOR LOCATION SEES INTO STOCK AREA). 2. M.E. = MATCH EXISTING 3. FOR ALL EXISTING DOORS, TGC TO VERIFY HARDWARE AND INSTALL IF NOT EXISTING OR IF REQUIRED FOR EXITING AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 4. ALL DOOR OPERATING DEVICES SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE NO. ROOM FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING REMARKS NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST _;MATLJ FIN MATL FIN MATL FIN MATL FIN MATL FIN MATL FIN MATL FIN 01 RETAIL WOOD WD I MDF B-I YP. BD YP. BD. SDD.5 P 9 GYP. BD. P 9 O.T.5. P a ABOVELOW 11 2'-0" AFOF; SEE NOTE #2 02 FITTING ROOM HALLWAY WOOD WD-I MDF GYP. BD. P-8 - - YP. BD P-8 - - O.T.S. p_ I p #2 FITTING ROOMS) - SEE NOTE 03 H.C. FITTING ROOM CARPET C-2 MDF B-I GYP. BDa GYP. BD.a YP. BD P-8 GYP. BD. P-8 O.T.S. P-lo ABOVE 11 2'-O'2AOF;ANOTE #2 04,005, FITTING ROOMS CARPET C-2 MDF B-t GYP. BD.a GYP. BD. P-8 YP. BD P-8 YP. BD. P-8 O.T.S. P-lo A OVE IOW 1 2'-0" ANOTE #2 07 HALLWAY CONC. CN-I RUBBER B-2 YP. BD. GYP. BD. P-3 GYP. BD P-3 GYP. BD. P-3 O.T.S. - 08 TOILET ROOM VINYL v-I RUBBER 6-2 YP. BD P 3 FRP-I YP. BD. P 3 FRP-I YP. BD P 3 FRP-I YP. BD. P 3 FRP-I YP. BD P-3 PAINT ABO E, 5EM SEE3 I G O55 FIN 5H, 09 STOCKROOM CONC. CN- I RUBBER B-2 YP. BD. P-3GYP. BD. P-3GYP. BD P-3 SGYP. BD. P-3 O.T.S. - NOTES I . O.T.S.. = OPEN TO STRUCTURE 2. ALL CEILING PAINT TO BE P-10 3. G.C. TO PROVIDE A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE UNDER FINISHED FLOOR WHEN REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR BY CODE - REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN. 4. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE (1) COAT PRIMER ON ALL PAINTED GYP. BD. SURFACES. PROVIDE (2) COATS FINISH IN SALES AREA AND (1) COAT FINISH IN NON-5ALE5. MATERIAL AND COLOR SCHEDULE 5YMB0L MATERIAL MANUFACTURER TYPE/COLOR REMARKS c-2 CARPET TANDU5 TENERA 04120/ICELANDIC 45208 CARPET TILE (FOIC) v-I VCT ARMSTRONG STYLE: 51658 COLOR: SANDRIFT WHITE NON -SALES AREAS (FCIC) v-2 LUXLIKY VINYL TILE CENTIVIA C5-0002-C-Qu-5E LAGOS (3Gx3G) TILE FOIC, ADHESIVE FCIC cN-I CONCRETE SEALER FCIC P-3 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS 5W7035 - AESTHETIC WHITE BOH P-8 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW701 G - MINDFUL GRAY WALLS TO 1 2'-0" P-9 PAINT PRATT AND LAMBERT 33-14 STEEL WOOL WALLS ABOVE 1 2'-0" TO THE CEILING P-lo PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW7020 - BLACK FOX THE CEILING AND CEILING ELEMENTS FRP I FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC T.B.D. 'ALMOND' PL-I PLASTIC LAMINATE WIL50NART D30 - GO - "NATURAL ALMOND" FCIC B-I MDF MDF- PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR FCIC B-2 RUBBER BASE BURKE CLAY 527P 4" HIGH - ROLLS ONLY FCIC s-3 PORCELAIN TILE DALTILE NATURAL HUE - "PEARL WHITE" - Q3585 5" x 8" COVE BASE wD-I ENGINEERED WOOD PRAIRIE SHORES CUSTOM GREY 5" WIDE X 5/5" THICK R-I R-2 VINYL REDUCER STRIPS ROPPE BLACK PROFILE AND MODEL # VARY; (FCIC) MF-I MALL FLOORING TBD TBD COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD / MALL MANAGEMENT (FCIC) IT SAMPLES OF ALL FINISHES TO EDDIE BAUEK DESIGN MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. POSED FIR LUMBER 5HALL BE APPEARANCE GRADE "SELECT C" OR BETTER. TAINED PLYWOOD SHALL BEAPPEARANCE GRADE "A" OR BETTER. F3.ALL 4. ALL PAINTED PLYWOOD SHALL BE APPEARANCE GRADE "B" OR BETTER (NON -SALES AREA) ALL PAINTED PLYWOOD SHALL BE APPEARANCE GRADE "A" OR BETTER (SALES AREA) 5. REFER TO THE RESPECTIVE SECTIONS OF THE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. HW- I MAIN ENTRY DOOR HARDWARE TO BE INCLUDED WITH DOOR (TO COMPLY WITH ADA) DOOR LOCKS TO BE BEST CORE COMPATIBLE HW-2 SINGLE DOOR - TYPICAL FITTING ROOM 3 BUTT HINGES HAGER BB 1 279 4.5 X 4.5 AW5 L I (G93 - FLAT BLACK I LOCKSET BEST 93K7D I GE) 53 G22 (FLAT BLACK) I WALL STOP TRIMCO 25GW US 19 (G22) (5TANADARD FTKM) I ADA/I5A SIGN KROY 2424801 (WHEELCHAIR GRAPHIC) (HC FTRM) 3 SILENCER ROCKWOOD GOO HW-3 SINGLE DOOR - TYP. OFFICE AND AUX. STORAGE 3 BUTT HINGES MCKINNEY MP1379 4.5" X 4.5" U520D(G52) I MORTISE LOCK BEST 45H7 D 15J G2G (STOREROOM) LESS CORE I CLOSER LCN 4041 G89 (ALUM) (PUSH 51DE MOUNT) I KICKPLATE TRIMCO K0050 10" X 34" U532D(030) 1 GA5KETING PEMKO 588D 17" 1 VIEWER CAL -ROYAL ULDV- I GO U520(G25) HW-4 SINGLE DOOR - ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM 3 BUTT HINGES MCKINNEY MPB79 4.5" X 4.5" U52GD (G52) I LATCH5ET BEST 93KO L 1 5D 53 U52GD(G2G) PRIVACY FUNC. I SIGN KROY "TOILET" H.C. W/ BRAILLE I CLOSER LCN 4041 G89 (ALUM) (PUSH SIDE MOUNT) 1 KICKPLATE TRIMCO K0050 10" X 34" U532D(G30) 1 FLOOR STOP TRIMCO 121 1 U52GD(G2G) I ADN15A SIGN KKOY 2425209 ("UNISEX" * WHEELCHAIR GRAPHIC) HW-5 SINGLE DOOR - TYPICAL RETAIL TO EXIT HALLWAY I ARMOR PLATE TRIMCO KA050-2 3G"x40" U532D (G30) 3 BUTT HINGES MCKINNEY MPB79 4.5" X 4.5" U52GD(G52) I LATCH5ET BEST 93KO N 1 5D US 1 9(G22) PASSAGE FUNC. I CLOSER LCN 4041 G89 (ALUM) (PULL SIDE MOUNT) I FLOOR STOP ROCKWOOD 441 CU U52GD I GA5KETING PEMKO 588D 17' HW-8 SINGLE DOOR - TYPICAL EXIT DOOR 3 BUTT HINGES MCKINNEY MPB79 4.5" X 4.5" NRP U52GD(G52) I EXIT DEVICE VON DUPRIN 22NL-F 51`28 4' I RIM CYLINDER BEST I E 72 52 RP G2G(U52GD) LE55 CORE I EXIT ALARM DETEX EAX500 (KEY # 17) I MORT CYLINDER BEST I E74 C4 RP3 G20(U52GD) LESS CORE I VIEWER CAL ROYAL ULDV- I GO U52G(G25) I CLOSER LCN 4041 G89 (ALUM) (PUSH SIDE MOUNT) I KICKPLATE ROCKWOOD K1050 10" X 3G" U532D (G30) I FLOOR STOP HAGER 241 F U52GD(G2G) I GA5KETING PEMKO 588D 2 P I SIGN 2" HIGH BLACK VINYL WITH SPACE NUMBER AND TENANT NAME HW-9 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE 9 CORNER GUARD JSM 418 1 1 /2"x I 1 /2"x48" U532D(G30) 2 SIGN FLORENCLIF "EMPLOYEE ONLY", BRONZE W/ BLACK LETTER, ADHESIVE MOUNT VARIES SILENCER TRIMCO 1 229A (3 PER DOOR) 4 CONSTRUCTION BEST I CC7A2 "GREEN" CORE I CONSTRUCTION BEST I A2A2 "CG" CONTROL KEY 4 CONSTRUCTION BEST I A2A2 "MG" MASTER KEY HW-10 BATHROOM ACCESSORIES I TOILET PAPER DISPENSER BOBRICK B-G8G7 I ELECTRIC HAND DRYER BOBRICK 8-700 1 15VAC I GRAB BAR BOBRICK 13-G80G 18" 1 GRAB BAR BOBRICK B-G8OG 3G" I GRAB BAR 1506RICK B-G8OG 42" I SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL BOBRICK B-270 HW- I I SINGLE DOOR - RIGHT SIDE OF CA5HWRAP FLUSH DOOR 4 INVISIBLE HINGE 5055 2 18 U53GD (BRUSHED CHROME) I DEADBOLT TBD U53GD (BRUSHED CHROME) 2 ROLLER LATCH ROCKWOOD 590 U53GD (BRUSHED CHROME) I FLUSH PULL SET ROCKWOOD 94P X 04L U53GD (BRUSHED CHROME) ACT ACOUSTICAL TILE ADJ. ADJUSTABLE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ALUM ALUMINUM ARCH ARCHITECTURAL) BD BOARD BLDG. BUILDING BLKG BLOCKING CLG CEILING C CENTER LINE CLR CLEAR COL COLUMN CONC. CONCRETE CONST CONSTRUCTION CONT. CONTINUOUS DEMO DEMOLITION DTL DETAIL DIA DIAMETER DIM DIMENSION DN DOWN DWG DRAWING DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN EA. EACH ELEC. ELECTRIC(AL) EQ. EQUAL EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER EQUIP EQUIPMENT EXI5T EXISTING EXT EXTERIOR FC FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR FCIC FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FT FEET FL FLOOR FLUOR FLUORESCENT FDIC FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FOIO FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY OWNER FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED FURN FURNISH GA GAUGE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD HDWE HARDWARE HT HEIGHT HC HOLLOW CORE HM HOLLOW METAL HR HOUR HWH HOT WATER HEATER IC INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR IN INCH INSUL INSULATION INT INTERIOR LAV LAVATORY LT LIGHT LTG LIGHTING LIN LINEAR MFR MANUFACTURER) MAX. MAY.IMUM MECH. MECHANICAL MTL METAL MEZZ MEZZANINE MIN MINIMUM MISC. MISCELLANEOUS MTD MOUNTED NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NTS NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTER PTN PARTITION PL LAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PLBG PLUMBING PLYWD PLYWOOD PROV PROVIDED QTY QUANTITY K RADIUS REQ. REQUIRED RES RESILIENT REV REVISION PIT ROOFTOP UNIT SCHED SCHEDULE SECT SECTION SHT SHEET SIM SIMILAR 5C SOLID CORE SPECS SPECIFICATION(S) 5F SQUARE FEET STD STANDARD 5TRUCT STRUCTURAL 5U5P SUSPENDED TBD TO BE DETERMINED TEMP TEMPERED T.G.C. TENANTS' GENERAL CONTRACTOR T*G TONGUE*GROOVE TYP TYPICAL VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD VERT VERTICAL WC WATER CLOSET W/ WITH W/O WITHOUT WD WOOD EVIEVVED FOR X COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2015 WILDING DIVISION RECE i VED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0.9 2015 PERMIT CENTER q 1'-8" I. EQ I_ EQ t` �r I o \ m N i f` 2 A9.0 \ TYP � 13 4 O I 3 \ EQ 7 1 /4"t 5'-3" EQ OD O 7/8" 0 m O c� 4'-2" ENLARGED FITTING ROOM LAYOUT 1/2' - T-W I',- 13VII =,/ -1 IM=M Al I IKAIKIl INA MAi'r DI ATO (VOTE INSTALLATION *- ASSEMBLY BY T.G.C. 3'-1'-0' FOIC E N 8 W TRUE NORTH 0 co ("-2 FITTING RM ELEV "o.1/2' -1'-0' T.G.C. TO PRO ANGLE CLIP AT TO WALL AT H . O go -s1 ACCESSIBLE FITTING RM ELEV 10A` 1/2' -1,_0, N i� ELEVATION 3 FITTING RM ELEV 10. 1/2, _ 1,_0, i 7 FITTING ROOM BENCH. :. TO 5ECURE BENCH TO WITH 3/4" X 1 1 /2" WALL F AND PROVIDE BLOCKING FIXED ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH ACCESSIBL 1/2' -1'-0' SECURE BENCH TO 'H 3/4" X 1 1/2" WALL JD PROVIDE BLOCKING 11/2'-1'-0' (ATTACHED TO WALL) FOIC - SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION AND LAYOUT 0 4 FITTING RM ELEV "o.1/2' _ 1,_0' E FITTING RM ELEV 8 ACCESSI 10. 1/21 -1'-0' "o. 1/2' - l'-O 5 FITTING RM ELEV BLE FITTING RM ELEV 0 co -91 ACCESSIBLE FITTING RM ELEV 10.0' 1/2' -1'-0' CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTE DIMENSIONS ARE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FROM FACE OF FINAL FIN15H MATERIAL WHICH INCLUDES ANY PROJECTING FINISHES SUCH A5 : CA51NG, FLOOR BASE MATERIAL, CORNER GUARD5, ETC. BEYOND THE FINISH WALL. VERIFY WALL TYPE5 AND WALL FIN15HE5 TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES. T.G.C. TO VERIFY OTHER CONDITIONS A5 REQUIRED WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR ARCHITECT. 4, I L 4" 1 '-0" 2'-0" IL1 '-0" 1B I I /2" A11.0 1511 AB WALL STANDARDS CUT TO SECURE EACH BRACKET TO WALL Af1A LENGTH BRACKETS WALL STANDARDS CUT TO LENGTH FURRING WITH # 14WD. SCREW (F.0.1.C.) BRACKET5 (F.O.I.C.) (I 1 /2") I X4 WALL FU RRI NG SECURES TO I X 4 FRT FURRING STRIPS @ 24" O.C. WALL PER I X 4 FRT FURRING STRIPS @ DTL. 8/A I I X O.C. SCREW TO ALL WALL SCREW TO ALL WALL STUDS - PAINT TO MATCH WALL (F.C.I.C.) -SEE 8/A I 1.0 STUDS - PAINT TO MATCHWALL (F.C.I.C.) -SEE 8/A 1 1.0 DRILL NEW SCREW MOUNTING HOLES IN STANDARDS - IF NEEDED �2(3)ADJUSTABLE 3/4" X 1 5" X 8'-0" m z FRT HIGH DENSITY PARTICLE — (5) ADJUSTABLE 3/4" X 1 5" X 0-0" FRT `r BOARD SHELVES W/ ROUNDED p _z FRONT NO51NG - TYP. N HIGH DENSITY PARTICLE BOARD MOVABLE BRACKET, SHELVES WITH ROUNDED FRONT NOSING - TYP. (F.C.I.C.) ADJUST PER MANUF. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (MIN. OF 4 PER RACK. WALL MOUNTED PHONE CONEXTION AT LL ~ WALL LOCAMN. z 0 24" x 30" x 1 /4" — THICK CORK BOARD PHONE PHONE JACK FOR U.P.5. MODEM N U o WITH BROWN PLASTIC JACK' � ° o "J" MOLD PANELING ( I 60" A.F.F. MICROWAVE - APPROX. 24"w X 14"h X 0 0o N EDGING - GLUED TO I G"d (F.O.I.O.) o °°° WALL (F.C.I.C.) u 4"q4 11 0 ?° OUTLET INK TAG DETACHER (F.O.I.C.) 2'-G" 2'-G" (HOLD) ° °° (HOLD) o °° � SECURE TO TABLE W/ ° NON -REVERSING SCREWS 3/4" FRT PARTICLE BOARD WITH PLASTIC PL- I 0 00 0 (LOCATE AS SHOWN) OUTLET LAMINATE TOP AND FRONT FACE (F.C.1.C.) 30" DEEP COUNTER TOP W/ PL- I 0 00 0 00 0 N BEHIND PLASTIC LAMINATE - 0 0o I-- �`� 40" A.F.F. C PRE -MANUFACTURED (F.C.I.C.) 0 °° LOJ SHELVN POST ING UNIT 49" A.F.F. —— — — — — — — o o° ° o ol 5/ 1 G" DIA. THRU BOLT 0 0o o °° 30" DEEP COUNTER TOP W/ — — (1 1 /2") W/ FLAT o 0o © PLASTIC LAMINATE - 2 x 4 FRT BLOCKING ENTIRE LENGTH WASHERS, LOCK NUT - o o° PRE -MANUFACTURED (F.C.I.C.) (F.C.I.C.) - PAINT TO MATCH WALL 1 x 4 FRT BLOCKING AT CENTER (ATTACH SECURELY o °o OUTLET OF COUNTER (F.C.I.C.) - PAINT THRU SHELVING UNIT o 00 DUPLEX OUTLET ON LEGS MADE OF 1 1/2"0 I'-G° TO MATCH WALL POST AT EACH END) o °° ``� DEDICATED CIRCUIT GALV. PIPE AND FLANGE w\ 1 5" A.F.F. q ° °0 AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF cal U LOJ \ 0 EACH PIPE (F.C.I.C.) - 2'-0" CLR REFRIGERATOR - APPROX. o SECURE TO COUNTER 2 x4 HORIZONTAL ° AND FLOOR T.G.C. TO 20 w X 23 h X 20 d (F.O.I.O.) o °a BRACING o ° ANCHOR LEGS TO FLOOR IL L / LEGS MADE OF 1 1/2"0 GALV. PIPE CON MN AT END ��6 211 2' 2" 2'-1 11211 2" AND FLANGE AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF OF ShELVWG UNITS EACH PIPE (F.C.I.C.) - SECURE TO CL CE q COUNTER AND FLOOR NOTE: BEAR RACK ON 4'-0" COUNTER 2'-5 I/2" -COUNTER TOP/ FIN. FLOOR. 3A PROCESSING COUNTER ELEV KbBCOUNTER SECTION 1A BREAK COUNTER ELEV 1B BREAK COUNTER SECT �1_ 3/4' -1'-0' 11.0 3/4' -1'-0' 11.0 3/4' a,' 1 BREAK COUNTER �•0 3/4' NN -0` HANGER 3 PROCESSING COUNTER 2 GER STORAGE RAIL 3/4'-1'-0' 11. 3/4'-1'-W (17.01.C.) 11.0 3/4'-1'-0' (FOIC) NOTE: WHEN PLYWOOD REINFORCED CEILING 15 ABOVE ALL REINFORCED CEILINGS, THE NOT PERMITTED BY CODES - INSTALL 13 T.G.C. 15 TO CONCEAL DUCTWORK, GA. GALV. OPEN 5TL. PLANK DECKING ( I CONDUIT, ETC. WITHIN J0I5T SPACE - DO 1 /2"H x I 0"W) MECHANICALLY ANCHORED NOT LOCATE OR FASTEN TO TOP OF DECK. TO JOISTS MANUF. BY McNICHOL5 CO., KEEP THESE ITEMS TIGHT TO ADJACENT PHONE NO. (677) 884-4G53 OR (OWNER WALL OR WITHIN WALL ABOVE REINFORCED APPROVED EQUAL. CEILINGS WHEN RUNNING ITEMS VERTICALLY ABOVE THE DECK 3 5/8" MTL. BRACING BETWEEN JOISTS @ 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD ENTER CONNECT RIM TRACK W/ # 10 SCREW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON METAL J0I5T HANGROD AND .). . . (FOIC @ EACH 51DE OF EACH JOIST FRAMING BRACKET SECURE TRACK TO EACH WALL STUD I " x 4" MDF (FCIC) (AT OPEN SIDE OF PLATFORM ONLY). T.G.C. TO PAINT TRIM q WHERE OCCURS TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL G05J I G J015T AT I G" O.C. FOR SEE SCHEDULE SHEET A9 SPANS NOT EXCEEDING 8'-0", OR TRANSFORMER WEIGHT CONT. G" (I G GA.) MTL. TRACK @ EACH END OF JOIST EXCEEDS G50 LBS. OR AT ANY UNUSUAL LOADING CONDITIONS 8'-0" MAX. SPAN 10'-0" HEAVY DUTY WALL EXIST, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT JOISTS @ I G" O.C. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ATTACHED TO STANDARD (F.O.I.C.) -SEE 9'-0" MAX. SPAN 10'-0" HEAVY DUTY1.0 UNDERSIDE OF MTL. JOISTS 8/AI 1 .0 I I �\ �� 5/I 6" O THRU BOLTS (I I/4") ALIGN JOIST AND STUDS JOISTS @ 1 2" O.C. WALL STANDARD (2)-G" x I G GA. BUILT-UP HEADER I I I � W/ FLAT WASHERS AND LOCK (F.O.I.C.) - SEE ABOVE DOOR I I I NUT - ATTACH AT TOP, BTM. 8/AI I .O — I I I �� AND CENTERTHRU UNIT Ln 5/8" TYPE'X' GYP. BD. ON 3 5/8" 20 GA. O POSTS (TYP. OF 6) MTL. STUDS @ I G" O.C. CENTER UNDER (8) ADJUSTABLE 3/4" x 1 5" x I I EACH JOIST. ANCHOR SECURELY TO MTL. 48" LONG F.R.T. HIGH FLOOR TRACK (20 GA.) AND TO MTL. TOP DENSITY PARTICLE BD. TRACK (I 6 GA.) I I I x 4 HORIZONTAL SHELVES W/ ROUNDED WOOD FURRING. FRONT NOSING (TYP.) - (FCIC) O WHITE PINE (#2 I I I II I O p MIN.) OR BETTER- KNOTS TO BE A I I I x 4 HORIZONTAL WOOD BOTTOM TRACK WITH # 10 SCREW MIN. OF 18" APART @ EACH SIDE OF EACH STUD NOTES FURRING. WHITE PINE (#2 MIN.) OR BETTER- KNOTS TO 0. 157 DIA. HILTI 'XU' PAP BE A MIN. OF 18" APART. @ 8' O.C. EMBED I" I .) EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON MINIMUM 48" (FCIC) LONG CHANNELS AND PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO 0 30" �� �'i,� ' SLATWALL I i ° SLAB ON GRADE STEEL JOISTS AT A DISTANCE OF NO LESS THAN 24" O I ° (FCIC) APART TO DISTRIBUTE EQUIPMENT LOAD. DO NOT PLACE MULTIPLE LOADS ON ANY JOIST SPAN. N SHELVING BRACKETS i o 2.) FASTEN BUILT-UP MEMBERS TOGETHER AT 1 2" O.C. aU (FOIC) I o MAX. (n U I > O I I o ° O 3.) CENTER WALL STUDS WITH CENTER OF JOISTS 02 I I o N 4.) TGC TO COORDINATE THE DIRECTION OF THE JOISTS. N O 0 0 I o 4 DETAIL AT REINFORCED CEILING - 9 HARDWARE STORAGE BIN 1 1-0 11. "' 11.0 3/4' -1'-0' NON -SALES SHELVING UNIT ° 0 ° OF STUD OF STUD I o UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, T.G.C. MUST RUN A NEW COMPLETE BLUEPRINT SET (ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) AND PLACE THEM IN THE PLAN TUBE HOLDER. 0 I ' ° THIS TUBE CONTAINS 0 CITY -APPROVED STORE DRAWINGS ' I T.G.C. MUST PROVIDE AND ATTACH I I o AND OCCUPANCY PERMIT AND 15 A LABEL (WITH CLEAR TAPE) ' o STATING: NOT TO BE REMOVED WITHOUT o THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER. I I I I o THANK YOU. R VIEWED FOR I I I LINE OF I x 4 HORIZONTAL I ° ' ° GYP. BD. I CLEARANCE FURRING (TYP.) PLAN go I o CO AP COMPLIANCEED 1/4 DIA. THRU BOLT W/ I I REQUIRED FOR ADHERE FURRING TO WALL oo I ° r LOOSE PVC TOP TOGGLE (TYP. OF 2) WALL STANDARDS C.L. OF WALL STUD W/ CON5T. ADHESIVE AND I 0o ° UL 17 2015 CAP I ( BOXES USE TWO SCREWS ' N oo ° p d (ACROSS) WIDTH OF co I °o I I w Lu FURRING TO I ooPAN HEAD I o° o TO SECURE STRAP I I EWSj N WALL STUD I o0 0o oDIVISION m I I FASTEN FURRING AT EA. oo I °o Q ity ofTuWdla o I 9 stJ LpIN 1 x 4 HORIZONTAL oo I oo 0 °Q I oo ° " " O RECI`JVED LABEL 3/4x 2PLYWOOD I I FURRING I I ° I Q0 0 N SCREWED TO 2 x 4 2 x 4 cal I I USE # 14 FLATHEAD WD. WALL STANDARD I 0o o ITY OF TUKWILA m I 2� SCREW 2" LONG IN EACH I �� 00 0 HOLE THAT ALIGNS W/ A I I �� 30. I oQ o JUN 0..9 2015 RUN OF FURRING (TYP. G �� I 00 ° SCREWS PESTANDARD) o EXTENT OF WOOD I ( �\ ° ° PERMIT CENTER HOLDER METAL STRAP (TYP. OF 2) m L PVC GLUED IN OM CAP NOTE: 12" CLEARANCE ENTIRE ASSEMBLY I5 G" DIAMETER LACE CONSTRUCTED BY T.G.C. IN PVC TUBE SINK SCREWS FLUSH IN 0 I W/ BUT NOT LOWER FRONT OF 5LATWALL FIELD AND IS TO BE MOUNTED THAN THE SURFACE VERTICALLY IN r5k TUBE ELEVATION OR BACK OF HO STOCKROOM E A EA.5B TUBE SECTION IN THE FURRING. INTHE WASHERS AT ! SCREWS WHERE FURRING 400, V-91)NOTE TO SCALE 11•0 3' -1'-0' ELEVATION IS UNUSUALLY SOFT. .WALL STANDARD/ WALL STANDARD/ 5 PLAN TUBE HOLDER s ,_ HANGROD DETAIL SHELVING DETAIL 8 FURRING AND WALL STANDARD DETAIL 10 SLATWALL ATTACHMENT 11.0 AS NOTED (FCC) 1 1-0, STAGING A �► �10 19_11-0' 11• NOT TO SCALE 11•0 3/4' -1'-0' NON -SALES SHELVING UNIT 11.0 4 7/8" U 0 Ln J U 7'-G" q 4-8" MIN. 3'-G" MIN. 1'-0" MAX II 6 A11.1 1 13 g 7 I 7 AM 1 A111 8 ---- --- ----- f/ F- 1I 1 I G `� I �' TOILED �\ I i O8 61 \ 1 II I \ I 1 5 A11. 7 \ I I I j—�.,,, \ \ � �' A111 A 8 I 11.3, � — — I A11. -- ---- ---- - ----- 9 4 1/4" CD I (31 WIN CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTE DIMENSIONS ARE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FROM FACE OF FINAL FINISH MATERIAL WHICH INCLUDES ANY PROJECTING FINISHES SUCH A5 : CASING, FLOOR BASE MATERIAL, CORNER GUARDS, ETC. BEYOND THE FINISH WALL. VERIFY WALL TYPES AND WALL FINISHES TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES. T.G.C. TO VERIFY OTHER CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR ARCHITECT. > 00 E~ U_O �o ~ m_j a- ,�� 1111 �ii1 1 O O U' I I �_G�� I 4 T G � �� z CLR. _ I CLR. MIN. I -' — — — — — J — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -1---------------- --- -----F----------------- � I 20 � I I 12 I I CLR. MIN. I � I I I I r—J I I I II I I L I j L— — — — — — — — — — — I I I 4'-0" CLR. ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLAN (NEW) E E 3/4' - T-0' N 3 N S W W TRUE PLAN NORTH NORTH s TOILET RM ELEVATION A11.1 1/2' -1'-0• 1 1/4" MIN. AND MAX. 1 1/4" DIA. SOLID IN -WALL BLOCKING SECURED TO STUDS GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE AND THERE ARE TO BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS ON OR ADJACENT TO THEM. EDGES ARE TO HAVE A MINIMUM OF 1/8' RADIUS. GRAB BAR BACKING AND ATTACHMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FOR A 250 POUND POINT LOAD. ADA COMPLIANT TOILET ROOM 51GN PER GENDER OR UNISEX A5 APPLICABLE B.O. TACTILE CHARACTER RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE 48" MIN. AND GO" MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR, MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE LOWEST RAISED CHARACTER. BRAILLE 511ALL BE 48" MIN. AND GO" MAX ABOVE THE FLOOR, MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE BRAILLE CELLS. 4 SIGN MOUNTING AT RESTROOM ^DOOR A11.1 1/2' -1'-0' r71 TOILET RM ELEVATION 1/2' ®1'-0' 3 NOT USED A11. s NOT USED A11.1 TOILET RM ELEVATION 1/2' ®1'-0' RESTROOM NOTES ONEW WATER CLOSET - MUST COMPLY W/ ADA REQUIREMENTS - SEE TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS FOR REQUIRED HEIGHT ONEW SINK - MUST COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS - SEE TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS FOR REQUIRED HEIGHTS ONOT USED OD NOT USED O1 1/4" DIA. GRAB BAR - (F.O.I.C.) FINISH: U52GD CHROME. MUST COMPLY WITH ALL NATIONAL, LOCAL, STATE AND ADA CODES AS REQUIRED - 33" TO 3G" TO TOP OF GRAB BAR. SEE 2/A 1 1. 1 O2 5'-0" HANDICAP TURNING DIAMETER TO BE PROVIDED IN HANDICAP TOILET ROOMS. OTOILET CLEARANCE TO BE PROVIDED IN HANDICAP TOILET ROOMS GO" WIDE X 5G" DEEP OLAVATORY CLEARANCE TO BE PROVIDED IN HANDICAP TOILET ROOMS - 30" WIDE X 45" DEEP ORESTROOM STORAGE / SERVICE SINK SHELVES: (2) 14" DEEP x 3G" LONG ADJUSTABLE 3/4" HD PARTICLE BD. SHELVES (F.C.I.C.) WITH CLIPPED CORNERS @ 45° ANGLE ON (F.O.I.C.) STANDARDS. GLASS MIRROR - 18" x 3G" x 1 /4" PLATE GLASS MIRROR (ALL EDGES OF MIRROR TO RECEIVE SLIGHTLY CURVED EDGE OWITH SMOOTHED OR POLISHED FINISH) WITH TOP AND BOTTOM CHROME "J" CHANNEL (SET MIRROR IN FULL BED OF MASTIC) (F.C.I.C.} MOUNT BOTTOM OF REFLECTIVE SURFACE OF MIRROR AT 40" A.F.F. MAX AND CENTER ABOVE SINK. OTOILET PAPER DISPENSER - MOUNTING MUST COMPLY WITH ALL NATIONAL, LOCAL AND STATE CODE AND MUST CONFORM TO ADA STANDARDS. OELECTRIC HAND DRYER (F.O.I.C.), MOUNT @ 3'-0" A.F.F. - SEE HARDWARE SCHEDULE SHEET A9.0 9O FIRST AID KIT (F.O.I.C.), MOUNT @ 3'-0" A.F.F. I 0 INSULATED PIPE (SEE PLUMBING PLAN) I I FLUSH HANDLE MUST BE ON "OPEN" SIDE OF WATER CLOSET 12 SURFACE MOUNTED FEMININE NAPKIN DISPOSAL - WOMEN5 RE5TROOM ONLY OR IF ONLY ONE TOILET ROOM IS PROVIDED (F.O.I.C.) 13 TOILET SEAT DISPENSER (F.O.I.C.) - REFER TO MFG.'5 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MOUNT @44" A.F.F. TO DISPENSER OPENING 14 SOAP DISPENSER (F.O.I.C.) MOUNT 44" A.F.F. TO OPERATING LEVER 15 PROVIDE TOE AND KNEE CLEARANCE PER ADA CODE AS REQUIRED PER ADA CODE AS REQ'D I G PROVIDE DOOR CLEARANCE IN HANDICAP TOILET AS REQUIRED BY ADA 17 TWO MOP HOLDERS (F.C.I.CJ MOUNT 40" A.F.F. 18 NEW HI/LO DRINKING FOUNTAIN CLEARANCE 30" WIDE X 45" DEEP 19 SILICONE / CAULK BATHROOM SINK AT WALL AND TOILET AT FLOOR 20 PROVIDE RE5TROOM TACTILE 51GNAGE AS REQUIRED. NEW 1 1/4" DIA. VERTICAL GRAB BAR - (F.O.I.C.) FINISH: U52GD CHROME. MUST COMPLY WITH ALL NATIONAL, 2 I LOCAL, STATE AND ICC/ANSI CODES AS REQUIRED - 39" TO 41 " TO BOTTOM OF GRAB BAR - SEE TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS FOR REQUIRED HEIGHT. TOILET ROOM NOTES I . TOILET ROOM MUST MEET ALL APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND MUST CONFORM TO ADA STANDARDS. 2. SEE HARDWARD SCHEDULE FOR TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES SHEET A9.0 3. INSULATE OR COVER ALL HOT WATER AND DRAINPIPES UNDER SINKS. NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES ALLOWED UNDER SINKS. 4. SINK FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS MUST BE EASILY OPERATED BY ONE HAND. THE FORCE NEEDED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LB5. FOR LEVER OPERATED OR 15 LB5. FOR PUSH TYPE. 5. VERIFY WITH EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ON REUSE OR NEW TOILET ROOM FIXTURES. G. SEE PLUMBING PLAN FOR FLOOR DRAINS 9 TOILET RM ELEVATION ►11.1 1/2' ®1'-0' RE WED FOR LADE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2015 o. CRY of Tukwila BUll-DING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0.1 2015 PERMIT CENTER 5'-G" COUNTER 2'-0" MIN. FOR AUDIO SHELF ENLARGED OFFICE PLAN 3/4' -1'-V SHELF 4 OFFICE ELEVATION 11. 1/2' -1,-0, 2 OFFICE SECTION 11. 3/47 -19-09 — I , — v I — I TO CAREFULLY DRILL 2"m HOLES FOR WIRING - PROVIDE PVC GROMMET/CAP. COLOR T.B.D. (I - GROMMET PER COUNTER LENGTH) 3 COUNTERTOP ISOMETRIC 11. N.T.S. CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTE DIMEN51ON5 ARE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FROM FACE OF FINAL FIN15H MATERIAL WHICH INCLUDES ANY PROJECTING FINISHES SUCH A5: CA51NG, FLOOR BASE MATERIAL, CORNER GUARDS, ETC. BEYOND THE FINISH WALL. VERIFY WALL TYPE5 AND WALL FIN15HE5 TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES. T.G.C. TO VERIFY OTHER CONDITION5 A5 REQUIRED WITH CON5TRUCTION MANAGER OR ARCHITECT. NOTES OI 1 1/2" 0 PIPE A5 REQUIRED TO SUPPORT COUd APPRO4 WE O 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD - PAINT PER 5CHEDUL JUL 17 2015 O5AFE (F.O.I.C.) OAUDIO SHELF (F.O.I.O.) - REFER TO ELECTRI AL f&tyG 'c' DATA REQUIREMENT5 Bt. ILOING DIV SM OI x 4 FRT BLOCKING @ CENTER OF COUNTER (F.C.I.C.) PAINT TO MATCH. WALL OI x 4 FRT FURRING STRIPS @ 1 2" O.C. - SCREW TO ALL wAftEo., STUDS - PAINT TO MATCH WALL (F.C.I.C.) CITY OF TU OWALL STANDARDS CUT TO LENGTH BRACKET5 @ 24" O.C. (F.0.1.C.) JUN 0.9 OSHELVING (F.O.I.C.) ON SURFACE -MOUNTED 5TANDAPERMIT CEI 9 18" HIGH BY FULL WIDTH 1 /4" THICK CORK BOARD. BROWN PLASTIC "J" MOLD PANELING EDGING- GLUED TO WALL (F.C.I.C.) I O 2' X 8' X 5/8" PLYWOOD BACKER BOARD (F.C.I.C.) PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL I I 24" PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTER TOP (PL-1) PRE MANUFACTURED CUT TO LENGTH IN FIELD (F.C.I.C.) -SEE 3/AI 1.2 �� I x 4 FRT BLOCKING ENTIRE LENGTH (F.C.I.C.) PAINT TO MATCH mui' ` m =' -; TE _ N ,>. 0 I i SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. DEFINITIONS OF REFERENCED PARTIES FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT: OWNER AND/OR TENANT SHALL MEAN EDDIE BAUER, INC. T.G.C. OR GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MEAN THE TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR. LANDLORD SHALL MEAN THE BUILDING'S OWNER OR DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE. 2. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR (T.G.C.) SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. THE BID SHALL BE BASED UPON THE WORK INDICATED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND UPON THE CONTRACTOR'S KNOWLEDGE OF AND FAMILIARITY WITH OWNER'S PROJECT DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN INFORMATION INDICATED IN THESE DRAWINGS AND CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING OF THE OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER IMMEDIATELY, FOR RESOLUTION. 3. THE T.G.C. SHALL MEET WITH AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LANDLORD AND SHALL REVIEW LANDLORD CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. T.G.C. SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THE LANDLORD WITH REGARD TO TEMPORARY UTILITIES, ALLOWABLE MATERIAL, TRAFFIC ROUTES, STORAGE OF TOOLS AND MATERIALS, USE OF TOILET FACILITIES, HOURS IN WHICH WORK IS ALLOWED, NOISE AND DUST CONTROL, CLEANUP AND OTHER MATTERS REQUIRING ADHERENCE TO LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 4. T.G.C. SHALL REVIEW WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE THE MANNER IN WHICH ALL CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE WILL BE MADE. ANY PENETRATIONS IN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE OR STRUCTURE SHALL BE REVIEWED WITH THE LANDLORD AND APPROVED IN WRITING. IF THE LANDLORD REQUIRES THAT PORTIONS OF WORK BE PERFORMED BY ITS OWN CONTRACTOR, T.G.C. SHALL INCUR ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THAT PORTION OF THE WORK UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE IN WRITING BY THE OWNER. 5. EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS ARE BASED UPON INFORMATION FURNISHED BY THE LANDLORD AND/OR AS OBSERVED DURING THE ARCHITECTS VISIT TO THE SITE. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER IN WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID DUE DATE. DISCREPANCY DURING BIDDING WILL BE HANDLED BY AN ADDENDUM. DUE TO LIMITATIONS OF ACCESSIBILITY OF JOB SITE CONDITIONS AND COMPONENTS, NOT ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN DOCUMENTED IN THESE DRAWINGS. IT MAY BE NECESSARY FOR THE T.G.C. TO PERFORM PARTIAL OR EXPLORATORY DEMOLITION TO ASCERTAIN ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT MIGHT PRECLUDE THE PROJECT FROM BEING BUILT AS SHOWN. THE T.G.C. IS TO RESEARCH AND VERIFY THESE CONDITIONS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AND REPORT THE FINDINGS TO THE OWNER FOR RESOLUTION. 6. UTILITIES OF RECORD ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS INSOFAR AS IS POSSIBLE TO DO SO. HOWEVER, THEY ARE SHOWN FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY AND THE OWNER OR HIS ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR IMPROPER LOCATIONS OR FAILURE TO SHOW UTILITY LOCATIONS ON THE DRAWINGS. T.G.C. TO SUBMIT TO THE OWNER SKETCHES WITH NOTES AND DIMENSIONS OR NOTATED COPIES OF THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWING IN PART OR IN WHOLE TO ASSIST IN CLARIFYING ISSUES TO BE RESOLVED. 7. DISCREPANCIES FOUND DURING CONSTRUCTION ARE TO BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER IN WRITING. DISCREPANCIES DURING CONSTRUCTION WILL BE HANDLED BY CHANGE ORDERS. T.G.C. TO SUBMIT TO THE OWNER SKETCHES WITH NOTES AND DIMENSIONS OR NOTATED COPIES OF THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWING IN PART OR IN WHOLE TO ASSIST IN CLARIFYING ISSUES TO BE RESOLVED. 8. T.G.C. WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS INCURRED FOR NONCOMPLIANCE WITH THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. T.G.C. WILL NOT BE ALLOWED CHANGE ORDERS FOR PROBLEMS ARISING FROM T.G.C.'S NEGLECT OF THE PROVISIONS INCLUDED IN THESE CONDITIONS. 9. T.G.C. SHALL ACCOMPLISH ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. 10. T.G.C. SHALL REMOVE ALL CONSTRUCTION RUBBISH, SCAFFOLDING, EQUIPMENT, TEMPORARY PROTECTION, TEMPORARY FIELD STRUCTURES, AND ANYTHING ELSE THAT WAS REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE CONSTRUCTION, BUT NOT A PERMANENT PART THEREOF. 11. T.G.C. SHALL MAINTAIN ORDERLY HOUSEKEEPING DURING THE PROCESS OF CONSTRUCTION, AND UPON COMPLETION SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL AREAS. FINAL CLEAN-UP SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: SWEEP, DAMP MOP, AND WAX RESILIENT FLOORING; DUST, DIRT, PAINT DRIPPINGS, OIL, GREASE, AND OTHER BLEMISHES SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL SURFACES, INCLUDING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT; WINDOWS, GLASS UNITS, GLASS DOORS AND MIRRORS SHALL BE WASHED; PAINT OVERRUNS AND PUTTY SMEARS SHALL BE REMOVED; HARDWARE SHALL BE RUBBED CLEAN WITH A FLANNEL CLOTH. 12. T.G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO THE LANDLORD FOR ANY DAMAGE OCCURRING TO ANY OF THE LANDLORD'S FACILITIES BEFORE DURING OR AFTER CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES CAUSED BY THE CONTRACTOR, HIS EMPLOYEES OR HIS SUBCONTRACTORS. 13. MANUFACTURERS ON SPECIFIED ITEMS ARE NOTED FOR QUALITY AND DESIGN. T.G.C. MAY SUBSTITUTE "EQUAL" PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE OWNER IN WRITING. T.G.C. IS ENCOURAGED TO SUBMIT ALTERNATE "EQUAL" PRODUCTS FOR CONSIDERATION BY THE OWNER IN AN EFFORT TO REDUCE THE CONSTRUCTION COSTS. ALL REASONABLE REQUESTS WILL BE REVIEWED BY THE OWNER FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE PRODUCTS ORIGINALLY SPECIFIED. 14. ALL PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS. 15. T.G.C. SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE OWNER. NO MANUFACTURER'S LABELS, LOGOS, SYMBOLS, ADVERTISING, ETC. SHALL APPEAR ON INSTALLED PRODUCTS OR WORK. 16. APPLICABLE STANDARDS OF CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY HAVE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT ON PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK AS IF COPIED DIRECTLY INTO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR BOUND AND PUBLISHED THEREWITH. COMPLY WITH STANDARDS IN EFFECT AS OF THE DATE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 17. ALL SCAFFOLDING SHALL BE BUILT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL LAWS. ALL TEMPORARY SHORING REQUIRED FOR THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THIS WORK AND SHALL MAKE GOOD ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY IMPROPER SUPPORT OR FAILURE OF SHORING IN ANY RESPECT. 18. T.G.C. SHALL PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN FULL INSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE LANDLORD. EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER BEFORE PAYMENTS SHALL COMMENCE TO THE CONTRACTOR. 19. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, T.G.C. SHALL COMPILE FOR AND DELIVER TO THE OWNER A COMPLETE SET OF RECORD DOCUMENTS. THIS SET OF DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSIST OF RECORD SPECIFICATIONS AND RECORD DRAWINGS SHOWING THE REPORTED LOCATION OF THE WORK. THOSE RELYING ON THIS RECORD DOCUMENT ARE ADVISED TO OBTAIN INDEPENDENT VERIFICATION OF ITS ACCURACY BEFORE APPLYING IT FOR ANY PURPOSE. 20. DURING PERFORMANCE OF WORK, T.G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVISION AND MAINTENANCE OF WARNING SIGNS, LIGHT SIGNAL DEVICES, GUARD LIGHTS, BARRICADES, GUARD RAILS, FENCES AND OTHER DEVICES AS APPROPRIATELY LOCATED ON AND AROUND THE JOB SITE WHICH WILL GIVE PROPER AND UNDERSTANDABLE WARNING TO ALL PERSONS WITH REGARD TO HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS, EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS BEING PERFORMED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE T.G.C.'S WORK. ALL WARNING DEVICES SHALL COMPLY WITH O.S.H.A. AND OTHER APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS AS REQUIRED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED. 21. INSOFAR AS JOB SITE SAFETY IS CONCERNED, THE ARCHITECT IS RESPONSIBLE SOLELY FOR HIS OWN AND HIS EMPLOYEES' ACTIVITIES ON THE JOB SITE, BUT THIS SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS TO RELIEVE THE OWNER OR ANY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTORS FROM THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES FOR MAINTAINING A SAFE JOB SITE. NEITHER THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITIES OF THE ARCHITECT, NOR THE PRESENCE OF THE ARCHITECT OR HIS EMPLOYEES AND SUBCONTRACTORS, SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO IMPLY THE ARCHITECT HAS ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR METHODS OF WORK PERFORMANCE, SUPERINTENDENT, SEQUENCING OF CONSTRUCTION, OR SAFETY IN, ON OR ABOUT THE JOB SITE. 22. THE OWNER AGREES THAT THE T.G.C. IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR JOB SITE SAFETY AND WARRANTS THAT THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE MADE AN ADDITIONAL INSURED UNDER THE T.G.C.'S GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY. 23. THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMISSIONS SOLELY FOR THEIR CONFORMANCE WITH THE ARCHITECT'S DESIGN INTENT AND CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ASPECTS OF A SHOP DRAWING'S SUBMISSION THAT AFFECT OR ARE AFFECTED BY THE MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND OPERATIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION, SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS INCIDENTAL THERETO WHICH ARE ALL THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING SHOP DRAWINGS IN THESE RESPECTS BEFORE SUBMITTING THEM TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 24. ALL INSPECTIONS, TESTS, AND SIMILAR QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES ARE SOLELY THE T.G.C'S RESPONSIBILITY. COSTS FOR THESE SERVICES SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT SUM. THESE REQUIRED SERVICES DO NOT RELIEVE THE T.G.C. OF ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THESE DOCUMENTS OR ANY OTHER REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED BY LANDLORD OR GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES. 25. PROCURING GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS AND PERMITS FOR SIGNAGE ARE SOLELY THE T.G.C'S RESPONSIBILITY. 26. CODES AND STANDARDS 27. ALL WORK MATERIALS, AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL ORDINANCES, NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES (LATEST EDITION), AND SHALL FOLLOW APPLICABLE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 28. DESIGN LOADS: LOADS AND CODE RESTRICTIONS FOR ALL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LOCAL AND STATE CODES AND ALL GOVERNING CODES. 29. T.G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL BUILDING PERMITS AS NEEDED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION, COMPLETION AND OPENING OF THIS PROJECT AS SCHEDULED. SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK A. THE WORK INDICATED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS IS INTENDED TO DELINEATE THE SCOPE OF WORK REQUIRED TO CONSTRUCT A COMPLETE PROJECT. SECTION 01030 - SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES A. ADMINISTRATION OF CONTRACT: 1. THE OWNER'S "CONSTRUCTION MANAGER" WILL ACT AS OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR PURPOSES OF ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT. B. OWNER -FURNISHED ITEMS: 1. MANY ITEMS INDICATED ARE FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR (FDIC), OR FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY OWNER (FOIO). SEE DIVISION OF WORK SCHEDULE FOR A LIST. REFER TO THE ENTIRE SET. 2. CONTACT OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND TO COORDINATE RESOLUTION OF ANY PROBLEMS CONCERNING FDIC ITEMS. C. BUILDING CODES AND STANDARDS: 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND NATIONAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 2. T.G.C. SHALL CONFORM TO LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, AS STATED IN THEIR TENANT CRITERIA, REGARDING TYPE, LOCATION, AND LOADING OF ALL ITEMS UNDER THIS CONTRACT THAT ARE ATTACHED TO MALL STRUCTURE. 3. T.G.C. SHALL OBTAIN AND ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THE TENANT CRITERIA AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL CONSTRUCTION RULES AND PROCEDURES AS SET FORTH BY THE LANDLORD AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. D. INSURANCE - T.G.C. SHALL PURCHASE AND MAINTAIN, PER ARTICLE 11 OF A.I.A. GENERAL CONDITIONS, THE FOLLOWING INSURANCE: 1. WORKER'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT ACT OR THE STATUTES APPLICABLE WHERE THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED, AS WILL PROTECT CONTRACTOR FROM ANY AND ALL LIABILITY UNDER THE AFOREMENTIONED ACTS, BUT NOT LESS THAN $2,000,000. 2. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE (INCLUDING OWNER AND CONTRACTOR FOR FUTURE LIABILITY INSURANCE) WITH FOLLOWING LIMITS OF LIABILITY: BODILY INJURY LIABILITY, EACH OCCURRENCE - $2,000,000 BODILY INJURY LIABILITY, AGGREGATE - $2,000,000 PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, EACH OCCURRENCE - $500,000 PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, AGGREGATE - $500,000 PERSONAL INJURY LIABILITY, AGGREGATE - $2,000,000 SUCH INSURANCE SHALL PROVIDE FOR EXPLOSION AND COLLAPSE COVERAGE AND CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY COVERAGE, AND SHALL INSURE CONTRACTOR AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR PERSONAL INJURY, INCLUDING DEATH RESULTING THEREFROM AND DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OF OTHERS, ARISING FROM ITS OPERATIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT, WHETHER SUCH OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3. COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE INCLUDING THE OWNERSHIP, MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION OF ANY AUTOMOTIVE EQUIPMENT OWNED, HIRED, AND NON -OWNED IN THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM AMOUNTS: BODILY INJURY LIABILITY, EACH PERSON - $500,000 BODILY INJURY LIABILITY, EACH OCCURRENCE - $1,000,000 PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, EACH OCCURRENCE - $500,000 SUCH INSURANCE SHALL INSURE CONTRACTOR AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR BODILY INJURY, INCLUDING DEATH RESULTING THERE FROM AND DAMAGE TO THE PROPERTY OF OTHERS ARISING FROM ITS OPERATIONS UNDER ITS CONTRACT WITH OWNER, WHETHER SUCH OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL SUCH INSURANCE POLICIES REQUIRED SHALL INCLUDE OWNER, ITS ARCHITECT, ITS GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND LANDLORD AS ADDITIONAL INSURED; EXCEPT WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE, WHICH SHALL CONTAIN AN ENDORSEMENT WAIVING ALL RIGHTS OF SUBROGATION AGAINST THE LANDLORD, ITS ARCHITECT, ITS GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AND SUBCONTRACTORS. (CERTIFICATES SHALL NOT BE CANCELED OR ALLOWED TO EXPIRE WITHOUT AT LEAST THIRTY (30) DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE TO LANDLORD AND OWNER.) 5. THE T.G.C. SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INSURANCE AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD AS INDICATED IN THE TENANT CRITERIA. 6. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO THE START OF THE PROJECT OR ANY DEMOLITION WORK. SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING A. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: DEFINITION: "CUTTING AND PATCHING INCLUDES CUTTING INTO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO PROVIDE FOR THE INSTALLATION OR PERFORMANCE OF OTHER WORK AND SUBSEQUENT FITTING AND PATCHING REQUIRED TO RESTORE SURFACES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. "CUTTING AND PATCHING" IS PERFORMED FOR COORDINATION OF THE WORK, TO UNCOVER WORK FOR ACCESS OR INSPECTION, TO OBTAIN SAMPLES FOR TESTING, TO PERMIT ALTERATIONS TO BE PERFORMED OR FOR OTHER SIMILAR PURPOSES. CUTTING AND PATCHING PERFORMED DURING THE MANUFACTURE OF PRODUCTS, OR DURING THE INITIAL FABRICATION, ERECTION OR INSTALLATION PROCESSES IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE "CUTTING AND PATCHING" UNDER THIS DEFINITION. DRILLING OF HOLES TO INSTALL FASTENERS AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS ARE ALSO NOT CONSIDERED TO "CUTTING AND PATCHING". "SELECTIVE DEMOLITION" IS RECOGNIZED AS A RELATED -BUT -SEPARATE CATEGORY OF WORK, WHICH MAY OR MAY NOT REQUIRE CUTTING AND PATCHING AS DEFINED IN THIS SECTION; REFER TO SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. REFER TO OTHER SECTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIC CUTTING AND PATCHING REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONS APPLICABLE TO INDIVIDUAL UNITS OF WORK. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION APPLY TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK. REFER TO DIVISION - 15 AND DIVISION-16 SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONS ON CUTTING AND PATCHING OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE: REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL WORK: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH STRUCTURAL WORK IN A MANNER THAT WOULD RESULT IN A REDUCTION OF LOAD -CARRYING CAPACITY OR OF LOAD -DEFLECTION RATIO. OPERATIONAL AND SAFETY LIMITATIONS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH OPERATIONAL ELEMENTS OR SAFETY RELATED COMPONENTS IN A MANNER THAT WOULD RESULT IN A REDUCTION OF THEIR CAPACITY TO PERFORM IN THE MANNER INTENDED, INCLUDING ENERGY PERFORMANCE, OR THAT WOULD RESULT IN INCREASED MAINTENANCE, OR DECREASED OPERATIONAL LIFE OR DECREASED SAFETY. VISUAL REQUIREMENTS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH WORK EXPOSED ON THE BUILDING'S EXTERIOR OR IN ITS OCCUPIED SPACES, IN A MANNER THAT WOULD, IN THE ARCHITECT'S OR OWNER'S OPINION, RESULT IN LESSENING THE BUILDING'S AESTHETIC QUALITIES. DO NOT CUT AND PATCH WORK IN A MANNER THAT WOULD RESULT IN SUBSTANTIAL VISUAL EVIDENCE OF CUT AND PATCH WORK. REMOVE AND REPLACE WORK JUDGED BY THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER TO BE CUT AND PATCHED IN A VISUALLY UNSATISFACTORY MANNER. C. SUBMITTALS: PROCEDURAL PROPOSAL FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING: WHERE PRIOR APPROVAL OF CUTTING AND PATCHING IS REQUIRED, SUBMIT PROPOSED PROCEDURES FOR THIS WORK WELL IN ADVANCE OF THE TIME WORK WILL BE PERFORMED AND REQUEST APPROVAL TO PROCEED. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION, AS APPLICABLE, IN THE SUBMITTAL: DESCRIBE NATURE OF THE WORK AND HOW IT IS TO BE PERFORMED, INDICATING WHY CUTTING AND PATCHING CANNOT BE AVOIDED. DESCRIBE ANTICIPATED RESULTS OF THE WORK IN TERMS OF CHANGES TO EXISTING WORK, INCLUDING STRUCTURAL, OPERATIONAL AND VISUAL CHANGES AS WELL AS OTHER SIGNIFICANT ELEMENTS. LIST PRODUCTS TO BE USED AND FIRMS THAT WILL PERFORM WORK. GIVE DATES WHEN WORK IS EXPECTED TO BE PERFORMED. LIST UTILITIES THAT WILL BE DISTURBED OR OTHERWISE BE AFFECTED BY WORK, INCLUDING THOSE THAT WILL BE RELOCATED AND THOSE THAT WILL BE OUT -OF -SERVICE TEMPORARILY. INDICATE HOW LONG UTILITY SERVICE WILL BE DISRUPTED. WHERE CUTTING AND PATCHING OF STRUCTURAL WORK INVOLVES THE ADDITION OF REINFORCEMENT, SUBMIT DETAILS AND ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS TO SHOW HOW THAT REINFORCEMENT IS INTEGRATED WITH ORIGINAL STRUCTURE TO SATISFY REQUIREMENTS. APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OR OWNER TO PROCEED WITH CUTTING AND PATCHING WORK DOES NOT WAIVE THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S RIGHT TO LATER REQUIRE COMPLETE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF WORK FOUND TO BE CUT AND PATCHED IN AN UNSATISFACTORY MANNER. D. MATERIALS: GENERAL: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, OR OWNER USE MATERIALS FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING THAT ARE IDENTICAL TO EXISTING MATERIALS. IF IDENTICAL MATERIALS ARE NOT AVAILABLE, OR CANNOT BE USED, USE MATERIALS THAT MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE WITH REGARD TO VISUAL EFFECT. USE MATERIALS FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING THAT WILL RESULT IN EQUAL -OR -BETTER PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS. E. INSPECTION: BEFORE CUTTING, EXAMINE THE SURFACES TO BE CUT AND PATCHED AND THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED. IF UNSAFE OR OTHERWISE UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED, TAKE CORRECTIVE ACTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. BEFORE THE START OF CUTTING WORK, MEET AT THE WORK SITE WITH ALL PARTIES INVOLVED IN CUTTING AND PATCHING, INCLUDING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL TRADES. REVIEW AREAS OF POTENTIAL INTERFERENCE AND CONFLICT BETWEEN THE VARIOUS TRADES. COORDINATE LAYOUT OF THE WORK AND RESOLVE POTENTIAL CONFLICTS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. F. PREPARATION: TEMPORARY SUPPORT: TO PREVENT FAILURE PROVIDE TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF WORK TO BE CUT. PROTECTION: PROTECT OTHER WORK DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING TO PREVENT DAMAGE. PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS FOR THAT PART OF THE PROJECT THAT MAY BE EXPOSED DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING OPERATIONS. AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH USE OF ADJOINING AREAS OR INTERRUPTION OF FREE PASSAGE TO ADJOINING AREAS. TAKE PRECAUTIONS NOT TO CUT EXISTING PIPE, CONDUIT OR DUCT SERVING THE BUILDING BUT SCHEDULED TO BE RELOCATED UNTIL PROVISIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO BYPASS THEM. G. PERFORMANCE: GENERAL: EMPLOY SKILLED WORKMEN TO PERFORM CUTTING AND PATCHING WORK. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR AS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER, PROCEED WITH CUTTING AND PATCHING AT THE EARLIEST FEASIBLE TIME AND COMPLETE WORK WITHOUT DELAY. CUTTING: CUT THE WORK USING METHODS THAT ARE LEAST LIKELY TO DAMAGE WORK TO BE RETAINED OR ADJOINING WORK. WHERE POSSIBLE REVIEW PROPOSED PROCEDURES WITH THE ORIGINAL INSTALLER; COMPLY WITH ORIGINAL INSTALLER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. IN GENERAL, WHERE CUTTING IS REQUIRED USE HAND OR SMALL POWER TOOLS DESIGNED FOR SAWING OR GRINDING, NOT HAMMERING AND CHOPPING. CUT THROUGH CONCRETE AND MASONRY USING A CUTTING MACHINE SUCH AS A CARBORUNDUM SAW OR CORE DRILL TO INSURE A NEAT HOLE. CUT HOLES AND SLOTS NEATLY TO SIZE REQUIRED WITH MINIMUM DISTURBANCE OF ADJACENT WORK. TO AVOID MARRING EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES, CUT OR DRILL FROM THE EXPOSED OR FINISHED SIDE INTO CONCEALED SURFACES. TEMPORARILY COVER OPENINGS WHEN NOT IN USE. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF DIVISION 2 WHERE CUTTING AND PATCHING REQUIRES EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING. BY-PASS UTILITY SERVICES SUCH AS PIPE AND CONDUIT, BEFORE CUTTING, WHERE SUCH UTILITY SERVICES ARE SHOWN OR REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, RELOCATED OR ABANDONED. CUT-OFF CONDUIT AND PIPE IN WALLS OR PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED. AFTER BY-PASS AND CUTTING, CAP, VALVE OR PLUG AND SEAL TIGHT REMAINING PORTION OF PIPE AND CONDUIT TO PREVENT ENTRANCE OF MOISTURE OR OTHER FOREIGN MATTER. PATCHING: PATCH WITH SEAMS WHICH ARE DURABLE AND AS INVISIBLE AS POSSIBLE. COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED TOLERANCES FOR THE WORK. WHERE FEASIBLE, INSPECT AND TEST PATCHED AREAS TO DEMONSTRATE INTEGRITY OF WORK. RESTORE EXPOSED FINISHES OF PATCHED AREAS AND WHERE NECESSARY EXTEND FINISH RESTORATION INTO RETAINED ADJOINING WORK IN A MANNER WHICH WILL ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF PATCHING AND REFINISHING. WHERE REMOVAL OF WALLS OR PARTITIONS EXTENDS ONE FINISHED AREA INTO ANOTHER FINISHED AREA, PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES IN THE NEW SPACE TO PROVIDE AN EVEN SURFACE OF UNIFORM COLOR AND APPEARANCE. IF NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE UNIFORM COLOR AND APPEARANCE, REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR AND WALL COVERINGS AND REPLACE WITH NEW MATERIALS. WHERE PATCH OCCURS IN A SMOOTH PAINTED SURFACE, EXTEND FINAL PAINT COAT OVER ENTIRE UNBROKEN SURFACE CONTAINING PATCH, AFTER PATCHED AREA HAS RECEIVED PRIME AND BASE COAT. H. CLEANING: THOROUGHLY CLEAN AREAS AND SPACES WHERE WORK IS PERFORMED OR USED AS ACCESS TO WORK. REMOVE COMPLETELY PAINT, MORTAR, OILS, PUTTY AND ITEMS OF SIMILAR NATURE. THOROUGHLY CLEAN PIPING, CONDUIT AND SIMILAR FEATURES BEFORE PAINTING OR OTHER FINISHING IS APPLIED. RESTORE DAMAGED PIPE COVERING TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. FURNISH ALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY UTILITIES REQUIRED FOR USE AND CONVENIENCE OF THOSE ENGAGED IN PROJECT WORK. B. IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD CODE REGULATIONS, A SAFETY BARRIER MUST BE ERECTED AROUND THE CONSTRUCTION AREAS FACING ONTO THE LOBBY. COMPLY WITH LANDLORD -APPROVED STANDARD FOR BARRIER CONSTRUCTION. BEFORE THE BARRIER IS REMOVED T.G.C. SHALL APPLY OPAQUE PAPER AT STOREFRONT WINDOWS AND OBSCURE POLYETHYLENE SHEET AT OVERHEAD ROLLING GRILLE TO COMPLETELY OBSCURE VISION FROM THE MALL INTO THE TENANTS PREMISES. CLEAN ALL SURFACES AFTER REMOVAL OF PAPER AND POLYETHYLENE SHEETING. C. DUST AND DIRT: PROVIDE SATISFACTORY CONTROL. PROTECT OCCUPANTS, NEIGHBORING PROPERTY, PASSERSBY, CUSTOMERS, AND VISITORS FROM INJURY OR DISCOMFORT FROM DUST. D. PROVIDE AN OPERATIONAL FACSIMILE MACHINE ON SITE PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. E. PROVIDE NON -COIN BOX TELEPHONE BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION. SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSE-OUT A. FINAL CLEANING: 1. CLEAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH EXCELLENT HOUSEKEEPING PRACTICES. 2. REMOVE GREASE, MASTIC, ADHESIVES, DUST, DIRT, STAINS, FINGERPRINTS, LABELS, AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIALS FROM SIGHT -EXPOSED SURFACES. WASH AND SHINE STOREFRONT GLAZING AND MIRRORS. POLISH GLOSSY SURFACES TO SHINE CLEARLY. VACUUM CLEAN ALL CARPETS. VERIFY ENTIRE WORK AREA IS CLEAN. B. MATERIALS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: 1. MANUALS TO INCLUDE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND COMPLETE PARTS LISTS AS FURNISHED BY MANUFACTURER FOR ALL SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES. FURNISH FINISHED COPIES IN OVERSIZED ENVELOPE, OVERSIZED DRAWINGS ACCORDION -FOLDED. INCLUDE TYPEWRITTEN INDEX AND TABBED DIVIDERS BETWEEN CATEGORIES. C. EXTRA STOCK: 1. TURN OVER EXTRA STOCK SPECIFIED IN TECHNICAL SECTIONS TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. STORE WHERE DIRECTED. D. THE FOLLOWING WORK CONSTITUTES SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: 1. ALL CONSTRUCTION TO BE COMPLETE, READY FOR USE FOR WHICH THE PROJECT IS INTENDED. 2. ALL CLEANING, VACUUMING AND DUSTING COMPLETE. 3. ALL DEBRIS, SCAFFOLDS, LADDERS, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT REMOVED FROM JOB SITE. 4. MECHANICAL: ALL SYSTEMS IN OPERATING CONDITION, ALL CONTROLS, DIFFUSERS AND REGISTERS COMPLETE; SYSTEMS BALANCED (BALANCING REPORT REQUIRED FOR PUNCH LIST INSPECTION); ALL PLUMBING COMPLETE. 5. ELECTRICAL: ALL SYSTEMS IN OPERATING CONDITION, COMPLETE WITH TRIM; ALL LIGHT FIXTURES OPERABLE WITH LAMPS AND LENSES; MAINTENANCE DATA. 6. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY OBTAINED FROM LOCAL AGENCIES. 7. LANDLORD APPROVAL TO OPEN FOR BUSINESS. 8. INFORM TENANT AND LANDLORD OF PENDING INSURANCE CHANGE OVER REQUIREMENTS. 9. SUBMIT SPECIFIC WARRANTIES, WORKMANSHIP/MAINTENANCE BONDS, MAINTENANCE AGREEMENTS, FINAL CERTIFICATIONS AND SIMILAR DOCUMENTS. 10. OBTAIN AND SUBMIT RELEASES ENABLING THE TENANTS FULL, UNRESTRICTED USE OF THE WORK AND ACCESS TO SERVICES AND UTILITIES. E. DUMPSTER: 1. T.G.C. TO LEAVE ONE (1) EMPTY DUMPSTER AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FOR RETAIL OPERATIONS TO DISPOSE OF MERCHANDISING TRASH WHEN STOCKING STORE. T.G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ONE (1) DUMP FEE FOR THIS PURPOSE AS WELL AS HAVING DUMPSTER PERMANENTLY REMOVED. F. AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS ON CD-ROM MUST BE SUBMITTED PRIOR TO APPROVAL OF LAST PAYMENT. IT IS ALSO TO BE A PUNCH LIST ITEM. SECTION 02060 - EXISTING CONDITIONS A. T.G.C. IS TO VISIT THE JOB SITE TO INSPECT THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND TO VERIFY THE AMOUNT OF WORK THAT WILL BE NECESSARY FOR THE PROJECT TO BE COMPLETED AS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN. B. UTILITIES OF RECORD ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS INSOFAR AS IS POSSIBLE TO DO SO. HOWEVER, THEY ARE SHOWN FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY AND THE OWNER OR HIS ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR IMPROPER LOCATIONS OR FAILURE TO SHOW UTILITY LOCATIONS ON THE DRAWINGS. C. T.G.C. TO VERIFY ELEVATION AND CONDITION OF EXISTING FLOOR SUBSTRATE AND REPORT TO THE OWNER IN WRITING IF THERE ARE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: 1. VARIATION OF 1/2" OR MORE OVER ENTIRE FLOOR AREA OF PROJECT. 2. SLOPES OF 1/8" PER 10 FEET OR GREATER IN ANY AREA OF THE PROJECT. 3. ROUGH OR UNSTABLE SUBSTRATE SURFACES REQUIRING EXTENSIVE REMEDIAL WORK. D. T.G.C. TO VERIFY CONDITION OF EXISTING COMPONENTS WHEN THEY ARE TO BE REUSED. THESE INCLUDE CONFIRMATION OF CAPACITIES, WITH CALCULATIONS, OF EXISTING STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AT STOREFRONT WHEN REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD OR GOVERNMENTAL JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES. ALL REUSED COMPONENTS SHALL BE OPERATIONAL AND FREE OF AESTHETIC FLAWS AND SUITABLE FOR THEIR INTENDED USE. REFER ANY QUESTIONS TO THE OWNER IF THERE IS DOUBT CONCERNING THE ACCEPTABILITY OF ANY COMPONENT. PROVIDE THE OWNER A COST OF REPLACING THE QUESTIONABLE COMPONENT(S). 1. VERIFY THAT EXISTING SURFACES WILL PROVIDE A SUITABLE SUBSTRATE FOR NEW MATERIALS AND FINISHES TO BE INSTALLED. E. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 1. IF THE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL AT THE JOB SITE IS ASCERTAINED BY THE OWNER PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS THE OWNER WILL COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD AND OTHER LOCAL AUTHORITIES FOR THE EMPLOYMENT OF A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR TO ISOLATE, REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF THE HAZARDOUS IN A SAFE AND LEGAL MANNER. IF SCHEDULING ISSUES AND DEMOLITION REQUIRED TO EXPOSE CONCEALED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, REQUIRES THE OWNER TO ENGAGE THE SERVICES OF AN ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR SIMULTANEOUS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULE, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL MEET WITH THE ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO DETERMINE AND COORDINATE THE WORK OF EACH RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR. 2. IF THE PRESENCE OF UNANTICIPATED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IS ASCERTAINED OR SUSPECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION, IMMEDIATELY CEASE WORK IN THE IMMEDIATE AREA OF THE MATERIAL ENCOUNTERED. CONTACT THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ARRANGING TO HAVE THE TOXICITY AND EXTENT OF THE MATERIAL TESTED. A DETERMINATION WILL THEN BE MADE AS TO THE PREFERRED METHOD OF ISOLATING, REMOVING AND DISPOSING OF THE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MAY BE ASKED TO SUBMIT A PROPOSAL TO THE OWNER FOR REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF THE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL BY LICENSED AND QUALIFIED PERSONNEL IN A SAFE AND LEGAL MANNER. THE OWNER, AT HIS OPTION, MAY ELECT TO SOLICIT PROPOSALS FROM OTHER QUALIFIED CONTRACTORS FOR THE SAME SCOPE OF WORK IN WHICH CASE THE SCOPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY EACH OF THE CONTRACTORS WILL BE DETERMINED IN A JOINT MEETING WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 1. EXTENT OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. TYPES OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK: DEMOLITION REQUIRES THE SELECTIVE REMOVAL AND SUBSEQUENT OFF SITE DISPOSAL OF THE FOLLOWING: a. PORTIONS OF BUILDING STRUCTURE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION. b. REMOVAL OF INTERIOR PARTITIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. c. REMOVAL OF DOORS AND FRAMES INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. d. REMOVAL AND PROTECTION OF EXISTING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT ITEMS DETERMINED BY FIELD SURVEY AND COORDINATION WITH THE OWNER. B. SUBMITTALS: 1. SCHEDULE: SUBMIT SCHEDULE INDICATING PROPOSED METHODS AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. INCLUDE COORDINATION FOR SHUT-OFF, CAPPING, AND CONTINUATION OF UTILITY SERVICES AS REQUIRED. INCLUDE DETAILS FOR DUST AND NOISE CONTROL PROTECTION. 2. COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S CONTINUING OCCUPATION OF PORTIONS OF EXISTING BUILDING AND WITH OWNER'S PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OF COMPLETED REMODELED - SPACE. 3. T.G.C. SUBMIT SEPARATE PROPOSAL FOR THE RECYCLING OF MATERIAL AS OPPOSED TO OFF -SITE DISPOSAL. C. JOB CONDITIONS: 1. CONDITION OF STRUCTURES: OWNER OR HIS ARCHITECT/ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACTUAL CONDITION OF ITEMS OR STRUCTURES TO BE DEMOLISHED. 2. CONDITIONS EXISTING AT THE TIME OF COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT WILL BE MAINTAINED BY OWNER INSOFAR AS PRACTICABLE. HOWEVER, VARIATIONS WITHIN STRUCTURE MAY OCCUR BY OWNER'S REMOVAL AND SALVAGE OPERATIONS PRIOR TO START OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK. PROVIDE DUST FREE ENCLOSURES FOR ALL INTERIOR BARRICADES. 3. PARTIAL DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL: ITEMS TO BE REMOVED BUT OF SALVABLE VALUE TO CONTRACTOR MAY BE REMOVED FROM STRUCTURE AS WORK PROGRESSES. TRANSPORT SALVAGED ITEMS FROM SITE AS THEY ARE REMOVED. 4. STORAGE OR SALE OF REMOVED ITEMS ON SITE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. 5. PROTECTIONS: PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADES AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT OWNER'S PERSONNEL AND GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY DUE TO SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK. 6. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE MEASURES AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE FREE AND SAFE PASSAGE OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL AND GENERAL PUBLIC TO AND FROM OCCUPIED PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING. 7. ERECT TEMPORARY COVERED PASSAGEWAYS AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 8. PROVIDE INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SHORING, BRACING, OR SUPPORT TO PREVENT MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, OR COLLAPSE OF STRUCTURE OR ELEMENT TO BE DEMOLISHED, AND ADJACENT FACILITIES OR WORK TO REMAIN. 9. PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EXISTING FINISH WORK THAT IS TO REMAIN IN PLACE WHICH BECOMES EXPOSED DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 10. PROTECT FLOORS WITH SUITABLE COVERINGS WHEN NECESSARY. 11. CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY INSULATED SOLID DUST PROOF PARTITIONS WHERE REQUIRED TO SEPARATE AREAS WHERE NOISY OR EXTENSIVE DIRT OR DUST OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED. EQUIP PARTITIONS WITH DUST PROOF DOORS AND SECURITY LOCKS IF REQ'D. 12. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEATHER PROTECTION DURING INTERVAL BETWEEN DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ON EXTERIOR SURFACES, AND INSTALLATION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION TO INSURE THAT NO WATER LEAKAGE OR DAMAGE OCCURS TO STRUCTURE OR INTERIOR AREAS OF THE BUILDING. 13. REMOVE PROTECTIONS AT COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 14. DAMAGES: PROMPTLY REPAIR DAMAGES CAUSED TO ADJACENT FACILITIES BY DEMOLITION WORK AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 15. TRAFFIC: CONDUCT SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND DEBRIS REMOVAL IN A MANNER TO ENSURE MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH ROADS, STREETS, WALKS, AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES. 16. DO NOT CLOSE, BLOCK OR OTHERWISE OBSTRUCT STREETS, WALKS OR OTHER OCCUPIED FACILITIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE ALTERNATE ROUTES AROUND CLOSED OR OBSTRUCTED TRAFFIC WAY IF REQUIRED BY GOVERNING REGULATIONS. 17. EXPLOSIVES: THE USE OF EXPLOSIVES IS NOT PERMITTED. 18. UTILITY SERVICES: MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES INDICATED TO REMAIN, KEEP IN SERVICE, AND PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 19. DO NOT INTERRUPT EXISTING UTILITIES SERVING OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES, EXCEPT WHEN AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES DURING INTERRUPTIONS TO EXISTING UTILITIES, AS ACCEPTABLE TO GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 20. ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS: USE WATER SPRINKLING, TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES, AND OTHER SUITABLE METHODS TO LIMIT DUST AND DIRT RISING AND SCATTERING IN AIR TO LOWEST PRACTICAL LEVEL. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. . 21. DO NOT USE WATER WHEN IT MIGHT CREATE HAZARDOUS OR OBJECTIONABLE CONDITIONS SUCH AS ICE, FLOODING AND POLLUTION 22. INSPECTION: PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK, INSPECT AREAS IN WHICH WORK WILL BE PERFORMED. PHOTOGRAPH EXISTING CONDITIONS OF STRUCTURAL SURFACES, EQUIPMENT OR TO SURROUNDING PROPERTIES WHICH COULD BE MISCONSTRUED AS DAMAGE RESULTING FROM SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK; FILE WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. SECTION 03010 - CONCRETE WORK A. WHERE THERE IS AN EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB, PREPARE THE SLAB TO RECEIVE FINISH AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. T.G.C. SHALL INSPECT JOB SITE CONDITIONS AND REPORT ANY VARIATIONS IN THE LEVEL OR SURFACE OF THE EXISTING SLAB THAT WOULD AFFECT THE AESTHETICS OR WEARABILITY OF THE FLOOR FINISH. SECTION 03015 - FLOOR SLAB MODIFICATIONS A. T.G.C. SHALL INSPECT THE EXISTING SLAB CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE THE AMOUNT OF CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED FOR INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK. ALL PENETRATIONS OF THE SLAB SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD TENANT COORDINATOR. B. ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS TO BE WATERPROOFED PER LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND/OR LOCAL CODES. C. WHERE THERE IS AN EXISTING FLOOR SLAB REQUIRING LEVELING, T.G.C. SHALL PERFORM CONCRETE LEVELING IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROVEN MATERIALS AND METHODS ASSURING THE QUALITY OF THE FINISHED WORK. SECTION 03050 - CONCRETE SEALER MATERIALS A. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 1. CCI-1000 IS A UNIQUE WATER -BASED NON-ACID SOLUTION WITH ACTIVE SILICATES THAT IS V.O.C. COMPLIANT. CCI-1000 REACTS WITH FREE LIME AND CALCIUM CARBONATES, WHICH PRODUCES CRYSTALLINE GROWTH IN THE STRUCTURE OF THE CONCRETE. THE UNIQUE FORMULATION OF CCI-1000 WILL ALLOW THE SURFACE TO BREATHE. CCI-1000 WILL WORK AS A HARDENER AND DUSTPROOFER. CCI-1000 WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE BOND OF ADHESIVE APPLIED FLOORING MATERIALS. B. BENEFITS 1. ONE COMPONENT; V.O.C. COMPLIANT; NON -YELLOWING; U.V. RESISTANT; EASY MAINTENANCE; PROVEN QUALITY; LONG LASTING; EASY TO APPLY; HELPS PREVENT DUSTING. C. SUBSTRATES 1. CONCRETE: NEW & OLD; MOST MASONRY SURFACES D. TECHNICAL DATA 1. COLOR: CLEAR 2. V.O.C.: NONE 3. COVERAGE RATE: 200-300 SQ.FT./PER GALLON 4. AMBERING UPON EXPOSURE: NONE 5. FLAMMABILITY: NON-FLAMMABLE 6. APPLICATION TEMPERATURE: 50°F MINIMUM. 7. CLEAN UP: WATER 8. DRY TIME: 1-3 HOURS 9. DO NOT FREEZE E. AVAILABILITY -1-GALLON UNITS, 5-GALLON UNITS, 55-GALLON DRUM CHEM-COAT INDUSTRIES, INC. (CCI) 1926 COPPER STREET GARLAND, TEXAS 75042 TEL: 972-485-8648; 1-800-511-2769 FAX:972-485-0339 - . WWW.CHEM-COAT.COM F. SURFACE PREPARATION 1. DO A SMALL TEST IN AN INCONSPICUOUS AREA BEFORE PROJECT STARTS TO ASSURE COMPATIBILITY OF ALL PRODUCTS, AND APPROVAL. IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING APPLICATION OR THE PRODUCT, PLEASE CALL CCI @1-800-511-2769. THE SURFACE MUST BE CLEAN OF ALL CONTAMINANTS, OIL, SEALERS AND WAXES. CCI-1000 CAN ONLY REACT WITH CLEAN CONCRETE. G. APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 1. EXISTING CONCRETE a. DO A SMALL TEST IN AN INCONSPICUOUS AREA BEFORE PROJECT START TO ASSURE COMPATIBILITY OF ALL PRODUCTS AND APPROVAL. ALWAYS DO A SMALL TEST FIRST. EACH CONCRETE PAD IS DIFFERENT AND RESULTS MAY VARY. b. THOROUGHLY CLEAN THE CONCRETE, REMOVING ALL OLD FILMS, DIRT, OIL, AND ALL CONTAMINANTS. c. THE SURFACE SHOULD BE DAMP WITH WATER BUT NO PUDDLES OF WATER. d. APPLY CCI-1000 TO SURFACE BY SPRAY OR SQUEEGEE AT 200-300 SQ.FT/GAL DEPENDING ON POROSITY OF CONCRETE. THE ENTIRE SURFACE SHOULD BE WET WITH CCI-1000. e. DO NOT LET CCI-1000 DRY ON THE CONCRETE. SPRAY AREAS THAT ARE DRYING OUT WITH A LIGHT COAT OF CCI-1000. THE BEST APPLICATION TOOL IS A PUMP UP SPRAY UNIT FOR APPLYING THE PRODUCT. f. BROOM OUT TO AN EVEN COAT WORKING THE BROOM AROUND TO PUSH OR WORK PRODUCT INTO THE CONCRETE SURFACE. g. WHEN CCI-1000 STARTS TO GEL ON THE SURFACE AFTER APPROXIMATELY 30-40 MINUTES (CAUTION - MATERIAL WILL BECOME SLIPPERY UNDER FOOT. TAKE PROPER SAFETY ACTION), FLUSH THE ENTIRE SURFACE THOROUGHLY WITH WATER, AND SQUEEGEE OFF THE EXCESS. h. A SECOND COAT MAY BE APPLIED IF NECESSARY AND/OR IF A GLOSS IS TRYING TO BE ACHIEVED. L IF A SECOND COAT IS BEING APPLIED, REPEAT STEPS 1-6. j. IF A WHITE FILM STARTS TO FORM, FLUSH IMMEDIATELY SINCE ALL OF THE ABSORPTION AND INITIAL REACTION IS COMPLETE. k. THE SURFACE MAY BE BURNISHED WITH A HIGH-SPEED BURNISHER WITH A POLYESTER STRIPPING PAD TO HELP AID IN ACHIEVING A HIGH GLOSS 4-5 HOURS AFTER THE LAST APPLICATION. I. THE SURFACE CAN BE USED AS SOON AS IT IS TOTALLY DRY. 2. FRESHLY POURED CONCRETE a. DO A SMALL TEST IN AN INCONSPICUOUS AREA BEFORE PROJECT START TO ASSURE COMPATIBILITY OF ALL PRODUCTS AND APPROVAL. ALWAYS DO A SMALL TEST FIRST. EACH CONCRETE PAD IS DIFFERENT AND RESULTS MAY VARY. b. THOROUGHLY CLEAN THE CONCRETE, REMOVING ALL OLD FILMS, DIRT, OIL, AND ALL CONTAMINANTS. c. THE SURFACE SHOULD BE DAMP WITH WATER BUT NO PUDDLES OF WATER. d. APPLY CCI-1000 TO SURFACE BY SPRAY OR SQUEEGEE AT 200-300 SQ.FT/GAL DEPENDING ON POROSITY OF CONCRETE. THE ENTIRE SURFACE SHOULD BE WET WITH CCI-1000. e. DO NOT LET CCI-1000 DRY ON THE CONCRETE. SPRAY AREAS THAT ARE DRYING OUT WITH A LIGHT COAT OF CCI-1000. THE BEST APPLICATION TOOL IS A PUMP UP SPRAY UNIT FOR APPLYING THE PRODUCT. f. BROOM OUT TO AN EVEN COAT WORKING THE BROOM AROUND TO PUSH OR WORK PRODUCT IN THE CONCRETE SURFACE. g. WHEN MATERIAL STARTS TO GEL ON THE SURFACE AFTER APPROXIMATELY 30-40 MINUTES (CAUTION - MATERIAL WILL BECOME SLIPPERY UNDER FOOT. TAKE PROPER SAFETY ACTION), FLUSH THE ENTIRE SURFACE THOROUGHLY WITH WATER, AND SQUEEGEE OFF THE EXCESS. H. CONSTRUCTION AND CURING SUGGESTIONS . 1. CHEM-COAT INDUSTRIES INC., RECOMMEND FOR PROPER CONSTRUCTION AND CURING OF A CONCRETE FLOOR AND SLABS TO FOLLOW THE GUIDELINES SET FORTH BY ACI (AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE) GUIDE 302-1 R-96 - CONCRETE FLOOR AND SLAB CONSTRUCTION. 1. WARRANTY 1. LIMITED WARRANTY: CHEM-COAT INDUSTRIES INC. WARRANTS THAT, AT THE TIME AND PLACE WE MAKE SHIPMENT, OUR MATERIAL WILL BE OF GOOD QUALITY AND WILL CONFORM TO OUR PUBLISHED SPECIFICATIONS IN FORCE ON THE DATE OF THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE ORDER. 2. DISCLAIMER: THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS INCLUDED FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY AND, TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE, IS ACCURATE AND RELIABLE. CHEM-COAT INDUSTRIES INC. CANNOT HOWEVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES MAKE ANY GUARANTEE OF RESULTS OR ASSUME ANY OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OF THIS INFORMATION. AS CHEM-COAT INDUSTRIES INC. HAS NO CONTROL OVER THE USE TO WHICH OTHERS MAY PUT ITS PRODUCTS, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE PRODUCTS BE TESTED TO DETERMINE IF SUITABLE FOR A SPECIFIC APPLICATION AND/OR INFORMATION IS VALID IN A PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCE. RESPONSIBILITY REMAINS WITH THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR AND OWNER FOR THE DESIGN, APPLICATION AND PROPER INSTALLATION OF EACH PRODUCT. SPECIFIER AND USER SHALL DETERMINE SUITABILITY OF PRODUCTS FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION AND ASSUME ALL RESPONSIBILITIES IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. SUCH AS CAUTION SLIPPERY FLOOR SIGNS, RUBBER SAFETY BOOTS AND ALL OTHER APPROPRIATE SAFETY MEASURES. KEEP ALL OF THE PUBLIC AND ALL OTHER TRADES OFF THE FLOOR UNTIL WORK IS COMPLETED. THE AREA BEING WORKED ON SHOULD BE ROPED OFF TO STOP ANY TRAFFIC GOING ACROSS IT. SECTION 03310 - CONCRETE A. CODES AND STANDARDS: 1. ACI 318 "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE": COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. QUALITY CONTROL: PERFORM SAMPLING AND TESTING DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT, AS FOLLOWS: a. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: CONCRETE SHALL POSSESS AN ULTIMATE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 4000 PSI AT 28 DAYS. WHEN THE TOTAL QUANTITY OF A GIVEN CLASS OF CONCRETE IS LESS THAN 50 CU. YARDS, STRENGTH TEST MAY BE WAIVED BY OWNER IF FIELD EXPERIENCE INDICATES EVIDENCE OF SATISFACTORY STRENGTH. 3. MANUFACTURER'S DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA WITH INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPRIETARY MATERIALS INCLUDING REINFORCEMENT AND FORMING ACCESSORIES, ADMIXTURES, JOINT MATERIALS, HARDENERS, CURING MATERIALS, AND OTHERS AS REQUESTED BY OWNER. 4. MIX PROPORTIONS AND DESIGN: PROPORTION MIXES COMPLYING WITH MIX DESIGN PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN ACI 301. 5. SUBMIT WRITTEN REPORT TO OWNER FOR EACH PROPOSED CONCRETE MIX AT LEAST 15 DAYS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. DO NOT BEGIN CONCRETE PRODUCTION UNTIL MIXES HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND ARE ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. MIX DESIGNS MAY BE ADJUSTED WHEN MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS, JOB CONDITIONS, WEATHER, TEST RESULTS, OR OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES WARRANT. DO NOT USE REVISED CONCRETE MIXES UNTIL SUBMITTED TO AND ACCEPTED BY OWNER. USE AIR -ENTERING ADMIXTURE IN ALL CONCRETE, PROVIDING NOT LESS THAN 4% NOR MORE THAN 8% INTRAINED AIR FOR CONCRETE EXPOSED TO FREEZING AND THAWING AND FROM 2% TO 4% FOR OTHER CONCRETE. B. MATERIALS: 1. CONCRETE MATERIALS: a. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C 150, LOW ALKALI b. FLY ASH: ASTM C 618 TYPE C OR F. c. LIMIT USE OF FLY ASH IN CONCRETE MIX DESIGN NOT TO EXCEED 25% OF CEMENT CONTENT BY WEIGHT. d. AGGREGATES: ASTM C 33, EXCEPT LOCAL AGGREGATES OF PROVEN DURABILITY MAY BE USED WHEN ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. e. WATER: POTABLE f. AIR -ENTRAINING ADMIXTURE: ASTM 260/ g. WATER -REDUCING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 494, TYPE AS REQUIRED TO SUIT PROJECT CONDITIONS. ONLY USE ADMIXTURES WHICH HAVE BEEN PROVEN AND ACCEPTED IN MIX DESIGNS, UNLESS OTHERWISE ACCEPTABLE. h. AGGREGATE: ASTM C-33 L MESH: POTABLE j. PROVIDE COLOR SAMPLES FOR APPROVAL BY OWNER k. SOURCE: TBD C. RELATED MATERIALS: 1. WATER STOPS: FLAT DUMBBELL OR CENTER BULB TYPE, SIZE TO SUIT JOINTS, OF EITHER RUBBER (CDR C 513) OR PVC (CRD C 572) 2. MOISTURE BARRIER: CLEAR 8-MILS. THICK POLYETHYLENE -COAT BARRIER 3. PAPER: 1/8" THICK ASPHALT CORE MEMBRANE SHEET. 4. MEMBRANE -FORMING CURING COMPOUND: ASTM C 309 TYPE 1, CLASS A. 5. FORM MATERIALS: PROVIDE FORM MATERIALS WITH SUFFICIENT STABILITY TO WITHSTAND PRESSURE OF PLACED CONCRETE WITHOUT BOW OR DEFLECTION. EXPOSED CONCRETE SURFACES: SUITABLE MATERIAL TO SUIT PROJECT CONDITION. 6. REINFORCING MATERIALS: a. DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS: ASTM A 615, GRADE 60, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. b. WELDED WIRE FABRIC: ASTM 185. RE V 0 FOR (;(fin C _ ; DICE D. FORMING AND PLACING CONCRETE: JOB -SITE MIXING: USE DR17117f MACHINE MIXER, MIXING NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2 MINUTES F R ON SMALLER CAPACITY. INCREASE MIXING TIME AT LEAST 15 CONTa F0f IA V15 ADDITIONAL CU. YARD OR FRACTION THEREOF. JJuu i E. READY -MIX CONCRETE: ASTM C 94. city of TuPwIa- F. FORMWORK: CONSTRUCT SO THAT CONCRETE MEMBERS AN51ftLT CORRECT SIZE, SHAPE ALIGNMENT, ELEVATION, AND POSITI . ROVIDE OPENINGS ON FORMWORK TO ACCOMMODATE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. CLEAN AND ADJUST FORMS PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT. APPLY FORM RELEASE AGENTS OR WET FORMS, AS REQUIRED. RE -TIGHTEN FORMS DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT IF REQUIRED TO ELIMINATE MORTOR LEAKS. G. REINFORCEMENT: POSITION, SUPPORT, AND SECURE REINFORCEMENT AGAINST DISPLACEMENT. LOCATE AND SUPPORT WITH METAL CHAIRS, RUNNERS, BOLSTERS, SPACERS, AND HANGERS AS REQUIRED. SET WIRE TIES OF ENDS ARE DIRECTED INTO CONCRETE, NOT TOWARD EXPOSED CONCRETE SURFACES. INSTALL WELDED WIRE FABRIC IN AS LONG LENGTH AS PRACTICABLE, LAPPING AT LEAST ONE MESH. H. JOINTS: PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION, ISOLATION, AND CONTROL JOINTS AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED. LOCATE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SO AS NOT TO IMPAIR STRENGTH AND APPEARANCE OF STRUCTURE. PLACE ISOLATION AND CONTROL JOINTS IN SLAB -ON -GROUND TO STABILIZE DIFFERENTIAL SETTLEMENT AND RANDOM CRACKING. I. INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS: SET AND BUILD INTO WORK ANCHORAGE DEVICES AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS REQUIRED FOR OTHER WORK THAT IS ATTACHED TO, OR SUPPORTED BY, CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. "I® DIAGRAMS, TEMPLATES, AND OTHER INSTRUCTIONS PROV A LOCATING AND SETTING. PROVIDE DIAGRAM FOR REGIONAL ROCKKIIMBE OWNER'S APPROVAL. 0.9 2015 J. c CE ""-JUN ENTER iI � : � I � Me- -1 mZE WITH ACI 305. K. BONDING: 1. BOND ALL NEW WORK TO OLD BY THOROUGHLY CLEANING OLD WORK AND APPLYING AN APPROVED CONCRETE GLUE EVENLY TO THE INTERFACING SURFACE JUST PRIOR TO POURING THE NEW WORK. L. CONCRETE FINISHES: 1. FINISH FLOOR SHALL BE LEVEL AND FLAT WITHIN 1/8" IN 10'-0". EXPOSED -TO -VIEW SURFACES: PROVIDE A SMOOTH FINISH FOR EXPOSED CONCRETE SURFACES THAT ARE TO BE COVERED WITH A COATING OR COVERING MATERIAL APPLIED DIRECTLY TO CONCRETE. REMOVE FINS AND PROJECTIONS, PATCH DEFECTIVE AREAS WITH CEMENT GROUT, AND RUB SMOOTH. 2. SLAB TROWEL FINISH: APPLY TROWEL FINISH TO MONOLITHIC SLAB SURFACES THAT ARE EXPOSED -TO -VIEW OR ARE TO BE COVERED WITH A RESILIENT FLOORING, PAINT, OR OTHER THIN FILM COATING. CONSOLIDATE CONCRETE SURFACES BY FINISH TROWELING, FREE OF TROWEL MARKS, UNIFORM IN TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. M. CURING: 1. BEGIN INITIAL CURING AS SOON AS FREE WATER HAS DISAPPEARED FROM EXPOSED SURFACES. WHERE POSSIBLE, KEEP CONTINUOUSLY MOIST FOR NOT LESS THAN 72 HOURS. CONTINUE CURING BY USE OF MOISTURE RETAINING COVER OR MEMBRANE -FORMING CURING COMPOUND. CURE FORMED SURFACES BY MOIST CURING UNTIL FORMS ARE REMOVED. PROVIDE PROTECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO EXPOSED CONCRETE SURFACES. SECTION 05080 - METAL COATINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SUBSTRATE SHOULD BE FREE OF GREASE, OIL, DIRT, FINGERPRINTS, DRAWING COMPOUNDS, ANY CONTAMINATION, AND SURFACE PREPARATION TREATMENTS TO INSURE OPTIMUM ADHESION AND COATING PERFORMANCE PROPERTIES. THE USE OF A CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF A POWDER COATING IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING TO OWNERS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO FABRICATION: 1. PRODUCT SAMPLE 2. PRODUCT DATA: TECHNICAL INFORMATION, CERTIFICATIONS AND DATA SHEETS INDICATING MATERIAL COMPOSITION,CHARACTERISTICS AND PERFORMANCE TESTS. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. APPROVED SAMPLE TO BE ON JOB SITE. OWNERS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER TO APPROVE THE MATCH BETWEEN APPROVED SAMPLE AND FABRICATED COMPONENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DELIVERY 1. DELIVER MATERIALS TO THE JOB SITE IN APPLICATORS ORIGINAL PACKAGING 2. APPLICATOR TO APPLY PROTECTIVE FILM THAT WILL PROTECT COATING DURING CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF METAL COMPONENTS. B. STORAGE AND HANDLING 1. STORE METAL COMPONENTS IN A SAFE AREA AWAY FROM CONSTRUCTION UNTIL READY TO INSTALL. 2. CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE AFTER DELIVERY. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ALLOWABLE PRODUCTS: A. SHERWIN WILLIAMS:- POWDURA - URETHANE POWDER COATING. COLOR: UBS2-00007 "FLAT BLACK - OR EQUAL B. IF "OR EQUAL" CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY A SPECIFICATION AND SAMPLE FOR APPROVAL TO THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO BID. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. COATING TO BE APPLIED TO METAL COMPONENTS SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR. APPLICATION OF COATINGS BY A SHERWIN WILLIAMS POWDURA POWDER COATING FACILITY. CONTACT SHERWIN WILLIAMS FOR A LOCAL FACILITY (800) 524-5979 B. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL METAL COMPONENTS PER THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHOULD NOT REMOVE PROTECTIVE FILM UNTIL TURN OVER OF THE STORE IN ORDER TO PROTECT THE METAL COMPONENTS FROM DAMAGE. 3.02 WARRANTY A. SHERWIN WILLIAM FACILITY TO WARRANTY COATINGS TO BE FREE OF DEFECTS AT TIME OF COMPLETION AT THEIR FACILITY. MANUFACTURER TO WARRANTY DURABILITY OF THE COATING FOR A PERIOD OF 10 YEARS. SHERWIN WILLIAMS WARRANTY IS VOID WHEN THE FAILURE OF THE COATING IS A RESULT OF INSTALLATION, PROTECTION OF COATING DURING CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF COMPONENTS OR AREAS AROUND COMPONENTS THAT CAUSE DAMAGE OR ARE A DIRECT RESULT OF DAMAGE. B. CONTRACTOR TO WARRANT THAT METAL COMPONENTS AND INSTALLATION BE FREE FROM DEFECTS. CONTRACTOR TO ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY OF COATING AND WARRANTY OR CORRECT DAMAGED ITEMS DURING CONSTRUCTION. SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING SEE ALSO SECTION 09110 - LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING A. DESIGN FOR METAL FRAMING SYSTEM IS BASED UPON PHYSICAL AND STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES FOR MEMBERS AS PUBLISHED BY UNITED STATES GYPSUM. T.G.C. IS TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL STUD FRAMING OF DEPTH AND GAUGE AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. IF GAUGES OF VERTICAL MEMBERS ARE NOT SPECIFIED, PROVIDE MEMBERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH STUD SCHEDULE ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS PUBLISHED BY U.S.G. FOR LOADING CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED. IF LOADING CONDITIONS ARE UNUSUAL OR DIFFERENT FROM THOSE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION. SECTION 05800 - EXPANSION CONTROL A. SCOPE: 1. PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINT COMPONENTS AT ALL FLOOR, WALL, CEILING AND COLUMN ASSEMBLIES WHERE THE LANDLORD STRUCTURE HAS EXISTING EXPANSION CONTROL. B. MATERIALS 1. T.G.C. TO VERIFY EXISTING EXPANSION CONTROL COMPONENTS AND DETERMINE THEIR COMPATIBILITY WITH MATERIALS AND FINISHES SPECIFIED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. T.G.C. TO VERIFY THE JOINT SIZES REQUIRED FOR UNRESTRICTED MOVEMENT OF BUILDING COMPONENTS. 2. IF THE CONTRACTOR CANNOT DETERMINE WHICH COMPONENTS WOULD BE APPROPRIATE FOR EXPANSION CONTROL UNDER SPECIFIC CIRCUMSTANCES, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT WITH THE NECESSARY PARAMETERS FOR SPECIFICATION OF THE EXPANSION CONTROL SYSTEMS. SECTION 06050 - FASTENERS AND ADHESIVES A. MATERIALS 1. CONFORM TO BUILDING CODE FOR FASTENERS TO BE USED ON STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 2. REFER TO MANUFACTURERS LITERATURE FOR RECOMMENDED TYPE, SIZE AND SPACING FOR FASTENERS FOR COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING. SECTION 06100 -ROUGH CARPENTRY A. ALL WOOD STUD FRAMEWORK, WOOD BLOCKING, AND PLYWOOD CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. B. WOOD FRAMING MEMBERS IF SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR USED FOR BARRICADES SHALL BE NO. 1 LIGHT FRAMING DOUGLAS FIR OR NO.2 OR BETTER YELLOW PINE. C. 3/4" FIRE TREATED TONGUE AND GROOVE PLYWOOD DECK WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY A. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS: 1. SEE "DIVISION OF WORK SCHEDULE" FOR ITEMS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR (FDIC). B. CODES AND STANDARDS: 1. AWI, QUALITY -STANDARDS AND GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL. C. ROUGH LUMBER AND PLYWOOD: 1. LUMBER HAVING MODULUS OF ELASTICITY OF NOT LESS THAN 1,600,000 PSI AND ALLOWABLE FIBER STRESS OF MORE THAN 1400 PSI, IN STANDARD DIMENSIONS, MOISTURE CONTENT NOT MORE THAN 19%. FIRE TREATMENT OF ALL ROUGH LUMBER AND PLYWOOD IS AS FOLLOWS: 2. FINISHED LUMBER: a. WHERE LUMBER IS FCIC, SPECIES GRADE AND FINISH SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. b. FCIC INTERIOR PAINT GRADE WOOD: POPLAR, HEMLOCK FIR, BIRCH, ALDER OR SOUTHERN PINE, WWPA CASING AND BASE, MG, B AND BTR OR EQUIVALENT. c. MOISTURE CONTENT, KILN DRIED, NOT MORE THAN 9% WHEN DELIVERED. d. FLAME SPREAD RATING AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 3. PLYWOOD: a. WHERE PLYWOOD IS FCIC, SPECIES, GRADE, CUT AND FINISH TO BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. b. FCIC PAINT GRADE PLYWOOD: APA GROUP 1, GRADE A-C INTERIOR PLYWOOD. PAINTED FINISH SHALL NOT SHOW GRAINING OF WOOD. c. FLAME SPREAD RATING AS NOTED ON DRAWING OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. D. FABRICATION: 1. CONFORM TO AWI QUALITY STANDARDS, "CUSTOM" GRADE. RELIEVE BACKS OF WOOD TRIM; KERF BACKS OF MEMBERS MORE THAN 5 INCHES WIDE AND 1 INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS; EASE ALL EXTERNAL CORNERS. E. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL ALL MATERIAL WITH TIGHT JOINTS. 2. MITER CASINGS AND MOLDINGS. 3. ALL RUNNING TRIM SHALL BE ONE PIECE UP TO 10'-0." MATCH GRAIN AND COLOR PIECE TO PIECE. 4. USE FINISH NAILS EXCEPT WHERE SCREWS SHOWN. SET FASTENERS FOR PUTTYING. 5. EASE ALL EXPOSED WOOD EDGES 1/8" WIDE MINIMUM RADIUS, OR AS INDICATED. SECTION 06400 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. ALL WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH "ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS, GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS AND QUALITY CERTIFICATION PROGRAM" CUSTOM GRADE, AS PUBLISHED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI). ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING APPLICATION OF THESE STANDARDS SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE ARCHITECT. B. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL WOODWORK AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. C. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PLASTIC LAMINATE ON SURFACES AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. D. T.G.C. TO PROVIDE CLOSED GRAIN HARDWOOD DOOR FRAMES PRIMED AND READY FOR PAINT FOR WOOD DOORS THAT ARE INDICATED AS FCIC. E. F.O.I.C. TRIMS ARE PRE -FINISHED. T.G.C. SHALL'FINISH TO MATCH' ALL EXPOSED CUT EDGES, SET OR COUNTERSINK FASTENERS, AND PLUG OR PUTTY HOLES TO CONCEAL. SECTION 07115 - SHEET WATERPROOFING A. WHERE THERE IS A TOILET ROOM ON A LEVEL OVER ANOTHER OCCUPIED LEVEL, T.G.C. TO PROVIDE AN ELASTIC, WATERPROOF MEMBRANE IN THE SAID TOILET ROOM TO PREVENT MOISTURE PENETRATION TO THE SPACE BELOW. B. T.G.C. TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION A. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS: 1. THERMAL AND ACOUSTIC INSULATION TO FULL HEIGHT OF WALLS INDICATED ON PLAN. PROVIDE SAFING INSULATION AT FLOOR EXPANSION JOINTS, AROUND ALL OTHER FLOOR PENETRATIONS, AND AT OTHER AREAS INDICATED OR REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE SEPARATION. B. THERMAL BATT INSULATION: 1. FLEXIBLE BLA114KET, FOIL -FACED, ROCK OR GLASS WOOL, CONFORMING TO HH-1-521E, TYPE III, R-19 VALUE. C. SOUND BATT INSULATION: 1. FLEXIBLE BLANKET, GLASS WOOL, MEETING ASTM C665 CONFORMING TO HH-1-521 F, TYPE I, R-11 VALUE. D. SAFING INSULATION: 1. APPROVED: THERMAFIBER FIRE STOP COMPONENTS TO MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS AS MANUFACTURED BY UNITED STATES GYPSUM. SECTION 07820 - FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT A. SCOPE 1. WHERE INTERIOR FINISHES ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A CLASS I OR CLASS A RATING PER CODE REQUIREMENTS AND THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND FINISHES ARE NOT OF A SUFFICIENT FLAME SPREAD RATING, APPLY FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT. 2. WHERE INTERIOR FINISHES ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A CLASS II OR CLASS B RATING PER CODE REQUIREMENTS AND THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND FINISHES ARE NOT OF A SUFFICIENT FLAME SPREAD RATING, APPLY FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT. B. MATERIALS 1. FIREPOLY, OR APPROVED EQUAL., AQUEOUS BASED RESIN AS MANUFACTURED BY FLAME SAFE CHEMICAL CORPORATION. C. INSTALLATION 1. APPLY FLAME RETARDANT TREATMENT IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. DO NOT THIN OR DILUTE PRODUCT. STORE IN MANNER RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. SECTION 07850 - FIREPROOFING . . WHERE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS DO NOT HAVE A FIRE RESISTANCE RATING AS REQUIRED BY CODE, LANDLORD, OR INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS - PROVIDE A U.L. APPROVED FIREPROOFING MATERIAL OR SYSTEM INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE U.L. DESIGN. SECTION 07870 - FIRE STOPPING WHERE PENETRATIONS OCCUR IN A RATED FIRE-RESISTANT ASSEMBLY, INSTALL FIRE STOPPING IN A MANNER THAT MAINTAINS THE REQUIRED FIRE SEPARATION. USE FIRE STOP SYSTEM AS MANUFACTURED BY UNITED STATES GYPSUM OR APPROVED EQUAL. SECTION 07600 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL A. FABRICATED SHEET METAL, GENERAL: 1. CONFORM TO PROFILES AND SIZES TO COMPLY WITH ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL TO SMACNA, FOR EACH GENERAL CATEGORY OF WORK REQUIRED. B. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. ANCHOR WORK IN PLACE WITH NON CORROSIVE FASTENERS, ADHESIVES, SETTING COMPOUNDS, TAPES AND OTHER MATERIALS AND DEVICES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF EACH MATERIAL OR SYSTEM. C. PERFORMANCE: 1. WATER-TIGHTMEATHERPROOF PERFORMANCE OF FLASHING AND SHEET METAL WORK IS REQUIRED. SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALANTS A. SEAL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR: 1. JOINT BETWEEN GYPSUM WALL BOARD AND ALL OF THE FOLLOWING: TRIM; BASE; FRAMES (WINDOW AND DOOR); MIRRORS; COAT BARS - SEALANT "A." 2. PLUMBING FIXTURE WALL/FLOOR INTERFACE - SEALANT "B." 3. HORIZONTAL FLOOR/DECK JOINTS - SEALANT "C." 4. AS INDICATED ON PLANS B. BACK-UP MATERIAL: 1. FIBERGLASS, POLYURETHANE FOAM, OR POLYETHYLENE FOAM, AS RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER. C. MATERIALS: 1. SEALANT "A": PAINTABLE GENERAL PURPOSE GE ALL-PURPOSE ACRYLIC LATEX SEALANT OR GE SILICONE 2 WITH OIL -BASED PRIMER. INSTALL OR PRIME PER MANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES. 2. SEALANT "B": SILICONE RUBBER, MILDEW RESISTANT, CONFORMING TO ASTM C920. APPROVED: GE 1700 SANITARY SEALANT. 3. SEALANT "C": POLYURETHANE, ONE COMPONENT, CONFORMING TO FED. SPEC. TT-S-00-230C. TYPE I, CLASS A, AND ASTM C920. APPROVED: MAMECO'S VULKEN 45. 4. SEALANT "E": NON -HARDENING, HIGHLY ELASTIC, WATER -BASED SEALANT MEETING ASTM C557 AND COMPLYING WITH ASTM C919. APPROVED USG ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. 5. COLOR TO APPROXIMATE ADJACENT SURFACES, UNLESS DIRECTED OR INDICATED OTHERWISE. SECTION 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. FIRE LABELS: 1. PROVIDE DOORS AND FRAME ASSEMBLY BEARING AN UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES OR OTHER APPROVED LABEL WHERE REQUIRED BY GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, CODE, LANDLORD OR INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. RATING SHALL SATISFY MINIMUM FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR LOCATION AND USAGE. 2. T.G.C. TO VERIFY THAT DOORS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND IN SCHEDULES SATISFY ABOVE REQUIREMENTS. B. REFERENCE STANDARDS: 1. STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE: SDI-100 RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS FOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. 2. NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS NAAMM-CHM1 SPECIFICATION FOR CUSTOM HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. NAAMM FIRE -RATED CUSTOM METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. 3. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS: ASTM A366 SPECIFICATION OF STEEL, CARBON, COLD -ROLLED SHEET QUALITY COMMERCIAL. C. MATERIALS: 1. CONFORM TO NAAMM, PAGES 3 THROUGH 6. CONFORM TO NAAMM FOR LABELED CONSTRUCTION. 2. ZINC -COAT ANY EXTERIOR DOORS, AND DOOR FRAMES. 3. SOUND DEADENING: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INORGANIC NON COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION. 4. ANCHORS FASTENERS, AND ACCESSORIES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD. D. STEEL DOOR FRAME FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE: 1. KNOCK DOWN FRAMES: PROVIDE STANDARD TYPE, KNOCKED -DOWN FRAMES DESIGNED TO BE SECURELY INSTALLED IN THE ROUGH OPENING AFTER FINISH WALL MATERIAL IS APPLIED. PROVIDE SILENCERS ON ALL FRAMES. E. PREPARATION FOR FINISH HARDWARE: 1. WORK TO TEMPLATES FOR ALL HARDWARE. 2. CONFORM TO STANDARDS OF HARDWARE MANUFACTURER. F. INSTALLATION: 1. CONFORM TO NAAMM, PAGE 6, PART 3. 2. WELDED FRAMES: LEAVE FRAME SPREADER BARS INTACT UNTIL FRAMES ARE SET PERFECTLY SQUARE AND PLUMB, AND ANCHORS ARE SECURELY ATTACHED. 3. KNOCK -DOWN FRAMES: FILL FRAME MITER WITH APPROVED FILLER, AND SMOOTH AND PRIME. 4. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF THREE (3) FRAME ANCHORS PER JAMB. SECTION 08210 -WOOD DOORS A. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS: REFER TO "DOOR SCHEDULE" FOR DOOR SPECIFICATION. B. CODES AND STANDARDS: 1 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI) QUALITY STANDARDS, GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS AND QUALITY CERTIFICATION. C. FLUSH DOORS: 1. CONFORM TO NWMA 1.S.1 SERIES AND AWI STANDARDS. 2. VENEER: WOOD: AWI CUSTOM GRADE FINISH. SPECIES AND FINISH AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR FCIC DOORS. , 3. SOLID CORE, PARTICLE BOARD OR STAVED LUMBER AWI SPEC SYMBOL PC-5 OR SLC-5. 4. EDGE, MATCH FACE VENEERS. 5. FIRE RATED DOORS, CONFORM TO ASTM-E152, WITH MINERAL SOLID CORE, EDGE BANDS OF KILN -DRIED HARDWOOD TREATED WITH FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT. LABEL AS INDICATED. D. STILE AND RAIL DOORS. 1. STILE AND RAIL AW1 PREMIUM GRADE CONSTRUCTION. 2. WOOD: AW1 GRADE 1, SPECIES AND FINISH AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SECTION 08305 -ACCESS DOORS APPROVED MANUFACTURER: MILCOR DIVISION OF INRYCO INC. STYLES AND SIZES SHALL BE AS INDICATED. USE STYLE DW SIZE 10" X 10" MINIMUM IF NO SIZE IS INDICATED. HINGES SHALL BE CONCEALED, SPRING TYPE, OPENING TO 175 DEGREES. LOCKS SHALL BE FLUSH, SCREW DRIVER OPERATED, WITH METAL CAM. PROVIDE RATED DOOR WHERE REQUIRED. SECTION 08710 - HARDWARE A. GENERAL 1. CONSTRUCTION KEYS: PROVIDE TWO (2) TOTAL 2. HARDWARE GROUPS: AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS B. HARDWARE GROUPS: 1. FOR ALL HARDWARE GROUPS WHERE THERE ARE EXISTING DOORS AND HARDWARE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE EXISTING HARDWARE, ITS' CONDITION AND TYPE, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE HARDWARE GROUPS LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. ANY WORKING ORDER SHALL BE ALLOWED TO BE USED WHEN SCHEDULED FOR REUSE. ANY HARDWARE INCLUDED IN THE SCHEDULE, BUT NOT EXISTING AT THE PROJECT SITE OR VERIFIED TO BE INSTALLED BY THE LANDLORD, SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PER SPECIFICATIONS. REFER ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING REUSE OF EXISTING HARDWARE TO THE OWNER FOR RESOLUTION. EXISTING HARDWARE SHALL BE RE -KEYED TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH ITEMS SPECIFIED IN THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE. C. INSTALLATION OF FINISH HARDWARE: 1. INSTALL EACH HARDWARE ITEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. INSTALL NO HARDWARE UNTIL SUBSTRATE FINISHES ARE COMPLETE. WHEREVER CUTTING AND FITTING IS REQUIRED TO INSTALL HARDWARE ONTO OR INTO SURFACES WHICH ARE LATER TO BE PAINTED OR OTHERWISE FINISHED, INSTALL EACH ITEM COMPLETELY, THEN REMOVE AND STORE DURING APPLICATION OF FINISHES. REINSTALL UPON COMPLETION OF FINISH APPLICATION. 2. SET ITEMS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE TO LINE AND LOCATION. ADJUST AND REINFORCE THE ATTACHMENT SUBSTRATE AS NECESSARY FOR A SECURE INSTALLATION. DRILL AND COUNTERSINK ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT FACTORY -PREPARED FOR ANCHORAGE FASTENERS. SPACE FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGES AS INDICATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS. D. LOCATIONS: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, LOCATE HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH DHI RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS. QUESTIONS RELATED TO HARDWARE LOCATIONS SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE OWNER. E. ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: ADJUST AND CHECK EACH ITEM OF HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION AND FUNCTION OF EACH UNIT. LUBRICATE ALL MOVING PARTS WITH GRAPHITE TYPE LUBRICANT, UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. REPLACE ALL HARDWARE WHICH CANNOT BE LUBRICATED AND ADJUSTED TO OPERATE FREELY AND SMOOTHLY. F. FINAL ADJUSTMENT: WHENEVER THE HARDWARE INSTALLATION IS MADE MORE THAN ONE (1) MONTH PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK, MAKE FINAL ADJUSTMENT AND CHECK OF HARDWARE DURING THE WEEK IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. CLEAN AND RE -LUBRICATE OPERATING ITEMS AS NECESSARY TO RESTORE PROPER FUNCTIONING AND FINISH OF HARDWARE AND DOORS. MAKE FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF LOCK SETS AND CLOSURES TO COMPENSATE FOR OPERATION OF HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE. G. VERIFY WORKING CONDITION OF EXISTING HARDWARE. SECTION 08800 - GLAZING AND MIRRORS A. PROVIDE GLAZING AND RETAIL MATERIALS FOR ALL INDICATED EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR OPENINGS, INCLUDING RETAIL MIRRORS AND TOILET MIRROR. B. PROVIDE SAFETY GLAZING IN LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY CODE: C. FLOAT/PLATE GLASS SHALL COMPLY WITH TYPE I, QUALITY Q3, CLEAR UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AND BE THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE, WHICHEVER IS THICKEST. D. TEMPERED GLASS: 1. HEAT -TREATED ANNEALED FLOAT GLASS CERTIFIED AS SAFETY GLASS, CONFORMING TO FED. SPEC. DD-G-1403B(1). 2. PROVIDE GLASS WITH CHAMFERED EDGES, SAW CUT FINISH AT EDGES TO BE SEALED; POLISHED AT EDGES TO BE EXPOSED IN THE FINISHED WORK. 3. PERFORM ALL CUTTING BEFORE TEMPERING GLASS. 4. PROVIDE PRIME CLEAR GLASS OF TYPE INDICATED, WHICH HAS BEEN HEAT TREATED TO STRENGTHEN GLASS IN BENDING TO NOT LESS THAN 4-5 TIMES ANNEALED STRENGTH WITH NO PROCESSING MARKS. E. MIRRORS: 1. CONFORM TO FED. SPEC. DD-Q-451D(1), 1/4" POLISHED PLATE GLASS MIRROR ELECTROLYTIC COPPER PLATED BACK, GUARANTEED AGAINST SILVER BACKING FAILURE FOR A MINIMUM OF TEN YEARS. 2. WHERE MIRRORS ARE SPECIFIED, COMMERCIAL STANDARD MIRROR QUALITY POLISHED PLATE GLASS SHALL BE USED, FREE FROM BUBBLES, WAVES, DISCOLORATION OR OTHER DEFECTS. ANY EXPOSED EDGES OF MIRRORS SHALL BE GROUND EVENLY AND FLAT POLISHED. WHEN MIRRORS ARE INSTALLED WITHIN CHANNELS OR RETAINER, THEY SHALL BE BACK -SHIMMED TO PRESENT A SNUG FIT. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THEY SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT PER THE ELEVATIONS WITHOUT HORIZONTAL SEAMS. F. GLAZING CHANNELS: 1. PROVIDE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM GLAZING CHANNELS AND ENDCAPS; LOCATIONS AND PROFILES AS INDICATED. 2. FINISH: ANODIZED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. G. GLAZING SEALANTS AND ADHESIVE: 1. AS RECOMMENDED BY GLASS MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR TYPE OF INSTALLATION. a. POLYSULFIDE SEALANT: PROVIDE 1 PART POLYSULFIDE SEALANT CONFORMING WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A116.1; MORTON THIOKOL "LP," SONNEBORN "SONOLASTIC," OR APPROVED. b. GLAZING SEALANT: DOW CORNING 999 SILICONE GLAZING SEALANT; GENERAL ELECTRIC SILGLAZE N-2501 AND SILPRUF. c. ADHESIVE: SYNTHETIC RUBBER, AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR MIRROR INSTALLATION. H. INSTALLATION: 1. ALL GLASS SHALL BE HANDLED AND SET IN A MANNER SO AS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS FOR SHIPPING, HANDLING, STORING AND PROTECTING GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS. EXERCISE EXCEPTIONAL CARE TO PREVENT EDGE DAMAGE TO GLASS, AND DAMAGE/DETERIORATION TO COATINGS (IF ANY) ON GLASS. 2. ALL LABELS ON GLASS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN LOWER LEFT CORNER AS SEEN FROM THE OUTSIDE. CLEAN ALL GLAZING CHANNEL AND OTHER FRAMING MEMBERS TO RECEIVE GLASS, IMMEDIATELY BEFORE GLAZING. REMOVE COATINGS WHICH ARE NOT FIRMLY BONDED TO SUBSTRATE. REMOVE LACQUER FROM METAL SURFACES WHERE ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS ARE USED. 3. UPON COMPLETION OF GLAZING WORK, ALL SURFACES SHALL BE THOROUGHLY WASHED AND POLISHED. ALL BROKEN, SCRATCHED, CHIPPED OR OTHERWISE DEFECTIVE GLASS SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH PROPER WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. 4. ALL GLASS WHICH IS BROKEN, CHIPPED, CRACKED, ABRADED OR DAMAGED IN OTHER WAYS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, INCLUDING NATURAL CAUSES, ACCIDENTS AND VANDALISM SHALL BE REPLACED PRIOR TO TURNING OVER TO OWNER. 5. COMPLY WITH GLASS MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATION FOR ALL CLEANING. SECTION 09100 - LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING A. CODES AND STANDARDS: 1. ASTM C754 INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS TO RECEIVE SCREW ATTACHED GYPSUM WALLBOARD. 2. ASTM C-645, SPECIFICATION FOR NON -LOAD (AXIAL) -BEARING STEEL STUDS, RUNNERS (TRACK) AND RIGID FURRING CHANNELS FOR SCREW APPLICATION FOR GYPSUM BOARD. B. MATERIALS: 1. STEEL STUDS, RUNNERS, AND CHANNELS: CONFORM TO ASTM C-645. 2. GAUGES: a. AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS PER STUD SCHEDULE FOR HEIGHT AND LOADING REQUIREMENTS. 3. STOREFRONT SOFFIT AND BRACING, AS INDICATED. 4. ACCESSORIES: AS INDICATED AND AS RECOMMENDED BY REFERENCE STANDARD AND MANUFACTURER. C. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754 AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SECTION 09220 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER A. GENERAL: 1. FINISH TO TENANTS SPECIFICATIONS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A RANGE OF VENEER PLASTER FINISH SAMPLES. SUBMIT (2) SETS OF SAMPLES TO CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. B. PRODUCTS: 1. PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL STUDS AND SUPPORTS CONFORMING TO ASTM 965 AND SOFFIT SUPPORTS CONFORMING TO ASTM C 1063. 2. PROVIDE EXPANDED METAL LATH CONFORMING TO ASTM C 847. MANUFACTURED FROM GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET OR PROVIDE USG IMPERIAL GYPSUM BASE TYPE C 1/2". 3. BONDING AGENT ASTM C932 4. PORTLAND CEMENT MATERIALS: PORTLAND CEMENT C150. TYPE 1 OR 2 WHITE FOR FINISH COAT, MASONRY CEMENT ASTM C91 TYPE (N) WHITE FOR FINISH COAT: LIME ASTM C20N TYPE 3 SAND AGGREGATE ASTM C897. WHITE FOR FINISH COAT. FIBER FOR BASE COAT. ALKALINE RESISTANT GLASS OR PROPYLENE FIBERS 1/2 INCH LONG. 5. SUBSTRATE TO BE HIGH STRENGTH HIGH DENSITY CORE GYPSUM BOARD USG IMPERIAL GYPSUM BASE OR APPROVED EQUAL MIN. 1/2" THICK FIRE CODE PANELS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. C. EXECUTION: 1. CONFORM WITH ASTM C926 AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. FINISH COAT TO BE AS SELECTED BY TENANT. SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. CODES AND STANDARDS: 1. GYPSUM ASSOCIATION, GA-216, RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS FOR APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD. ASTM C-36, SPECIFICATION FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD. B. MATERIALS: 1. CONFORMING TO ASTM C-36, AND DELIVERED TO THE JOB SITE WITH END TAPERS BEARING UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LABEL, WITH THE CORRECT DESIGN NUMBER FOR THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION UNLESS SHOWN DIFFERENTLY ON PLANS. 2. WATER-RESISTANT BOARD, 5/8" THICK, TAPED EDGES, ASTM C-630. 3. PROPRIETARY ABUSE RESISTANT GYPSUM WALLBOARD: ASTM C 36, MANUFACTURED TO PRODUCE GREATER RESISTANCE TO SURFACE INDENTATION AND THROUGH -PENETRATION THAN STANDARD GYPSUM PANELS, WITH THICKNESS AND LENGTHS SIMILAR TO THAT OF STANDARD TYPE X WALLBOARD. a. APPROVED PRODUCTS: 4. G-P GYPSUM CORPORATION - TOUGHROCK BUSE-RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD. 5. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY - GOLD BOND HI -ABUSE WALLBOARD. 6. USG CORPORATION, INC. - FIBEROCK BRAND ABUSE -RESISTANT GYPSUM PANELS. 7. SCREWS: TYPE S, BUGLE HEAD, LENGTH AS REQUIRED. CONFORMING TO ASTM C-646 8. TREATMENT MATERIALS: JOINT TYPE AND COMPOUND AS RECOMMENDED BY WALLBOARD MANUFACTURER, CONFORMING TO ASTM C-474-5. 9. CORNER BEADS, METAL TRIM, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL. 10. USE 5/8" TYPE "X" TILE BACKER BOARD (USG DUROCK OR APPROVED EQUAL) AS A SUBSTRATE FOR TILE TO BE APPLIED TO VERTICAL SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL AND FINISH ACCORDING TO GA-216 AND WALL BOARD MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATION WHERE A ONE -HOUR FIRE RATING IS REQUIRED. 2. INSTALL WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM WALLBOARD IN HIGH -MOISTURE AREAS SUCH AS TOILET ROOMS. . 3. GYPSUM WALL BOARD INSTALLED ON METAL STUDS TO BE FASTENED WITH POWER DRIVEN, SELF -TAPPING DRYWALL SCREWS, ONE INCH OR LONGER IF REQUIRED. 4. VERIFY THAT THE EXISTING WALL SURFACE IS SMOOTH AND SUITABLE AS A SUBSTRATE FOR THE FINISH(ES) LISTED ON THE FINISH SCHEDULE. 5. BOARDS OF A MAXIMUM PRACTICABLE LENGTH SHALL BE USED SO THAT AN ABSOLUTE MINIMUM NUMBER OF END JOINTS OCCUR. WALLBOARD JOINTS AT OPENINGS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT NO END JOINT WILL ALIGN WITH EDGES OF THE OPENING. 6. SCREWS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 1/8" (MINIMUM) TO 1/2" (MAXIMUM) OF EIGHT(8) INCHES O.C. ON WALLS. 7. GYPSUM WALL BOARD ON PARTITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION EXTENDING TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE SHALL BE CUT TO FIT TIGHTLY AROUND DECK FLUTING, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND OTHER PROTRUSIONS CROSSING THE PLANE OF THE WALL BOARD. 8. JOINT COMPOUND SHALL BE MIXED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED ON THE PACKAGE. 9. TAPE AND JOINT MATERIAL SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE JOINTS APPROXIMATELY FOUR (4) INCHES WIDE. THIS IS TO BE IN A THREE (3) COAT PROCESS, ALLOWING 24 HOURS DRYING TIME BETWEEN COATS. ALL NAILS, SCREWS HEADS OR DIMPLES SHALL ALSO RECEIVE A THREE (3) COAT FINISH USING THE SAME MANNER. JOINTS TO BE SANDED SMOOTH. 10. ALL INSIDE CORNERS SHALL BE COATED WITH AT LEAST TWO (2) COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND WITH THE EDGES FEATHERED OUT. 11. FLANGES OF CORNER BEADS AND TRIM SHALL BE CONCEALED BY AT LEAST TWO (2) COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND FEATHERED OUT APPROXIMATELY 9 INCHES ON BOTH SIDES OF THE EXPOSED METAL NOSE. 12. ALL WALLBOARD AND TREATED AREAS SHALL BE SMOOTH AND READY FOR WALL FINISH. 13. FINISHING OF THE WALL BOARD SHOULD BE TO A LEVEL 4, WHICH IS REQUIRED BY AND DETERMINED BY THE FINAL FINISH PRODUCT. SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING A. GENERAL: 1. EXTRA STOCK - a. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING EXTRA STOCK AND LEAVE IN A LOCATION DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 2. TILE FLOORING, ONE (1) BOX FOR EACH TYPE, SIZE, AND COLOR INSTALLED. 3. BASE, 12 LINEAR FEET OF EACH BASE COLOR. B. MATERIAL:. . . - 1. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE, SHEET VINYL, AND VINYL BASE: AS INDICATED IN "MATERIAL AND COLOR SCHEDULE". 2. RESILIENT EDGE STRIPS: HOMOGENEOUS VINYL OR RUBBER COMPOSITION TAPERED OR BULLNOSE EDGE, COLOR TO MATCH FLOORING. 3. ADHESIVES: WATERPROOF, STABILIZED TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER TO SUIT MATERIAL AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS. C. INSTALLATION: 1. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS REGARDING CONDITIONS OF INSTALLATION. D. FINISHING AND CLEANING: 1. PROTECT FLOORS FROM ROLLING LOADS FOR 48 HOURS AFTER INITIAL INSTALLATION. 2. INITIAL MAINTENANCE AFTER INSTALLATION: a. WEEP OR VACUUM FLOOR THOROUGHLY. b. DAMP MOP, CAREFULLY REMOVE STAINS, MARKS, ETC. c. APPLY TWO (2) COATS OF FLOOR POLISH. 3. PREPARE FOR USE: a. STRIP FLOOR AS RECOMMENDED BY TILE MANUFACTURER. b. WHEN THOROUGHLY CLEAN AND DRY, BURNISH WITH BUFFING PAD OR BRUSH, SWEEP AND VACUUM. c. APPLY THREE TO FIVE COATS OF TOP GRADE COMMERCIAL FLOOR POLISH AS RECOMMENDED BY TILE MANUFACTURER. ALLOW AMPLE DRYING TIME BETWEEN COATS. SECTION 09651 - CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT A. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM: 1. APPLY UNDERLAYMENT AT EDGE OF TILE FLOORS TO TRANSITION TO CARPET. 2. REPAIR AND LEVEL EXISTING FLOORS NOT WITHIN ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES. B. OVER CONCRETE: 1. NON -ASPHALTIC, RESISTANT TO INDENTATION; TIGHTLY ADHERING, NON -INJURIOUS TO ADHESIVES. APPROVED: CROSS FIELD PRODUCTS, DEX-O-TEX G26. 2. FOR AREAS OVER 1/8" DEPTH, USE DEX-O-TEX G-26 WITH SACKED SAND, OR USE CROSS FIELD PRODUCTS, CROSS -GUARD A-81 UNDERLAYMENT. 3. MIX AND APPLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. a. BRING TO PERFECTLY TRUE, LEVEL, AND SMOOTH SURFACES. b. NO HUMPS OR DEPRESSIONS. c. ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES: +/- 1/4" OVER ENTIRE LENGTH AND WIDTH OF ROOM WITH +/-1/16" IN ANY 8'-0" SPAN. 4. APPLY 18" WIDE STRIP ALONG EDGE OF TILE FLOOR TO FLUSH OUT 3/8" CARPET WITH TILE. 5. ALLOW TO CURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. SECTION 09680 - CARPETING (FOIC) A. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS: 1. CARPET (PER SPECIFICATION ON "MATERIAL AND COLOR SCHEDULE") TO BE FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY T.G.C. (FOIC). 2. EXTRA STOCK: PROVIDE PIECES TO COVER A 10' X 12' FIELD AND DELIVER UNUSED CARPET PIECES TO OWNER. B. MATERIALS: 1. FIELD CARPET: AS INDICATED ON FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. INSTALLATION MATERIALS: FLOOR ADHESIVE, TAPE, AND ACCESSORIES AS RECOMMENDED BY CARPET MANUFACTURER. 3. INSTALL 60 OZ. MOHAIR PAD AT STAIR TREADS AND LANDINGS. C. INSPECTION: 1. VERIFY SUBSTRATE SATISFACTORY FOR WORK OF THIS SECTION. DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL DEFECTS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 2. DO NOT INSTALL CARPET OVER CONCRETE SUBSTRATE UNTIL CONCRETE HAS CURED 30 DAYS MINIMUM. 3. INSTALL CARPET WITHIN ALLOWABLE TEMPERATURE RANGE STATED BY MANUFACTURER. D. INSTALLATION: 1. SEAM LAYOUT MUST MATCH CARPET PATTERN. VERIFY LAYOUT PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 2. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS. 3. INSTALL CARPET WITH PILE INCLINATION IN ONE DIRECTION. 4. INSTALL CARPET AS RECOMMENDED BY THE CARPET MANUFACTURER. 5. INSTALL TRANSITION STRIPS AT TRANSITION FROM CARPET TO VINYL COMPOSITION TILE OR OTHER HARD FLOOR SURFACES AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. 6. CARPETING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED AS TO BRIDGE EXPANSION JOINTS. PROVIDE AN EXPANSION JOINT ASSEMBLY APPROPRIATE TO THE CONDITION. SECTION 09900 - PAINTING A. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 1. PREPARATION OF NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES. PERFORMANCE AND COMPLETION OF PAINTING AND FINISHING NEW AND EXISTING EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR SURFACES, INCLUDING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK IN FINISHED SPACES, AND ROOFTOP MECHANICAL UNITS. FINISH FOR FACTORY PRIMED ITEMS. 2. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL NEW AND EXISTING SURFACES SHALL HAVE FINISH APPLIED TO THEM. 3. COLORS: SEE "COLOR SCHEDULE" FOR FINISH COLOR AND MANUFACTURER. 4. T.G.C. SHALL DO ALL TOUCH UP AT COMPLETION OF THE JOB WHERE OTHER TRADES HAVE MARRED THE PAINTED SURFACES. CLEAN PAINT DROPPING FROM HARDWARE, FLOOR, ETC. B. MAINTENANCE MATERIALS: 1. LEAVE ONE (1) UNOPENED GALLON OF EACH TYPE AND COLOR FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES. LABEL FOR POSITIVE IDENTIFICATION, INCLUDE DESIGNATION INDICATED ON COLOR SCHEDULE, DATE OF MIXING, AND CROSS REFERENCE MANUFACTURER USED. PLACE ON TOP OF DECK ABOVE RESTROOM OR MANAGERS OFFICE. C. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: 1. DELIVERY OF MATERIAL: DELIVER IN SEALED CONTAINERS WITH MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL LABELS LEGIBLE AND INTACT. 2. STORAGE OF MATERIALS: STORE IN MANNER RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODE AND COMPLY WITH HEALTH AND FIRE REGULATIONS. 3. HANDLING: TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES TO PREVENT FIRE HAZARDS AND SPONTANEOUS COMBUSTION: PLACE COTTON WASTE, CLOTHS, AND OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN CONTAINERS, AND REMOVE FROM SITE DAILY. D. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: 1. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AS TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH COATING AND COATING SYSTEMS CAN BE APPLIED. E. PROTECTION: 1. ADEQUATELY PROTECT OTHER SURFACES FROM DAMAGE. MAKE GOOD ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUITABLE PROTECTION. 2. REMOVAL OF HARDWARE AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS: REMOVE ELECTRICAL OUTLET AND SWITCH PLATES, MECHANICAL DIFFUSERS, ESCUTCHEONS, REGISTERS, SURFACE HARDWARE, FITTINGS, FASTENINGS, AND THE LIKE PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. REINSTALL THESE ITEMS WHEN THIS WORK IS COMPLETED. 3. DROP CLOTHS: PROVIDE DROP CLOTHS, SHIELDS, AND PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. EXTEND PROTECTION TO SURFACES WITHIN PREPARATION AREAS. F. GUARANTEE: 1. FURNISH TWO-YEAR WARRANTY FOR FULL VALUE OF WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION. G. MATERIALS: 1. PAINT, VARNISH, STAIN AND RELATED PRODUCTS FOR PRIME, INTERMEDIATE AND FINISHED COATS, TOP LINE PRODUCTION PRODUCTS OF THE FOLLOWING APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: COWMAN-CAMPBELL, DALY'S, DUTCH BOY, FULLER O'BRIEN, GLIDDEN, KELLY-MOORE, PITTSBURGH, PRATT & LAMBERT, SHERWIN-WILLIAMS, PRESERVATIVE PAINT, PPG INDUSTRIES, TNEMEC COMPANY, AND BENJAMIN MOORE 2. MATERIALS NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED, BUT REQUIRED, SUCH AS LINSEED OIL, SHELLAC, THINNERS, AND THE LIKE TO BE OF QUALITY NOT LESS THAN REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SPECIFICATION STANDARDS. 3. ALL WORK TO BE "PREMIUM GRADE." H. INSPECTION: 1. DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL DEFECTS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 2. BY STARTING PAINTING, THE CONTRACTOR IMPLIES THAT HE HAS ACCEPTED THE SURFACES AS BEING FREE OF DEFECTS. I. PREPARATION - NEW WORK: 1. MISCELLANEOUS STEEL AND IRON TO INCLUDE METAL DOORS AND FRAME: a. SURFACES SHOP PRIMED: REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINATION FROM ALL SURFACES. AT FIELD WELDED OR ABRADED SPOTS, APPLY A PHOSPHORIC ACID ETCH SOLUTION AND LET SET FOR TIME RECOMMENDED BY ACID ETCH MANUFACTURER, RINSE WITH WATER, AND WHEN THOROUGHLY DRY, IMMEDIATELY APPLY PRIME COAT. b. SURFACES NOT SHOP PRIMED: REMOVE RUST AND SCALE BY WIRE BRUSHING OR OTHER METHODS. REMOVE DUST, DIRT, OIL, GREASE; CLEAN SURFACE BY SOLVENT WASH; APPLY PHOSPHORIC ACID SOLUTION AND LET SET FOR TIME RECOMMENDED BY ACID ETCH MANUFACTURER, RINSE WITH WATER, AND WHEN THOROUGHLY DRY, IMMEDIATELY APPLY PRIME COAT. 2. GALVANIZED IRON: REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINATION, WASH METAL WITH PHOSPHORIC ACID OR APPLY ONE COAT OF ETCHING TYPE PRIMER. 3. WOOD PRODUCTS TO BE PAINTED: REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINATION, DIRT, AND MINOR GRIT. SPOT COAT KNOTS, PITCH STREAKS AND SAPPY SECTIONS WITH SEALER. FILL ALL NAIL HOLES AND FINE CRACKS AFTER PRIMER HAS DRIED AND SAND SMOOTH, LEVEL WITH SURFACE READY FOR FINISH COAT. 4. WOOD PRODUCTS TO BE STAINED: REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINATION, DUST AND GRIT. AFTER STAIN COAT, FILL NAIL HOLES WITH MATCHING COLOR FILLER. 5. GYPSUM WALLBOARD: a. REMOVE ANY MINOR SUBSEQUENT CONTAMINATION, DUST, AND DIRT. b. IF SURFACE DEFECTS APPEAR AFTER PRIME COATING, NOTIFY JOB SUPERINTENDENT AND ARCHITECT. REQUIRE DEFECTS REPAIRED BY AND AT EXPENSE OF DRYWALL TRADE. AFTER DEFECTS ARE CORRECTED, PROCEED WITH FINISH PAINTINC, ACAIN USINC PRIMER OVER REPAIRED ARE -AS. 6. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK: PREPARE METAL SURFACES AS SPECIFIED HEREIN ABOVE FOR MISCELLANEOUS STEEL AND IRON AS APPLICABLE TO TYPE OF MATERIAL SCHEDULED TO BE PAINTED. REMOVE DIRT, GREASE, AND OIL FROM CANVAS AND COTTON INSULATION COVERING. J. PREPARATION: EXISTING WORK 1. CLEAN TO EXTENT REQUIRED, AND/OR REMOVE EXISTING COATINGS. 2. WOOD PRODUCTS TO BE PAINTED: THICK AND SHARP EDGES OF PAINT BUILDUPS, RUNS, AND SAGS SHALL BE SANDED SMOOTH (FEATHERED EDGE). REPAIR AND SAND SMOOTH ALL SURFACE DEFECTS, INCLUDING UNSET/RESET NAILS, CRACKS AND GOUGES. 3. GYPSUM WALLBOARD: FILL, SAND SMOOTH ALL SURFACE DEFECTS. SAND GLASSY SURFACES PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF PAINT. K. APPLICATION: 1. APPLY PAINT OR FINISH BY METHODS GENERALLY ACCEPTED BY THE TRADE TO ACHIEVE APPROVED FINISHES. 2. COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR DRYING TIME BETWEEN SUCCEEDING COATS. 3. VARY COLOR OF SUCCESSIVE UNDERCOATS. 4. SAND AND DUST BETWEEN EACH COAT TO REMOVE DEFECTS VISIBLE FROM A DISTANCE OF 5 FEET. 5. T.G.C. SHALL PAINT WALL SURFACES INDICATED ON PLANS USING A MIN. OF - SALES AREA: TWO (2) COATS OF FINISH PAINT AND ONE (1) COAT PRIMING WHERE REQUIRED. NON -SALES: (1) COAT FINISH PAINT AND (1) COAT PRIMING WHERE REQUIRED. 6. ALL PAINT WORK SHALL BE FIRST QUALITY WITH NO DEFECTS. 7. DRYWALL PAINT SHOULD BE APPLIED BY ROLLER. PAINT APPLIED TO WOOD SHALL BE BRUSHED ON. 8. SEAL ALL GYPSUM WALL BOARD TO RECEIVE WALL COVERINGS. WALL COVERINGS TO BE APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. L. FINISH SCHEDULE: T.G.C. TO SUBMIT STAIN AND COLOR SAMPLES FOR ALL SPECIFIED FINISHES TO THE EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO COMMENCING FINISH WORK. FAILURE TO OBTAIN APPROVED SAMPLES PLACES THE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR UNACCEPTABLE FINISHES WITH T RE VIED F, 1. WOOD, STAINED: CODE COMP IANICE a. TRUSS MEMBERS AND SKIRT BOARD FINISH APPROVE' 2. MATERIAL: ROUGH SAWN FIR 3. MANUFACTURER: DURASEAL OR MINWAX JUL 17 2015 4. PRODUCT: CLEAR SEALER 5. COLOR: CLEAR MATTE FINISH 6. FORMULA: STANDARD City Of TukW[R- 7. APPLICATION: SPRAY OR BRUSH BUILDING DIVISION! a. WOOD, CLASS A FIRE TREATMENT 8. WHERE FIRE RETARDANT CLASS A RATINGS ARE REQUIRED USE AT ALL EXPOSED FIR TWO (2) COATS "FIRE POLY". MANUFACTURER: FLAME SAFE INTERNATIONAL, FORT WORTH, TX OR APPROVED EQUAL. 9. APPLICATION BY T.G.C. PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS 10. SUBMIT SAMPLES TO EDDIE BAUER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA a. GYPSUM WALLBOARD AND VENEER PLASTER: . . 11. ONE (1) COAT LATEX PRIMER SEALER. JUN 0 9 2015 12. SALES AREA: TWO (2) COATS INTERIOR LATEX EGGSHELL. 13. NON -SALES: ONE (1) COAT INTERIOR LATEX SEMI -GLOSS. PERMIT CENTER M. AT REMODEL PROJECTS ONLY USE THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATION 1. ACOUSTICAL TILE (WHERE SCHEDULED OVER FACTORY FINISH): AT ALL EXISTING NEW TILE AND GRID IN RETAIL AREA TO AVOID PATCHED CEILING APPEARANCE T.G.C. TO APPLY ONE (1) COAT INTERIOR LATEX, FLAT (TWO (2) COATS IF REQUIRED TO COVER). APPLY WITH SPRAY FOR 100% COVERAGE. PRE -PAINT CEILING TILE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SECTION 10440 - INTERIOR SIGNS 40 M -•� j p.. IN . 5 .- 9 b. OCCUPANCY LOAD: PLASTIC LAMINATE, F.C.I.C: WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE c. ADDRESS: VINYL, F.O.I.C., 2 TOTAL d. DOOR LOCKING STATEMENT: PLASTIC LAMINATE, F.O.I.C. e. OTHER SIGNS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS C. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL WITH FASTENERS PROVIDED. VERIFY BLOCKING IS IN PLACE AND SURFACES ARE READY TO RECEIVE SIGNAGE. INSTALL LEVEL AND TRUE AT HEIGHT AND LOCATIONS INDICATED. 2. CREED AND GUARANTEE: SECURE WITH F.O.I.C. LAGS AND WASHERS AT PRE -DRILLED HOLES. 3. OCCUPANCY LOAD: SECURE WITH SCREWS AT PRE -DRILLED HOLES. INSTALL FINISH SCREW CAPS. 4. ADDRESS: SELF ADHERING, APPLY TO INTERIOR FACE OF GLASS. 5. DOOR LOCKING STATEMENT: SELF ADHERING. 6. DOOR IDENTIFICATION: SELF ADHERING. SECTION 10505 - LOCKER (FDIC) A. LOCKER: OWNER PROVIDES LOCKERS. LOCKERS ARE F.O.I.C., ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY T.G.C. B. LOCKS AND LOCKER NUMBERS: INSTALLED BY T.G.C. C. PRE -FINISHED AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLORS. SECTION 10522 - FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT A. PROVIDE MULTIPURPOSE DRY CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, ABC TYPE OR THE MINIMUM REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, MOUNTED IN FLUSH OR SEMI -RECESSED CABINETS. CABINET IS TO RECEIVE ONLY A FACTORY FINISH -TAN PREFERRED, WHITE ACCEPTABLE (T.G.C. IS NOT TO PAINT CABINET IN FIELD) B. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: 1. UL LISTED EXTINGUISHER, 10 LB CAPACITY, ENAMELED STEEL CYLINDER WITH PRESSURE GAUGE. METAL VALVE AND SIPHON TUBE, REPLACEABLE MOLDED VALVE STEM SEALS, PULL PIN -UPRIGHT SQUEEZE GRIP OPERATION. 2. EXTINGUISHER SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SEMI -RECESSED OR FLUSH MOUNTED CABINET. CABINET AND FRAME SHALL BE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION, SOLID DOOR SHALL HAVE PRE -FINISHED PULL HANDLE, WITH A SELF ADJUSTING ROLLER CATCH; AND A CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE (STEEL). SIGN ON THE DOOR SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. C. EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY LARSEN, ZURN INDUSTRIES OR APPROVED EQUAL. SECTION 10800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES (FDIC) A. FOR ALL TOILET ROOMS WHERE THERE ARE EXISTING ACCESSORIES, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE EXISTING ACCESSORIES, THEIR CONDITION AND TYPE, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE LIST OF TOILET ACCESSORIES LISTED IN THE DRAWINGS. ANY ACCESSORY EQUAL TO THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED SHALL BE ALLOWED TO BE REUSED UPON APPROVAL BY THE OWNER. ANY ACCESSORY INCLUDED IN THE SCHEDULE, BUT NEITHER EXISTING AT THE PROJECT SITE NOR VERIFIED TO BE INSTALLED BY THE LANDLORD, SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE T.G.C. PER SPECIFICATIONS. REFER ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING REUSE OF EXISTING ACCESSORIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION. B. DESCRIPTION - GENERAL: TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER. PROVIDE INSTALLATION ONLY OF F.O.I.C. ITEMS. C. PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE: RECEIVE, INVENTORY, AND STORE PRODUCTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. D. ACCESSORIES: REFER TO THE "HARDWARE SCHEDULE" OF THIS SET FOR ITEM DESCRIPTIONS AND THE MANUFACTURERS. REFER TO THE RESTROOM DETAILS OF THIS SET FOR LOCATIONS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. E. INSTALLATION: 1. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION SUITING INSTALLATION CONDITIONS, USING TAMPER PROOF OR CONCEALED FASTENERS. 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL GRAB BARS IN SIZES AND LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AND STATE BUILDING CODES. ATTACH FIRMLY TO WALLS. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. 3. INSTALL ALL ACCESSORIES IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND WITH THE ADA. SECTION 12000 - FURNISHINGS A. ALL WALL FIXTURES AND CASH WRAPS (FOIC) ARE TO BESET IN PLACE BY THE T.G.C. B. ANY FIXTURES INDICATED ON THE PLANS TO BE "FCIC" (SUCH AS MIRRORS) ARE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE T.G.C. C. INSTALL FIXTURES PLUMB AND LEVEL. ATTACH TO BLOCKING. D. KEEP FIXTURES PROTECTED UNTIL CONSTRUCTION HAS BEEN COMPLETED. IF PROBLEMS ARE EXPERIENCED IN THE PLACEMENT OF FIXTURES, CONTACT THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO RESOLVE. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO FIXTURES BEFORE CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. E. ALL MOVABLE FLOOR FIXTURES WILL BE F.O.I.O. WON REAMED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE i APPROVED JUL 17 2015 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0.9 2015 PERMIT CENTER r t f i t i t Hr_ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — IL I W W W W -All + W W W W W W W W W W W W W� Co 11 d N M W W W W W W I t t z t C9 z C9 Z = z I € FEB PIPE RACK z z00 m E i H.C. m m m In I N N N I¢- N — — — I � t 03 ( t n u r n t u n ii I r -- --- 3G" i 3G" 3G" 3G" Pbffumm 1301 EB PIPE RACK 3G og 3G 3G 3G 3G 3G " ii m MIN. MIN. MIN. G R PO E MIN. IMIN. MIN. MIN. cn IdHIQ" MIN. MIN. N MIN. V) Ei 0 0 11 tt ii GEA POLE GEAR POLE , t I SLAT WALL SLAT WALL SLAT WALL SLAT WALL SLAT WALL tt C FO I0o L--J L--J L--J L--J L--J „ tt --- )zo ii �i EB PIPE RACK � m `D i i `D `o `o I � STOCK t \ 04 ROOM 09 I I HS 72" t, u --- i a II I I �� m GfiAR POLE GEAR POLE - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i, SWE m I -----------------it -i e�ow ib��l� AA�2 — — — I-----------------ii `---' tM FEB PIPE RACK , L21 48' J i�___________________ I F-o-51 FIRM ,�� W L — — — — HALLWAY ;r — — — I i RETAIL _ _ — — 1 I z� _ -I—� i� _ _ O ° O2 'i i i ° —� OI —� - - - - - - - - - - - - -- I- - - - - - Ir -m- " - - - - — I + H - - - - - - - - _- — - - - - - - - - = Cn - - - - I I ou TOILET L �j L L I I I m �i 08 t FIRM ii tt 3G" 36� 36ll 30 36„ z M I I 't t, tt _ _ N — — — — L i' OG ii ii / i 3G" MIN. MIN. MIN. MIN. MIN. - I 41 Z r V. MIN. t z o _ tt �" HS 48" I =_____ �----------------J.i ` t _- -� �% L======J EB PIPE RACK 1 661N DISPLAY TABLE t 7 7 BULLETIN BOARD l I t t mkt FEBPIPE RACK EB PIPE RACK FEBPIPE TACK] _ M M M M M M I I I �o KER :M M M M M11 t M M M M t M I I M M M L—M M M COAT H NG R BULLETIN BOARD BULLETIN BOARD ,1, L I., . :L—J t � I t t t t t 0 0111 , 111111 N'" . 1"M I 4' =1'-0' E E N S N S W W TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH FIXTURE PLAN GENERAL NOTES I . 3G" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 5HALL BE MAINTAINED AROUND ALL ACCE55115LE AREA5 OF SALES FLOOR FIXTURES 2. THE WIDTH OF THE EXIT PA55AGEWAY SHALL NOT BE LE55 THEN 44" A5 INDICATED ON THE FIXTURE PLAN 3. T.G.C. TO OFF LOAD ALL FIXTURES OVERALL DIAGONAL D15TANCE (D) = 1 30'-1 1 " -F (MIN EXIT 5EPARATION DISTANCE 15 >-1 /3 (D) = 43'-8" EXIT SEPARATION = 1 25'-1 "± WHICH 15 > 43'-8" OR 1/3 OF THE OVERALL DIAGONAL TRAVEL D15TANCE BETWEEN EXITS 1 27-3"± 2012 IBC MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION 1006.1 Illumination required. The means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. 1006.2 Illumination level. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot-candle at the walking surface. 1006.3 Illumination emergency power. The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical supply. In the event of power supply failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate the following areas: 1. Aisles and unenclosed stairways of rooms that require two or more means of egress. 2. Corridors, exit enclosures and exit passageways... 3. Exterior egress components... 4. Interior exit discharge elements... 5. Exterior landings ... for exit discharge doorways... 2012 IBC MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION 1006.3.1 Illumination level under emergency power. Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum=to- minimum illumination uniformity ration of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. 1 I I I REVItWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED G JUL 17 2015 City of Tukmaa BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0;9 2015 PERMIT CENTER Sheet Title RMFIE PLAN Sheet No. m L�:ffil _ O ;. AC AFF AIR CONDITION (—ING, —ED) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR INV KW INVERT KILOWATT DUCTWORK 12/12 SUPPLY AIR TERMINAL AMP AMPERE (AMP, AMPS) LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE AP BTU ACCESS PANEL BRITISH THERMAL UNIT LBS LWB POUNDS LEAVING WET BULB SUPPLY DUCT UP 12/12 N RETURN/EXHAUST/TRANSFER AIR TERMINAL z CBV CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVE LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE CFH CFM CUBIC FEET PER HOUR CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE MA MAX MIXED AIR MAXIMUM SUPPLY DUCT DOWN 12/12 ; x VAV BOX CHW CIRCULATING HOT WATER MBH THOUSAND BTU'S/HR CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN MIN MINIMUM CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY MISC MISCELLANEOUS SUPPLY DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF 12/12 IX I ACCESS PANEL vp CLG CEILING NA NOT APPLICABLE CO CLEANOUT NC NOISE CRITERIA CR CONDENSATE RETURN NIC NOT IN CONTRACT RETURN/RELIEF DUCT UP 12/12 THERMOSTAT QT CW COLD WATER NTS NOT TO SCALE TEMPERATURE SENSOR QS DB DECIBEL OA OUTSIDE AIR DEMO DEMOLITION OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER RETURN/RELIEF DUCT DOWN 12/12 ; i SMOKE DETECTOR Q2 DIA DIAMETER ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN DIFF DIFFUSER PH PHASE (ELECTRICAL) POLYVINYL CHLORIDE LONG RADIUS ELBOW DWG DRAWING PVC RETURN/RELIEF DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF 12/12 DX DIRECT EXPANSION RA RETURN DRAIN EAT ELEC ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE ELECTRICAL REC RECESSED EXHAUST DUCT UP 12/12 74 ELEV ELEVATION REC RH RELIEF RELATIVE HUMIDITY EMS ESP ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE RM ROOM EXHAUST DUCT DOWN , 12/12 �C SHORT RADIUS ELBOW WITH VANES EWB ENTERING WET BULB RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE SA SUPPLY AIR EXH EXHAUST SAN SD SANITARY SMOKE DAMPER EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF 12/12 EXIST EXISTING SF SQUARE FEET EQUIPMENT TAG F FAHRENHEIT FSD COMBINATION FIRE/ SMOKE DAMPER SP SPEC STATIC PRESSURE SPECIFICATION MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER 12/12 FCO FD FLOOR CLEANOUT FIRE DAMPER ST STORM REVISION TRIANGLE QX FD FLOOR DRAIN STD STANDARD M FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION TD TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE CONNECTION TO EXISTING FIFE FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE MOTORIZED DAMPER 12/12 FLR FLOOR P TYPICAL FPM FEET PER MINUTE V VFD VOLTS VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE FD KEY NOTE XO FT A FOOT OR FEET GAGE OR GAUGE VSD VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE FIRE DAMPER W/ACCESS PANEL ! 12/12 SPRINKLER HEAD (SEMI —RECESSED) GAL GALLONS VOL VTR VOLUME VENT THROUGH ROOF GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR W WATTS FSD SPRINKLER HEAD (UPRIGHT) O GPH HP GALLONS PER HOUR HORSEPOWER W/ WITH FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER W/ACCESS PANEL 12/12 HT HEIGHT W/0 WITHOUT SPRINKLER HEAD (FULLY RECESSED) O HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING WC WATER CLOSET SD HW HOT WCO WT WALL CLEANOUT WEIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD (SIDEWALL) 0 HZ HERTZATER SMOKE DAMPER W/ACCESS PANEL 12/12 ID INSIDE DIAMETER 'X' DIFFUSER TYPE I NECK SIZE XX" o AIRFLOW QUANTITY XXX X EQUIPINOIENT TAGS DUCT RISE (OR DROP) UP OR DN ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT GWH GAS WATER HEATER EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAIN 12/12 AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT HU HUMIDIFIER AHUP AIR HANDLING UNIT PUMP HUH HORIZONTAL UNIT HEATER BP BOOSTER PUMP HWP HEATING WATER PUMP CDWP CEF CONDENSER WATER PUMP CEILING EXHAUST FAN IH MAU INTAKE HOOD MAKE—UP AIR UNIT EXISTING DUCTWORK TO BE REMOVED CHWP CHILLED WATER PUMP PCWP PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP CP CIRCULATING PUMP PHWP PRIMARY HEATING WATER PUMP CPR CONDENSATE PUMP AND RECEIVER PRV POWER ROOF VENTILATOR CRP CONDENSATE RETURN PUMP REF RELIEF EXHAUST FAN CUH CABINET UNIT HEATER RF RETURN FAN DHC DUCT HEATING COIL RH RELIEF HOOD ECH ELECTRIC CABINET HEATER RTU ROOFTOP UNIT EF EXHAUST FAN SCWP SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP EHC ELECTRIC HEATING COIL SEP SEWAGE EJECTOR PUMP ES ELECTRONIC SENSOR SHWP SECONDARY HEATING WATER PUMP EUH ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SP SUMP PUMP EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER TF TRANSFER FAN EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER USF UTILITY SET FAN FCU FAN COIL UNIT VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX FPB FAN POWERED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX VUH VERTICAL UNIT HEATER WS WATER SOFTENER 9 `A' 10"o 320 18"0 GENERAL NOTES A. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF DIFFUSER GRILLES W/ARCH REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. B. A COMPLETE AIR BALANCE MUST BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION WALK—THRU. SUBMIT COPIES OF TEST & BALANCE REPORT TO LANDLORD, OWNER & ENGINEER. C. ADJUST DISCHARGE PATTERN OF THE DIFFUSER FOR A VERTICAL FLOW. D. REMOVE ALL EXISTING GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK NOT BEING REUSED. NOTHING TO BE ABANDONED ON ROOF. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION PLANS. PROVIDE PROPER PROTECTION UNDER ALL MECHANICAL DUCTWORK. E. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETELY REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, CONTROLS, CONTROL WIRING, ETC. AND ALL ASSOCIATED SUPPORTS, BRACING, PADS, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED OR SHOWN ON TO REMAIN WHETHER IN THE DEMISED SPACE, ON THE ROOF OR OTHERWISE LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE DEMISED SPACE. DO NOT ABANDON IN PLACE. F. DIFFUSER RUNOUT EQUAL TO DIFFUSER CONNECTION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. G. SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. THE FINAL LOCATIONS NEED TO BE INSTALLED PER CODE AND ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR WHO INSTALLS. H. SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY POINT OF CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S SYSTEM AND SCOPE OF WORK INDICATED PRIOR TO BID. IF INCONSISTENCIES ARE DISCOVERED BETWEEN THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, EDDIE BAUER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IS TO BE NOTIFIED PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL. I. SUBCONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY THE SCOPE OF WORK INDICATED HEREIN PRIOR TO BID. IF INCONSISTENCIES ARE DISCOVERED BETWEEN THESE DOCUMENTS AND THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, EDDIE BAUER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IS TO BE NOTIFIED PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL. J. EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO ASCERTAIN EXISTING CONDITIONS. DUCTWORK INDICATED HAS BEEN ROUTED AND SIZED TO MAINTAIN CEILING CONDITIONS AND HEIGHTS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. SUB CONTRACTOR IS TO SURVEY THE SPACE TO VERIFY THAT DUCTWORK CAN BE INSTALLED AS INDICATED, PRIOR TO DUCT MANUFACTURE. IF CONFLICTS ARE ENCOUNTERED AS A RESULT OF THIS SURVEY, EDDIE BAUER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IS TO BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY. K. HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY LANDLORD'S EXACT REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT MOUNTING AND SUPPORT PRIOR TO ANY WORK COMMENCING. L. CHANGE FILTERS UPON COMPLETION. M. MARK HVAC UNITS WITH "EDDIE BAUER" AND SPACE NUMBER PER PROJECT STANDARDS AND ANY LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. MAIN DI MANUAL DAMPEF ­—k o 0 BRANCH DUCT 4" RIGID DUCT EXTENSION ATTACHED TO DIFFUSER NECK 12'-2" A.F.F. DIFFUSER lli7 A 1, i'll , 14 JIM M91 wi� N NO SCALE DUCT MOUNT DIFFUSER 0 0 O O `A1Qs� I I 320 J , O 14" 0 O H 12"0 _ O 11 KEY NOTES < SERVICE AND CLEAN EXISTING (TRANE TWE120) FAN COIL UNIT (FCU—EX) TO BE RELOCATED TO LOCATION SHOWN. REPLACE AND REPAIR UNIT COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED TO MAKE UNIT FULLY FUNCTIONAL, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: FANS, BELTS, BEARINGS, COILS, DAMPERS, DAMPER OPERATORS, MOTORS, OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROLS. CONTROLS TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW. SEE SPECIFICATION FOR NEW CONTROLS AND CLEANING HVAC SYSTEM. < SERVICE AND CLEAN EXISTING (TRANE TWA120) HEATPUMP (HP —EX) TO REMAIN. REPLACE AND REPAIR UNIT COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED TO MAKE UNIT FULLY FUNCTIONAL, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: FANS, BELTS, BEARINGS, COILS, DAMPERS, DAMPER OPERATORS, MOTORS, OPERATING AND SAFTEY CONTROLS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR NEW CONTROLS AND CLEANING HVAC SYSTEM. < PROVIDE NEW REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR FCU—EX-1 CONTROL. MOUNT AT 48" A.F.F. IN THE SALES AREA. O4 PROVIDE NEW CONTROLLER FOR FCU—EX-1 CONTROL. MOUNT AT 48" A.F.F. O5 INSTALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IN RETURN MAIN DUCT. DETECTOR SHALL SHUT DOWN HVAC UNIT UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE. O6 EXHAUST FAN PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT 6"0 DUCT FROM THE EXHAUST FAN THRU THE ROOF TO THE GOOSENECK. SEE DETAIL 3/M1. LOCATE TOILET EXHAUST STACK SO THAT ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS OCCUR AT A MINIMUM OF TEN FEET (10'-011) AWAY FROM ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INTAKES OR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOODS. USE LANDLORD DESIGNATED ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOF WORK. 7� PROVIDE 3/4" INSULATED CONDENSATE PIPE FROM CONDENSATE CONNECTION ON UNIT. ROUTE PIPE TO LAV TAILPIECE. ROUTE CONDENSATE PIPING DOWN IN WALL AND TERMINATE WITH CODE APPROVED AIR GAP OVER FLOOR DRAIN. TRAP DRAIN PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE 2" DEEP GALVANIZED SECONDARY DRAIN PAN WITH WET SWITCH. < PROVIDE TRANSFER GRILLE OPENING ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL. MOUNT TRANSFER GRILLE ON STOCK ROOM SIDE AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. MOUNT TRANSFER GRILLE ON SALES SIDE SO TOP EDGE OF TRANSFER GRILLE IS JUST BELOW BOTTOM EDGE OF TRANSFER GRILLE ON STOCK ROOM SIDE. NO LIGHT SHOULD BE ABLE TO PASS THROUGH FROM STOCKROOM TO SALES AT TRANSFER GRILLE LOCATIONS. O9 COVER RETURN AIR OPENING WITH 1 "X1" WELDED WIRE MESH. 10 REBALANCE FCU—EX TO 3600 CFM SUPPLY AIR, 820 CFM OA. 11 EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 24"X24" OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE DUCT FROM FCU—EX TO EXISTING OUTDOOR AIR DUCT THRU ROOF. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING DUCT. DO NOT PLACE ANYTHING ON BACKWRAP WALL EXCEPT VIDEO ARRAY EQUIPMENT. SEE KEYNOTE 2 ON SHEET E1. EXHAUST SCHEDULE UNIT TAG EF-1 AREA SERVED RESTROOM MANUFACTURER GREENHECK MODEL NUMBER SP-6110 DRIVE BELT, DIRECT DIRECT FAN DATA CFM 100 ESP 0.25 POWER 80W ELECTRICAL V—PH—CY 115/1 /60 DISCONNECT DIV. 16 WEIGHT (LBS) 10 REMARKS INTERLOCK WITH TOILET ROOM LIGHTS GRILLE ANOD DIFFUSER SCHEDULE M2 TYPE A B ITEM SUPPLY TRANSFER DESCRIPTION DUCT MOUNT SIDEWALL MANUFACTURER TITUS TITUS MODEL NUMBER TMRA 350ZRL REMARKS STD. WHITE FINISH STD. WHITE FINISH REV WED E CODE COMPLAIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2015 City of Tuk I -BUILDING DIVIiS10N RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0.9 2015 PERMIT CENTER z HVAC SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: MANUFACTURERS' NAMES ON WHICH THIS SPECIFICATION IS BASED INDICATE THE MINIMUM QUALITY OF PRODUCT REQUIRED. SUBSTITUTION MAY BE MADE TO THOSE SPECIFIED IF DEEMED EQUIVALENT BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. ALL WORK AND PRODUCTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND THE LANDLORD'S MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS AS STATED HEREIN, OR OTHERWISE INDICATED BY THE LANDLORD. 2. SEE ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS. CONDITION REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS UNLESS FIELD CONDITIONS REQUIRE MINOR CHANGES BE MADE. MINOR CHANGES SHALL BE MADE WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST. 4. ALL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK BY OWNER. 5. ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF LANDLORD'S SERVICES MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED. CHANGES TO CONFORM TO LANDLORD'S POINTS -OF -CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT AS -BUILT DRAWINGS TO OWNER AND LANDLORD. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE ACTUAL MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED, THE EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT WITH CAPACITY. 7. EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, AND ACCESSORIES SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM LANDLORD'S CEILING, SOFFIT, NEUTRAL PIERS, PIPING DUCTWORK, METAL ROOF DECK, LATERAL BRACING, BRIDGING, OR CONDUIT. ITEMS SHALL ONLY BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE WHICH HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD FOR SUPPORT. 8. ALL ROOF WORK PENETRATIONS AND REPAIRS SHALL BE TOTALLY PERFORMED BY ONLY THOSE ROOFING CONTRACTORS APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. 9. INSTALLATION OF ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE. 10. DEFICIENCIES AND NON -CONFORMING ITEMS SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. FAILURE TO CORRECT SUCH ITEMS SHALL PERMIT THE LANDLORD TO CORRECT SAME AT A COST TO THE CONTRACTOR. 11. INSTALLATIONS OF EQUIPMENT SUCH AS FANS, FLOOR DRAINS, ETC., SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORD'S STANDARD DETAILS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE LANDLORD'S MINIMUM STANDARDS. 12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL PERMITS AND PAYING FOR SAME. HE SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID CHARGES FOR ALL FEES ASSOCIATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SPACE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOCAL, COUNTY, OR STATE SERVICE CHARGES AND PERMIT FEES, AND LANDLORD'S UTILITY, AND/OR EQUIPMENT CHARGES. 13. SCOPE OF WORK OF THIS CONTRACT: 13.1. RELOCATE EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT. 13.2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL DUCT WORK, INSULATION, AIR DEVICES, DUCT ACCESSORIES, MATERIAL AND LABOR 13.3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL PIPING, FITTINGS, VALVES, INSULATION AND ACCESSORIES, MATERIAL AND LABOR 13.4. PROVIDE AND INSTALL EXHAUST SYSTEM INDICATED 13.6. PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND HANGERS INCLUDING AUXILIARY STEEL REQUIRED ANY STRUCTURAL MODIFICATION TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE SHALL BE MADE WITH THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE LANDLORD THE T.G.C. MUST COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH A PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEERED AND OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTATION FROM SUCH ENGINEER. 13.7. CLEAN AND TEST ALL SYSTEMS HEREIN SPECIFIED. 13.8. PROVIDE BALANCE REPORT PREPARED BY INDEPENDENT AIR BALANCE CONTRACTOR. 13.9. WARRANTY ALL WORK HEREIN SPECIFIED, FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR. 14. MATERIALS: 14.1. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND OF RECOGNIZED COMMERCIAL QUALITY. USED MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. 14.2. DUCTWORK: • SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL, FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA - "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, METAL AND FLEXIBLE". DUCTWORK 18" WIDTH AND LARGER SHALL BE CROSS -BROKEN OR RIBBED AND STIFFENED, SO THAT IT WILL NOT "BREATHE", RATTLE, VIBRATE OR SAG. 14.3. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK: • SHALL HAVE IMPERVIOUS INNER CORE WITH WIRE REINFORCEMENT. THE INNER DUCT SHALL BE COVERED WITH 1-1/2" FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH A POLYETHYLENE VAPOR -PROOF JACKET. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE UL-181-LISTED, CLASS 1, AND SHALL MEET ALL LOCAL CODES. • ADJUSTABLE STAINLESS STEEL OR NYLON STRAPS SHALL BE USED TO SECURE DUCT FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT. A SECOND BAND SHALL BE APPLIED OVER THE JACKET TO MAINTAIN THE VAPOR BARRIER. • FITTINGS TO CONNECT THE FLEX DUCT TO THE TRUNK DUCT SHALL BE DESIGNED TO TWIST INTO THE TRUNK DUCT AND SHALL HAVE BUTTERFLY -TYPE VOLUME DAMPER. FITTING SHALL EXTEND INTO THE DUCT TO PROVIDE SOME AIR SCOOP DEVICE FOR AIRFLOW. • DUCT SHALL BE THE PRODUCT OF AN ESTABLISHED MANUFACTURER OF SUCH PRODUCTS AND EQUIVALENT TO CERTAINTEED - MODEL G-25, WIREMOLD - WGC, OR PPG - GLOSSFLEX. 14.4. DUCT INSULATION: -ALL SUPPLY DUCTS SHALL BE INSULATED EXTERNALLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. -INTERNAL INSULATION SHALL BE 1" DUCT LINER WITH K FACTOR OF 2.6 AT 100 DEG F AND ACCEPTABLE FOR VELOCITY UP TO 2500 FPM. -INSULATION ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE DUCT SHALL BE 1" DUCT WRAP WITH A VAPOR PROOF JACKET OF ALUMINUM FOIL OR FOIL-SCRIM-KRAFT PAPER HAVING UL LABEL. DENSITY OF WRAP SHALL BE 1-1/2 LB/CF. • RETURN DUCT SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1 /2" DUCT LINER FOR SOUND CONTROL. ALL INSULATION AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE UL LABELED FOR FIRE AND SMOKE RATINGS. INSULATION SHALL BE EQUAL TO PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY CERTAINTEED. • INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE MANUFACTURER. 14.5. FIRE DAMPER: -SHALL BE PROVIDED AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY, TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 90A. DAMPERS SHALL BE INTERLOCKING BLADE TYPE WITH UL LABEL, WITH OPEN AREA EQUAL TO THE CLEAR DIMENSION OF THE ADJACENT DUCTWORK. -ACCESS DOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE DUCTWORK FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE DAMPER. -DAMPER SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETAILS OF SMACNA LOW VELOCITY STANDARDS. 14.6. AIR DEVICES: • CEILING DIFFUSERS SHALL HAVE FRAME STYLE COMPATIBLE WITH TYPE OF CEILING USED. IN GENERAL, DIFFUSERS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR TEE -BAR CEILING. THE FACE PLATE SHALL HAVE TURNED UP EDGES AND BE OF THE SAME NOMINAL SIZE AS THE CEILING MODULE. • DIFFUSER SHALL BE CAPABLE OF DELIVERING 1-WAY, 2-WAY, 3-WAY OR 360 DEG HORIZONTAL CEILING PATTERN AND BE ADJUSTABLE TO OBTAIN A DOWN AIR PATTERN. DIFFUSERS MUST HAVE HIGH ANTI -SMUDGE CHARACTERISTICS. • RETURN AIR UNITS SHALL MATCH THE SUPPLY DIFFUSERS. DEVICES ARE TO BE FURNISHED IN STANDARD WHITE FINISH, TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES IN THE FIELD. 14.7. PIPING AND FITTINGS: SERVICE: CONDENSATE DRAINPIPE MATERIAL: COPPER TYPE "L" JOINTS: SOLDERED FITTINGS: WROUGHT COPPER 15. EQUIPMENT: •HVAC UNIT(S): EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT TO BE RELOCATED AND REUSED. •THERMOSTAT: PROVIDE ONE HEATING/COOLING THERMOSTAT WITH REMOTE SENSOR TO CONTROL THE OPERATION OF EACH FAN COIL UNIT. MOUNT THERMOSTAT (CONTROLLER) AT 4'-0" A.F.F. IN THE OFFICE. SEE SHEET M-1 FOR APPROXIMATE LOCATION. CONTROLS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH LANDLORDS SYSTEM. • EXHAUST FAN EF-1 &2: FURNISH AND INSTALL EXHAUST FAN AS SCHEDULED. 16. EXECUTION: 16.1. GENERAL: -ACCESSIBILITY - ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SUCH A WAY THAT ALL COMPONENTS REQUIRING ACCESS ARE LOCATED AND INSTALLED THAT THEY MAY BE SERVICED, RESET, REPLACED, OR RECALIBRATED, ETC., BY SERVICE PEOPLE WITH NORMAL SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT. • WORK BY OTHER TRADES - CUTTING, PATCHING, FURRING, PAINTING, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, ETC., SHALL BE DONE BY THE AFFECTED TRADE AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE FOR THE CHANGES REQUIRED IN WORK ALREADY INSTALLED OR WORK REQUIRED BY OTHER TRADES FOR CHANGES MADE BY THIS CONTRACTOR IN TYPE OR SIZE OF EQUIPMENT PURCHASED. • WORK NOT INCLUDED - POWER WIRING, INCLUDING FINAL CONNECTIONS, IS BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL MOTORS, AND FURNISH THE STARTING EQUIPMENT TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION. CONTROL WIRING, INCLUDING 115V FROM POWER SOURCE, CONDUIT, AND SWITCHES SHALL, LIKEWISE, BE FURNISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. • CONTROL DEVICES, THERMOSTATS, INTERLOCKS, ETC. SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR WITH WIRING DIAGRAMS AND INSTRUCTIONS, TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. -EARLY START-UP - THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SEE THAT THE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IS POWERED NO LATER THAN 3 WEEKS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION SO THAT FINAL BALANCING AND TESTING CAN BE STARTED. -CLEANING AND PAINTING - THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT AND REMOVE ALL TRASH, CARTONS, ETC., FROM THE AREA. MAKE ANY NECESSARY CORRECTIONS OR REPAIR/REPLACE ANY DAMAGED MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT. LEAVE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM IN A THOROUGHLY CLEAN AND ORDERLY MANNER. -ANY FINISHED SURFACES THAT HAVE BEEN SCRATCHED OR DISCOLORED SHALL BE TOUCHED UP OR REPAINTED WITH PAINT TO MATCH THE ORIGINAL COLOR. IF ANY PART HAS BENT, BROKEN, OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED, IT SHALL BE REPLACED PRIOR TO PROJECT CLOSE OUT. -ALL METAL ITEMS INSIDE THE BUILDING SUBJECT TO RUSTING, AND ALL FERROUS METAL EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER, SHALL BE GIVEN ONE COAT OF RUST PREVENTIVE PRIMER AS SOON AS INSTALLED. 16.2. EQUIPMENT: -CONNECT THE REQUIRED DRAIN FROM THE DRAIN PAN TO THE NEAREST ACCEPTABLE OPEN SITE DRAIN, AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDLORD. PROVIDE DEEP SEAL TRAP IN DRAIN LINE AT CONNECTION TO THE DRAIN PAN. SLOPE DRAIN LINE AS MUCH AS IS PRACTICAL. • MAKE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION, TAKING CARE THAT THESE DO NOT BLOCK ACCESS TO ANY PART OF THE EQUIPMENT REQUIRING SERVICE. -CHECK ALL BEARING FOR PROPER LUBRICATION BEFORE STARTING THE UNIT. ADJUST THE VARIABLE PITCH PULLEY FOR THE PROPER FAN SPEED. INSTALL FILTERS, FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. -PAINT UNIT AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDLORD. STENCIL EDDIE BAUER AND SPACE NUMBER ON TWO SIDES OF THE UNIT IN 2" HIGH LETTERS. 16.3. DUCTWORK: • LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS SHALL BE MADE TIGHT FOR MINIMUM AIR LEAKAGE. DUCT TAPE SHALL NOT BE USED TO SEAL JOINTS, TO MAKE TRANSITIONS OR FOR AND OTHER REASON ON THE OUTSIDE OF WRAPPED INSULATION. INSTALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. • PROVIDE TURNING VANES AT ALL CHANGES IN DIRECTION. PROVIDE SPLITTER DAMPERS AT BRANCH CONNECTIONS SERVING MORE THAN ONE DIFFUSER. -PROVIDE VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS AND BALANCING DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO DISTRIBUTE THE AIR AS INDICATED ON THE PLAN. NOTE: DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THE PLAN ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. 16.4. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK: • DUCTWORK SHALL BE LIMITED IN LENGTH TO THAT NECESSARY TO MAKE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TRUNK DUCTS AND AIR DEVICES. THIS SHALL NOT EXCEED 3'-0". • ALL DUCT SHALL BE FULLY STRETCHED OUT TO REDUCE RESISTANCE. • CONNECTIONS TO FITTINGS OR AIR DEVICES SHALL BE MADE WITH STAINLESS STEEL BANDS. THE INNER LINER SHALL BE CLAMPED TIGHT WITH THE BAND, THEN THE INSULATION AND JACKET PULLED UP TIGHT AGAINST THE DUCT OR AIR DEVICE AND SECURED WITH A SECOND BAND OR STRAP. INSTALLATION SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE DUCT MANUFACTURER. SUPPORT THE FLEXIBLE DUCT WITH ADEQUATE HANGERS TO RELIEVE STRAIN ON ANY FITTING. UNNECESSARY BENDS, SAGS, TWISTS, ETC., WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 16.5. DUCT INSULATION: • ALL PORTIONS OF DUCT DESIGNATED TO RECEIVE DUCT LINER SHALL BE COMPLETELY COVERED WITH LINER. TRAVERSE JOINTS SHALL BE NEATLY BUTTED AND THERE SHALL BE NOT INTERRUPTIONS OR GAP -DUCT LINER SHALL BE CUT INSURE OVERLAPPED AND COMPRESSED LONGITUDINAL CORNER JOINTS. -FASTENERS SHALL START WITH IN 3" OF THE UPSTREAM TRAVERSE EDGES OF THE LINER AND 3" FROM THE LONGITUDINAL JOINTS AND SHALL BE SPACED AT A MAXIMUM OF 12" O.C. AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE DUCT. ELSEWHERE THEY SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 18" O.C., EXCEPT THAT THEY SHALL BE PLACED NOT MORE THAN 6" FROM A LONGITUDINAL JOINT OF THE LINER OR 12" FROM A CORNER BREAK. • DUCT WRAP SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT AND COMPETENT MANNER, WITH ALL EDGES NEATLY COVERED WITH APPROVED METALLIC DUCT TAPE TO VAPOR -PROOF ENTIRE DUCT. LAPS AND JOINTS SHALL BE SECURED WITH INSULATION STAPLES AND THE COVERED WITH APPROVED TAPE. 16.6. AIR DEVICES: • INSTALL ALL GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS FLUSH WITH THE SURFACE AND LEVEL OR STRAIGHT WITH OTHER CEILING FEATURES. MOUNT DIFFUSERS IN THE CENTER OF THE INDICATED CEILING TILE. -SUPPORT THE REGISTER FROM THE DUCT AT THE PROPER LEVEL TO HOLD IT SNUG AGAINST THE CEILING. -ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. 18. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS: FURNISH AND INSTALL, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, CONTROLLERS, RELAYS, CONTACTORS, DAMPERS, ACTUATORS, TUBING, CONTROL WIRING AND ALL OTHER ITEMS AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPERLY OPERATING TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED BELOW. ALL THERMOSTATS AND OTHER CONTROL COMPONENTS SHALL BE HONEYWELL, OR APPROVED EQUAL, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. ALL CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR . AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: FCU/HP, SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMP WITH SUPPLEMENTAL ELECTRIC HEAT: • COOLING CYCLE - OCCUPIED HOURS: UPON A RISE IN SPACE TEMPERATURE ABOVE THE OCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT OF THE THERMOSTAT, THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE AT THE THERMOSTAT SETPOINT. THE SUPPLY FAN AND RETURN/RELIEF FAN SHALL OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY. THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER SHALL BE OPEN TO THE MINIMUM POSITION. • HEATING CYCLE - OCCUPIED HOURS: UPON A DROP IN SPACE TEMPERATURE BELOW THE OCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT OF THE THERMOSTAT, THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE AT THE THERMOSTAT SETPOINT. UPON A FURTHER CALL FOR HEAT, THE SUPPLEMENTAL ELECTRIC HEATING COIL SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE AT THE THERMOSTAT SETPOINT. THE SUPPLY FAN AND RETURN/RELIEF FAN SHALL OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY AND THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER SHALL BE OPEN TO THE MINIMUM POSITION. • COOLING CYCLE - UNOCCUPIED HOURS: UPON A RISE IN SPACE TEMPERATURE ABOVE THE UNOCCUPIED COOLING SETPOINT OF THE THERMOSTAT, THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE AT THE THERMOSTAT SETPOINT. THE SUPPLY FAN AND RETURN/RELIEF FAN SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED AND THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER SHALL BE CLOSED. • HEATING CYCLE - UNOCCUPIED HOURS: UPON A DROP IN SPACE TEMPERATURE BELOW THE UNOCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT OF THE THERMOSTAT, THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE AT THE THERMOSTAT SETPOINT. UPON A FURTHER CALL FOR HEAT, THE SUPPLEMENTAL ELECTRIC HEATING COIL SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE AT THE THERMOSTAT SETPOINT. THE SUPPLY FAN AND RETURN/RELIEF FAN SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED AND THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER SHALL BE CLOSED. • HEATING CYCLE - UNOCCUPIED HOURS: UPON A DROP IN SPACE TEMPERATURE BELOW THE UNOCCUPIED HEATING SETPOINT OF THE THERMOSTAT, THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE AT THE THERMOSTAT SETPOINT. THE SUPPLY FAN AND RETURN/RELIEF FAN SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED AND THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER SHALL BE CLOSED. • ECONOMIZER CYCLE: WHEN, UPON A CALL FOR COOLING, THE OUTDOOR AIR ENTHALPY IS BELOW THE RETURN AIR ENTHALPY, THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM OPERATION SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE ECONOMIZER. THE ECONOMIZER SHALL MODULATE THE OUTDOOR AIR AND RETURN AIR DAMPERS IN ORDER TO INTRODUCE UP TO 100% . OUTDOOR AIR TO SATISFY THE COOLING LOAD IN THE SPACE. IF THE COOLING EFFECT OF THE OUTDOOR AIR IS NOT SUFFICIENT TO COOL THE SPACE, THE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL CYCLE AS REQUIRED TO SUPPLEMENT THE ECONOMIZER. SPRINKLER SPECIFICATIONS 1. THE WORK CONSISTS OF: -FURNISHING ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT SERVICES AND SUPERVISION REQUIRED TO INSTALL, TEST AND PLACE IN SERVICE A COMPLETE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SPECIFICATION AND APPLICABLE DRAWINGS. • NEW SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), INDUSTRIAL RISK INSURANCE (IRI), LANDLORD'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. • TESTING OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE ACCORDING TO LOCAL CODES AND MUST BE WITNESSED BY LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE AND/OR REPRESENTATIVE OF LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID. 3. SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDRAULICALLY VERIFIED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING COVERAGE, SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF DESIGN BY LANDLORD'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER AND LOCAL CODES. • COVERAGE SHALL BE BASED ON NET LEASED SPACE. -MINIMUM DENSITY: 0.20 GPM/SF OVER MOST REMOTE 2500 SF -MAXIMUM COVERAGE/HEAD: 130 SF • MINIMUM COVERAGE/HEAD: 90 SF • MINIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE FOR ANY SPRINKLER SHALL NOT BE -LESS THAN 7 PSI; MAXIMUM DISCHARGE PRESSURE USED AT STARTING POINT SHALL NOT EXCEED 60 PSI. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE DRAWINGS TO LOCATE HEADS SHOWN ON PLAN AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COST OF ALL PERMITS AND FEES. 5. SPRINKLER MAINS AND BRANCHES: •PIPING MATERIAL: BLACK STEEL, SCHEDULE 40 OR LIGHTWEIGHT • SPRINKLER PIPE, SCHEDULE 10, ASTM A 135 (IF ALLOWED BY LANDLORD AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES) -FITTINGS: THREADED, CLASS 175. MECHANICAL COUPLINGS AND TEES OF A ROLLED GROOVED TYPE WILL BE ACCEPTED (IN LIEU OF THREADED) IF BOTH U.L. AND FIRE MARSHAL LISTED AND APPROVED. -INSTALLATION: ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL PIPING SHALL BE LOCATED TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH ALL OTHER ELEMENTS ABOVE CEILINGS, ETC. • SUPPORT ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING AT NOT GREATER THAN 10 FOOT INTERVALS, EXCEPT PIPES OF SIZE 1-1/2" AND LARGER WHICH HALL BE SUPPORTED AT NOT GREATER THAN 15 FOOT INTERVALS, WITH APPROVED SWIVEL SPLIT RING HANGERS WITH ROD SUPPORTS AND SWAY BRACES AT EVERY THIRD HANGER. • ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT IT CAN BE THOROUGHLY DRAINED, AND WHERE PRACTICAL, ARRANGED TO DRAIN TO THE MAIN VALVE. 6. SPRINKLER HEADS: • ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN AREAS WITH FINISHED DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE CONCEALED TYPE, 165 DEG RATED, MATTE WHITE MODEL G1 AS MANUFACTURED BY RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CO. INC OR APPROVED EQUAL. -EXTENDED COVERAGE SIDEWALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE USED IN THE HIGHER CEILING OF THE STOREFRONT AND CENTER OF STORE. SPRINKLER HEAD SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CO., INC OR APPROVED EQUAL. • SPRINKLER HEADS IN AREAS WITH LAY -IN CEILINGS SHALL BE SEMI -RECESSED TYPE, 165 DEC RATED, CHROME PLATED HEAD WITH ESCUTCHEON COLOR TO MATCH CEILING COLOR, MODEL G AS MANUFACTURED BY RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CO. INC OR APPROVED EQUAL. • SPRINKLER HEADS IN AREA OF NO CEILING SHALL BE MODEL G CHROME PLATED UPRIGHT AS MANUFACTURED BY RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CO. INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE 1 /2" ORIFICE, RATED AT 165 DEGREES WITH A `K-FACTOR' OF 5.65. • ALL SPRINKLER HEADS THAT ARE TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CLEANED THOROUGHLY TO INSURE THAT THEY ARE CLEAR OF PAINT AND DEBRIS AND ARE IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION, PRIOR TO PROJECT CLOSEOUT. • SPRINKLER HEADS IN WOOD CEILINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH COVERS THAT MATCH THE SURROUNDING FINISH. • ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE TO NFPA 13 AND ALL LOCAL CODES THAT APPLY. 7. UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEM, THE INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MATERIAL TEST AND CLARIFICATION FORM TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT, THE FIRE MARSHALL, LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION COORDINATOR AND LANDLORD'S INSURANCE CARRIER CERTIFYING SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS, CODES, PROCEDURES AND SPECIFICATIONS. • ALTERATIONS TO THE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE APPROVED UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT FROM THE FIRE PREVENTION SECTION. QUICK RESPONSE TYPE HEADS SHALL BE USED. PLANS, PERMIT APPLICATION AND FEES SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE MALL APPROVED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR AND PERMIT APPROVAL SHALL BE OBTAINED PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK ON THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: MANUFACTURERS' NAMES ON WHICH THIS SPECIFICATION IS BASED INDICATE THE MINIMUM QUALITY OF PRODUCT REQUIRED. SUBSTITUTION MAY BE MADE TO THOSE SPECIFIED IF DEEMED EQUIVALENT BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. ALL WORK AND PRODUCTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND THE LANDLORD'S MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS AS STATED HEREIN, OR OTHERWISE INDICATED BY THE LANDLORD. 2. SEE ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS. CONDITION REQUIREMENTS SHALL APPLY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS UNLESS FIELD CONDITIONS REQUIRE MINOR CHANGES BE MADE. MINOR CHANGES SHALL BE MADE WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST. 4. ALL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK BY OWNER. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. BIDS SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. 6. THE LANDLORD PROVIDES FOR CONNECTION TO WASTE AND VENT AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS. 7. ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF EXISTING SERVICE STUBS MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED. CHANGES TO CONFORM TO ACTUAL POINTS -OF -CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT AS -BUILT DRAWINGS TO OWNER AND LANDLORD. 9. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE ACTUAL MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED, THE EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT WITH CAPACITY. 10. EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, AND ACCESSORIES SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM CEILING, SOFFIT, NEUTRAL PIERS, PIPING, DUCTWORK, METAL ROOF DECK, LATERAL BRACING, BRIDGING, OR CONDUIT. ITEMS SHALL ONLY BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE WHICH HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD FOR SUPPORT. 11. ALL ROOF WORK PENETRATIONS AND REPAIRS SHALL BE TOTALLY PERFORMED BY ONLY THOSE ROOFING CONTRACTORS APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY THOSE ROOFING CONTRACTORS APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD FOR ALL ROOF REQUIRED BY THE TENANT'S APPROVED DESIGN. 12. DEFICIENCIES AND NON -CONFORMING ITEMS SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. FAILURE TO CORRECT SUCH ITEMS SHALL PERMIT THE LANDLORD TO CORRECT SAME AT A COST TO THE CONTRACTOR. 13. INSTALLATIONS OF EQUIPMENT SUCH AS FLOOR DRAINS, WATER HEATERS, ETC., SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORD'S STANDARD DETAILS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE LANDLORD'S MINIMUM STANDARDS. 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL PERMITS AND PAYING FOR SAME. HE SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID CHARGES FOR ALL FEES ASSOCIATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SPACE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOCAL, COUNTY, OR STATE SERVICE CHARGES AND PERMIT FEES, AND LANDLORD'S UTILITY, AND/OR EQUIPMENT CHARGES. 15. SCOPE OF WORK: -WORK INCLUDES FURNISHING ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, EQUIPMENT AND FEES REQUIRED TO COMPLETELY INSTALL, TEST, AND PLACE THE HEREIN SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT, COMPONENTS, CONTROLS AND SYSTEMS IN SERVICE. 15.1. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM 15.2. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 15.3. DOMESTIC WATER HEATER 15.4. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 15.5. MISCELLANEOUS STEEL WORK, FLOOR AND WALL SLEEVES, SLOTS AND INSERTS, PLATES, SUPPORTS, AND HANGERS 15.6. ALL OTHER PLUMBING ITEMS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFIED HEREIN OR NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL PLUMBING INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL PERTINENT CODES AND REGULATIONS. 15.7. CLEANING AND TESTING OF ALL SYSTEMS 15.8. WARRANTY OF ALL WORK FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR 16. MATERIALS: 16.1. SANITARY DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT SHALL BE: -SOIL AND WASTE UNDER FLOOR - SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON, HUB AND SPIGOT SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS, COATED INSIDE AND OUT, FED SPEC WW-P-401. JOINTS DOUBLE SEAL COMPRESSION -TYPE GASKETS, EQUAL TO TY-SEAL. • SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT, ABOVE FLOOR - HUBLESS CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS, COATED INSIDE AND OUT, CIPI-301. JOINTS STAINLESS STEEL SHIELD AND CLAMP WITH NEOPRENE SEALING SLEEVE. -OR AS APPROVED BY THE LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. - AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION SCHEDULE 40PVC-DWV. 16.2. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE: • TYPE L COPPER, HARD DRAWN, FEDERAL SPECIFICATION WW-T-799 AND WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS, 95/5 SOLDER. (LEAD FREE) 16.3. PIPING INSULATION -INSULATE ALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND ALL HORIZONTAL WASTE PIPING ABOVE TENANT SPACES. -INSULATE DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING AND P-TRAP BELOW LAVATORY TO PROVIDE HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY. -DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE COVERED WITH 1/2" THICK GLASS FIBER COLD WATER PIPE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER AND ALL SERVICE J ACKET. -HORIZONTAL WASTE PIPING SHALL BE COVERED WITH 1" THICK GLASS FIBER INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER AND ALL SERVICE JACKET. -GLASS FIBER INSULATION SHALL BE OF THE TYPE HAVING A 4.0 LB DENSITY AND A K-FACTOR OF 0.25. ALL EXPOSED AND CONCEALED INSULATED PIPING TO HAVE AN ALL- SERVICE JACKET SIMILAR TO OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS ASJ25 WITH SELF SEALING LAP AND JOINT SEALING STRIPS. • AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION AND WITH THE PERMISSION OF THE LANDLORD, CONTRACTOR MAY PROVIDE PRE -FORMED PIPE INSULATION OF CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC FOAM. 16.4. DRAINAGE ACCESSORIES: -FLOOR DRAIN SHALL BE WADE W-1100 CAST IRON FLOOR DRAIN WITH FLANGE, INTEGRAL REVERSIBLE CLAMPING COLLAR AND 7" DIAMETER NICKEL BRASS STRAINER. -PROVIDE CAST IRON P-TRAP AT OUTLET OF EACH FLOOR DRAIN. INSTALL TOP OF FLOOR DRAIN 1 /16 BELOW FINISHED FLOOR. • FLOOR CLEANOUTS SHALL BE WADE W -7030 CAST IRON WITH ADJUSTABLE HOUSING, FERRULE WITH COUNTERSUNK BRASS PLUG AND ROUND SECURED NICKEL -BRASS SCORIATED TOP. • WALL CLEANOUT SHALL BE WADE W-8450 CLEANOUT FERRULE WITH BRASS PLUG AND ROUND FRAME WITH SMOOTH NICKEL BRASS SECURED ACCESS COVER. 16.5. WATERHAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON ALL HOT AND COLD WATER LINES, AT INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES AND OTHER SUCH LOCATIONS TO BRING WATER SYSTEM IN CONFORMANCE WITH PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE STANDARD PDI-WH2O1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WADE SHOKSTOP, JOSAM ABSORPTION, OR SMITH HYDRATROL. • IN LIEU OF MANUFACTURED WATERHAMMER ARRESTORS, CONTRACTOR MAY PROVIDE 12" HIGH AIRCHAMBERS AT EACH SUPPLY. 16.6. TRAP PRIMER VALVE- JOSAM NO. 88250. EXTEND AND CONNECT 1 /2" TRAP PRIMER PIPING TO FLOOR DRAIN CONNECTION. COORDINATE ROUTING IN FIELD. • MANUFACTURERS CHICAGO FAUCET - #7, HAMMOND - #2002 16.7. WATER HEATER SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. 17. EXECUTION: 17.1. PIPING INSTALLATION: • EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED PROVIDE FACTORY -FABRICATED HANGER AND SUPPORTS COMPLYING WITH MSS SP-58 . HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SELECTED BY THE INSTALLER TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MSS SP-69 AND TO MANUFACTURERS' PUBLISHED PRODUCT INFORMATION. USE ONLY ONE TYPE, BY ONE MANUFACTURER FOR EACH SERVICE. SELECT SIZE OF HANGER AND SUPPORTS TO EXACTLY FIT AROUND PIPING WITH INSULATION WITH SADDLE OR SHIELD FOR INSULATED PIPE OR DUCT. PROVIDE COPPER -PLATED HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR COPPER -PIPING SYSTEMS. • PIPE TO BE SUPPORTED SECURELY FROM HANGERS AS FOLLOWS: • PIPE HANGERS TO BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS BY MEANS OF BEAM CLAMPS. ■ HANGERS ARE NOT TO BE SUPPORTED FROM STEEL FLOOR AND/OR ROOF DECKING. ■ WHERE REQUIRED, AND UPON LANDLORD'S APPROVAL, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF AUXILIARY STEEL SUPPORT OF HANGER. 17.1.1. DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT: • CAST IRON PIPE MUST HAVE HANGERS THAT ARE 10 FEET ON CENTER MAXIMUM, WITH A MINIMUM OF ONE HANGER FOR EACH SECTION OF PIPE, AND AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION. • PVC PIPE SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. • THE BASE OF STACK SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT EACH FLOOR AND AT THE ROOF, IF APPROPRIATE. ALL HORIZONTAL DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE RUN AT A MINIMUM OF 1 /8" PER LINEAR FOOT. • CHANGES IN DIRECTION OR SIZE OF DRAINAGE PIPING SHALL BE MADE WITH APPROPRIATE FITTINGS HAVING LONG RADIUS. • SLIP JOINT FITTINGS WILL BE PERMITTED ONLY ON TRAP CONNECTIONS. 17.1.2. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING: • HORIZONTAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL PLUMBING CODE, OR AT A MINIMUM AS FOLLOWS: -1/2" COPPER TUBE- 5'0" • 3/4" & 1" COPPER TUBE -6'0" • WATER LINES SHALL RUN PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO THE LINES OF THE BUILDING. • PROVIDE FITTINGS AT EACH CHANGE IN DIRECTION OR CHANGE PIPE SIZE. • PROPER ALLOWANCE SHALL BE MADE FOR EXPANSION, AND ALL BRANCHES SHALL BE BLOCKED AS MAYBE NECESSARY TO PREVENT NOISE OR VIBRATION. • PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AT CONNECTION TO EACH FIXTURE. 17.2. FLOOR DRAINS, INSTALLED ABOVE GRADE, SHALL BE FLASHED WITH 6 LB. SHEET LEAD (AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDLORD) CLAMPED UNDER FLASHING RING, EXTENDING 18" FROM DRAIN IN ALL DIRECTIONS. • ALL DRAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH DEEP SEAL TRAP. 17.3_ THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL RF RFSPONSIRLF FOR ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING REQUIRED TO PERFORM HIS WORK. STATED CUTTING AND PATCHING SHALL CONFORM TO RELEVANT GENERAL CONDITIONS SPECIFICATIONS. 17.4. ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS SHALL BE CORE DRILLED, PER LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH WATERPROOF SLEEVE. • PROVIDE CAST BRASS ESCUTCHEON WITH SET SCREWS, DEEP TYPE, TO COVER SLEEVES OR FITTING PROJECTIONS AT FLOOR PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON AT ALL EXPOSED PIPES AT FLOOR, CEILING OR WALL PENETRATIONS. • LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS THROUGH FLOOR SLABS AND ROUTING OF PIPING TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE THE CEILING OF THE SPACE BELOW THE LEASED PREMISES IS SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE LANDLORD. • FURTHER, IF REQUIRED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL OF TRENCHES AND ANY CONCRETE SLAB REPLACEMENT BEYOND THE NORMAL TOILET ROOM BLOCK -OUT PROVIDED BY THE LANDLORD. -THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. 17.5. ROOF PENETRATIONS FOR VENT SHALL BE CUT AND FLASHED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FAMILIARIZING HIMSELF WITH THE LANDLORD'S SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. • FLASH VENT PIPES PASSING THROUGH ROOF WITH LEAD ROOF FLASHING CONSTRUCTED OF NUMBER 4 SHEET LEAD, WITH BASE EXTENDING NO LESS THAN 12 INCHES ON EACH SIDE OF VENT. THE VERTICAL PORTION OF FLASHING SHALL EXTEND UPWARD THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE PIPE AND BE TURNED DOWN INSIDE THE PIPE. • MINIMUM VENT THRU THE ROOF SHALL BE 3". • THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ARRANGEMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD AND/OR THE LOCAL UTILITY FOR INSTALLATION OF REQUIRED WATER METER. THIS INCLUDES PURCHASE OF REQUIRED METER, AND INSTALLATION OF SAME IN LOCATION DESIGNATED BY THE LANDLORD. • THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND DOMESTIC WATER LINE FROM METER LOCATION TO THE LEASED PREMISES. ROUTING OF WATER LINE THROUGH THE MALL COMMON AREAS IS SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE LANDLORD. 17.6. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL FEES REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF WATER SERVICE AND METER. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST ALL SYSTEMS INSTALLED. 18.1. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE TESTED AT 100 PSI. PRESSURE SHALL BE MAINTAINED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HOUR. IF LEAKS APPE ...L, BE DRAINED AND REPAIRED AND RETESTED. REVVVED F109R 18.2. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE TESTED WI M SHALL MAINTAIN A CONSTANT LEVEL AT THE HIGHES PO MLEAS TEN FEET ABOVE THE MEAN ELEVATION OF THE PIPIN UN 1 �� 7 T LEAST 4 HOURS. IF LEAKS APPEAR, LINES SHALL B DR �, L Alf REPAIRED AND RETESTED. City of Tukwila 19. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE CHLORINATED IN,0�� PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN ALL WH C601-08. CHLORI BE ADDED TO THE SYSTEM AT A RATE SUFFICIENT TO PRODUCE A CHLORINE CONCENTRATION OF 50 MG/L AVAILABLE CHLORINE AND HELD I �� CEIVED SYSTEM FOR A 24 HOUR RETENTION PERIOD. AFTER CHLORINAIW, TUKWIL SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED AND PUT INTO SERVICE. JUN 0.9 2015 20. MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEMFMfT CENTER PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. DEFECTS WHICH APPEAR FROM THAT PERIOD SHALL BE CORRECTED AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. • FOR THE SAME PERIOD, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE PREMISES CAUSED BY DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP OR IN THE WORK OR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND/OR INSTALLED BY HIM. Emm L�:ffl LA-24 Cd�20 17 15" i i - LA-22 40" 23 I A-10 LA-1 LA-1 LA-1 32 H F LA-26 DG 19 ...... _....... _...---. ...................>- - -- - - . - 1 P . O' • I LA-.3, OFI a'.: `r L. 11. •ado PANEL LA go O PANEL LB LA-19 - - / R LA-33 LA-39 0 DO NOT PLACE ANYTHING ON THE BACKWRAP WALL EXCEPT BACKWRAP EQUIPMENT. 1 /4" = 1'-0" I 72-» 60-M" NTS .� 40-j" LA-37 GENERAL NOTES A. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETELY REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT, PANELBOARDS, DEVICES, FIXTURES, WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. AND ALL ASSOCIATED SUPPORTS, BRACING, PADS, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED OR SHOWN TO REMAIN WHETHER IN THE DEMISED SPACE, ON THE ROOF OR OTHERWISE LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE DEMISED SPACE. DO NOT ABANDON IN PLACE. B. ALL 120 VOLT BRANCH CIRCUITS IN EXCESS OF 75' SHALL HAVE CONDUCTOR SIZE INCREASED A MINIMUM OF 1 CONDUCTOR SIZE. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE ACTUAL CONDUCTOR SIZE TO BE INSTALLED TO ADHERE TO VOLTAGE DROP REQUIREMENTS. C. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. FIELD COORDINATE WITH OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. D. REFER TO SHEET E4 FOR ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND. E. PAINT ALL EXPOSED ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, CONNECTORS, WIRE, LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORT RODS/CHAINS, EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ROD/CHAINS, PLATFORMS, ETC. COLORS AS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TO MATCH CEILING. F. ADD A BLANK COVER PLATE TO ALL OPEN J-BOXES AFTER A/V AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. LA-39 LA-10�' / O O LA-2, 4, 6 KEY NOTES THIS DRAWING 1O ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATION. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES 18 AT PROCESSING COUNTER IN STOCK ROOM PROVIDE:. AND POWER RISER DIAGRAM ON SHEET E3 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 2)DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AT 49" A.F.F., EACH WITH ITS OWN DEDICATED CIRCUIT. 1 FOURPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE AT 49" A.F.F. O2 FOR_ VIDEO ARRAY AT FOCAL WALL, PROVIDE (2) RECESSED QUAD RECEPTACLES 1�PHONE ROUGH -IN FOR MODEM AT 49" A.F.F. - EXTEND 3/4" CONDUIT FROM AND (1) 4x4x2 BOX WITH SINGLE GANG MUD RING FOR LOW VOLTAGE CABLING. ROUGH -IN TO HIGH ON WALL. PROVIDE A SEPARATE DEDICATED 120V CIRCUIT FOR EACH QUAD RECEPTACLE (2 (1)ROUGH-IN FOR WALL PHONE AT 60" A.F.F. - EXTEND 3/4" CONDUIT FROM TOTAL). REFER TO DETAIL 3 THIS SHEET FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. ROUGH -IN TO HIGH ON WALL. 3O PROVIDE 1 1/4" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING TO BACKBOARD AT <9> PROVIDE ROUGH -IN AND FINAL CONNECTION TO 120V HAND DRYER. COORDINATE DATA/EQUIPMENT RACK FOR DATA LINE. EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 4O ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 1" EMPTY CONDUIT AND PULLSTRING TO <& EXISTING 120V, 1.5 KW WATER HEATER LOCATED ABOVE TOILET ROOM TO REMAIN. BACKBOARD AT DATA/EQUIPMENT RACK FOR CASH WRAP TELEPHONE AND VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. DATACOMM. 21 CHANNEL FLOOR FOR NEW CONDUITS, STUB UP BENEATH CASH WRAP DESK. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ARRANGEMENTS WITH LANDLORD FOR INSTALLATION OF O5 TELEPHONE BOARD. CONTACT LOCAL UTILITY FOR SERVICE. TELEPHONE ROUTING SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ROUTE CONDUITS VIA THE SHORTEST EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED BY COMMUNICATIONS SUB -CONTRACTOR. REUSE PATH POSSIBLE. EXISTING IF APPLICABLE. O6 AT EACH LOCATION NOTED AT CASH WRAP DESK PROVIDE: 2Q PROVIDE NEW TIME CLOCK AND CONTACTORS. REFER TO SHEET E2 FOR (1)DEDICATED GROUND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR P.O.S. TERMINALS, CIRCUIT AS FURTHER INFORMATION AND DETAIL 5/E3. INDICATED. (1)CONVENIENCE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, CIRCUIT AS INDICATED. 23 INSTALL DOOR BUZZER SIGNALING DEVICE AND LV TRANSFORMER AT 7'-6" 1 SINGLE GANG BOX FOR TELEPHONE AND DATACOMM. ABOVE STOCK FLOOR. CONNECT TO STOCK RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. INSTALL DOOR CONDUIT FOR POWER AND COMMUNICATION CABLING TO RECEPTACLES AND BUZZER RECESSED IN WALL NEAR REAR DOOR. TECHNOLOGY DEVICES TO BE ROUTED ON FLOOR BENEATH CASH WRAP DESK. O7 INSTALL DOOR BUZZER 11'-6" OFF CASH WRAP CABINET FACE AND EXTEND BELL 24 PROVIDE DOOR BUZZER PUSH BUTTON AT 48" A.F.F.. EXTEND BELL WIRE IN3/4" CONDUIT TO SIGNALING TRANSFORMER IN STOCKROOM. SEE DETAIL 2 ON WIRE TO SIGNALING TRANSFORMER CALLED OUT IN KEY NOTE #26. SEE DETAIL SHEET E3. 2 ON SHEET E3. 25 LOCATION OF BATTERY POWERED DETEX. FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY O8 PROVIDE ROUGH -IN FOR SECURITY CONTACT AT BASE OF DOOR. EXTEND 3/4" CONTRACTOR. CONDUIT FROM CONTACTOR LOCATION AND STUB OUT HIGH ON WALL. VERIFY EXACT ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. <8>PROVIDE ROUGH -IN FOR SECURITY DOOR SWITCH CONNECTION AT HEAD OF DOOR ON STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR AND STUB OUT HIGH ON WALL. VERIFY EXACT O9 FOR SHOPPERTRAK: LOCATE J-BOX 1'-O" FROM ENTRY CENTERED ON DOOR ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. WITH A CAT 5, 4 PAIR PLENUM RATED CABLE FROM J-BOX TO THE EQUIPMENT RACK WITH 20" OF CABLE COILED AT BOTH ENDS. <27>PROVIDE ROUGH -IN AT 48" A.F.F. FOR SECURITY SYSTEM KEYPAD. EXTEND 3/4" CONDUIT HIGH ON WALL. KEYPAD SHALL BE INSTALLED BY SECURITY SYSTEM 10 LOCATION OF SECURITY ALARM HORN - FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNERS SUB -CONTRACTOR. VERIFY EXACT ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO SUB -CONTRACTOR. INDICATED HERE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. COMMENCING ANY WORK. 11 LOCATION OF DIRECTIONAL INFRARED MOTION DETECTOR FURNISHED AND <0> PROVIDE PHONE JACK AND SINGLE GANG BOX AT 50-1/2" A.F.F.. INSTALLED BY OWNERS SUB -CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH WED FOR COVERPLATE AND EXTEND 3/4" CONDUIT TO VICINITY OF DATA EQUIPMENT IN 29 EXISTING HVAC UNITS (FCU-EX- TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN OFFICE. VERIFY EXACT ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY EXISTING FEEDERS AND CIRCUIT! WORK. OCAS ON WITH MEC �'!ED 12 PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 6" ABOVE SHOW WINDOW. COLOR CONTRACTOR. CITY OF TUKWI TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. ROUTE CIRCUIT VIA CONTACTOR C3. 30 NOT USED. JUL 17 2015 JUN 0,9 2015 13 EQUIPMENT RACK LOCATION. REFER TO 1/E3 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 31 NOT USED. 14 PERMIT CENT f PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED SINGLE GANG BOX WITH COVER AT 9'-0" A.F.F. FOR city Of Tukwila OWNER SUPPLIED STOCKROOM SPEAKER. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 32 PROVIDE FIRE ALARM DEVICES A &0�QbVWdT TO LANDLORD'S FIRE COVER AT 48" A.F.F. FOR OWNER SUPPLIED VOLUME CONTROL FOR STOCKROOM ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE EX WITH LANDLORD FIRE ALARM SPEAKER. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT FOR CONTROL WIRE FROM VOLUME CONTROL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BID AND INSTALLATION. REUSE/RELOCATE EXISTING LOCATION TO WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER. DEVICES IF APPLICABLE. FIRE ALARM DEVICE LOCATIONS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. FINAL LOCATIONS NEED TO BE INSTALLED PER CODE AND 15 NOT USED. ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR INSTALLING IT. 16 NOT USED. 17 AT BREAK COUNTER PROVIDE: �1�DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 15" A.F.F. FOR REFRIGERATOR. 1DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 40" A.F.F. FOR MICROWAVE. REFER TO BREAK COUNTER DETAIL ON SHEET A11 FOR EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICES. m O PANEL LB PANEL LB R e_e_e s D LA 23c LA Q23c LA-23c LA-13 I F2-14) S'Y ---- LA-13 — -- I �—--._._.........._. 4 TYP X ' — LA-5 � LA-11 EM " 5 F2210) LA-1 ............... . LA-5 �; ;r F L8) LA-5 Y —c TYP. LA-5 (PLEASE DON' T FORGET TO INCLUDE THIS REV-0 LAYER WITH NEXT REVISION) w 9+� w u FZL8) LA-5 V T,0A V Vvy II LA 11 € E I LA-9 _.. _...-� .... _......._ i F�8) F�7) F) F8) Fla) F�8) F�8) F�8) _ , /- F�8) I LA-11 LA-11 LA-11 LA-11 LA-11 TYP LA-9 LA-9 LA-9 F2�6) i LA-11 LA-9 D D DD LAX23 LA 23 10 LA-23c LA-23c — — \ LA �111EM -- - - — - t(2j 5 LA-1 DD (I i i e '•L �I DO NOT PLACE ANYTHING ON THE BACKWRAP WALL EXCEPT BACKWRAP EQUIPMENT. NOTE: FEEDER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SIZED FOR A MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP OF 2 PERCENT AT DESIGN LOAD. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS MUST BE SIZED FOR A MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP OF 3 PERCENT AT DESIGN LOAD. CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION XX FIXTURE TYPE R-5a PANEL & CIRCUIT NUMBER C2 CONTACTOR NUMBER SWITCH CONTROL CURRENT LIMITING DEVICE SCHEDULE TAG LIGHTOLIER CATALOG # DESCRIPTION WATT RATING 80% MAX LOAD 2A PLD240WH 2A CURRENT LIMITING DEVICE 240W 192W 4A PLD480WH 4A CURRENT LIMITING DEVICE 480W 384W 10A PLD1200WH 10A CURRENT LIMITING DEVICE 1200W 960W INSTALLED FIXTURE WATTAGE IS NOT TO EXCEED 80% OF CURRENT LIMITER RATING. CONTACTOR SCHEDULE MARK AREA CONTROL COIL LINE POLE AMP CIRCUITS CONTROLLED Cl PERIMETER SWITCH a 120 120 8 20 LA-5,7,13,29 TRACK C2 SALES AREA SWITCH b 120 120 6 20 LA-9,11 GENERAL C3 STOREFRONT TIME CLOCK 1 120 120 6 20 LA-3,17,25,27 _.. 1/4" = 1'-0" G O 11 LA-15 F L7) LA-7 LA-3 C :i `Ilu! _ . A. :I OV EM �7 LA-1 F2 10) LA-5 7yyy 00 00 3 I FL8) FL8) -3• LA-9 LA-9 F 5) -3 - ..... ' LA-17 LA-1 ;..� ;. __....._.—, G r-N <a> F�5) LA_3 1. LA-1 F�8) LA-7 EM 5 LA-1 IN -: ...� : LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE PLAN MARK LOCATION DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER CATALOG## VOLTAGE PHI LIPS LAMP DATA MOUNTING REMARKS FURN. BY TYPE WATT NO. MODEL NO':: LOCATION TYPE. CHAIN HUNG W FLUOR WLM 76-4-232-QS-EB2- CHAIN D STOCKROOM WITH SOLID REFECTORS WILLIAMS AD-BD-UNV 120 FLUOR 32 2 F32T8/TL830 CEILING HUNG -- EQ CHAIN HUNG 4' FLUOR DD STOCKROOM WITH SOLID REFECTORS WILLIAMS 120 FLUOR 32 2 F32T8/TL830 CEILING CHAIN EB AND EMERGENCY WLM 76-4-232-EB2-AD HUNG BATTERY BALLAST BD-UNV-EM1400 -- RETAIL/3WAY CA LCU LITE 8242H U- COMPACT PLT42W/830/ E RECESSED CAN LIGHT LIGHTOLIER 120 CEILING RECESSED EB MIRROR ADV/8038 CLWCCLW FLUOR 42 2 4P -- GIMBAL RING TRACK TRACK HUNG F2 RETAIL LIGHTOLIER 9022 BLACK 120 LED 19 1 PAR38 FROM TRACK EB HEAD CEILING -- G RETAIL PENDANT CYLI NDER WILLIAMS PVC90-142T-BLK-CS- 120 COMPACT 42 1 CEILING STEM EB PM-EB9-UNV FLUOR TP-U-R-B-EM-EXIT, X THRU OUT EXITSIGN ASTRALITE UNIVERSAL 120 LED WITH UNIT SURFACE EB STORE W/CANOPY, 2 CEILING/ DI FFUSERS WALL -- 1 OFFICEAND 2X2SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHTOLIER P.NB2SRAVA3FT 120 -- 40 3 PLL40W/30/ RS CEILING SURFACE EB TOILET 120X3CU L -- EM SALE 5 THERMOPLASTIC LITHONIA ELM2 120 INCAND. 5.4 2 WITH UNIT CEILING PENDANT EB EMERGENCY LIGHT -- GENERAL NOTES A. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS. B. SEE SHEET E-1 FOR PANELBOARD LOCATIONS. C. SEE SHEET E-3 FOR PANELBOARD SCHEDULES. D. REFER TO CONTACTOR SCHEDULE FOR CIRCUITS BEING CONTROLLED. E. EXPOSED FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL HAVE TUBE GUARDS TS81252 4' T8 TUBE GUARD, FDIC. F. ALL LINEAR FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NEC SECTION 410-130C REGARDING LOCAL DISCONNECTING MEANS. G. ALL 120 VOLT BRANCH CIRCUITS IN EXCESS OF 75' SHALL HAVE CONDUCTOR SIZE INCREASED A MINIMUM OF 1 CONDUCTOR SIZE. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE ACTUAL CONDUCTOR SIZE TO BE INSTALLED TO ADHERE TO VOLTAGE DROP REQUIREMENTS. H. TO MAINTAIN POLARITY, STARTER TRACK IS TO BE DISASSEMBLED AND COMPONENT END FEED AND/OR DEAD END COVERS ARE TO BE INSTALLED ELSEWHERE ALONG RUN OF TRACK. UNUSED COMPONENTS ARE TO BE DISCARDED. MINIMUM EMERGENCY ILLUMINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR A PERIOD OF 1.5 HOURS IN THE EVENT OF FAILURE OF NORMAL LIGHTING, WITHIN THE WORK AREAS. EMERGENCY LIGHTING FACILITIES SHALL BE ARRANGED TO PROVIDE INITIAL ILLUMINATION THAT IS AT LEAST AN AVERAGE OF 1 FOOTCANDLE MEASURED ALONG THE PATH OF EGRESS AT FLOOR LEVEL. FBC2007 1006, I. T1006 EXISTING FBC2007 705.7.1. J. ELECTRICAL OUTLETS OR BOXES SHALL NOT REDUCE THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF FIRE RESISTANCE RATED WALL(S) AND SHALL COMPLY WITH FBC2007 712.3.2.. K. PLANS MUST BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2011 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. L. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL SUSPENDED/LAY-IN LIGHT FIXTURES. M. PAINT ALL EXPOSED ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, CONNECTORS, WIRE, LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORT RODS/CHAINS, EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ROD/CHAINS, PLATFORMS, ETC. COLORS AS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TO MATCH CEILING. N. ADD A BLANK COVER PLATE TO ALL OPEN J-BOXES AFTER A/V AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN O;9 2015 PERMIT CENTER ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: MANUFACTURER'S NAMES ON WHICH THIS SPECIFICATION IS BASED INDICATE THE MINIMUM QUALITY OF PRODUCT REQUIRED. SUBSTITUTION MAY BE MADE TO THOSE SPECIFIED IF DEEMED EQUIVALENT BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. ALL WORK AND PRODUCTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. 1. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. 2. ALL WORK TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES AND REGULATION OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE MOST RECENT EDITION OF NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL FILE PLANS WITH AND OBTAIN APPROVALS FROM MUNICIPAL AGENCIES. ALL PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION SHALL BE OBTAINED AND PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR. PERTINENT CERTIFICATES SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, PRIOR TO FINAL BILLING. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING. BIDS SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. HE SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS THEREOF. HE SHALL ASCERTAIN CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK MUST BE PERFORMED, INCLUDING THE HANDLING OF MATERIALS, SECURITY AND LIMITING FIELD DIMENSIONS. FURTHER, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FIELD VERIFICATION OF LOCATION OF THE POINTS OF CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT AND DISTANCE FROM LEASED SPACE. ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DISCOVERED AS A RESULT OF THE AFOREMENTIONED FIELD SURVEY, SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS RESULTING FROM CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL BE HIS RESPONSIBILITY AND SHALL BE BORNE BY HIM. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD ALL FIELD CHANGES IN HIS WORK AS THE JOB PROGRESSES; AN ACCURATE RECORD OF ALL WORK AS ACTUALLY INSTALLED. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK AND BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT IS AUTHORIZED, SHALL TURN OVER TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A RECORD SET OF PRINTS SHOWING THESE CHANGES. 6. SUBMIT MATERIAL LISTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MAJOR EQUIPMENT TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR REVIEW. SUBMITTALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND APPROVED THEM. LACK OF SUCH CONTRACTOR'S APPROVAL WILL BE CAUSE FOR REJEC11ON WITHOUT REVIEW BY THE OWNER. 7. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING, OR CHANNELING PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK HEREIN SPECIFIED. ANY CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL BY THE LANDLORD. ALL OPENINGS THROUGH STRUCTURALLY SUPPORTED SLABS MUST BE CORE BORED, SLEEVED, GROUTED, SEALED AND MADE WATERPROOF. SLEEVES MUST EXTEND AT LEAST 2" AFF. WATER PROOFING MUST BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD BEFORE ANY FLOORING MATERIAL IS INSTALLED. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO TAKE WHATEVER MEASURES ARE NECESSARY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE MEASURES PRESCRIBED BY THE LANDLORD IN THE EXERCISE OF ITS REASONABLE JUDGMENT TO ASSURE THAT CORE BORING WILL NOT DAMAGE LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE, CONDUITS, ETC. OR THE WORK OF OTHER TENANTS BELOW. THE COST OF SUCH TESTS OR REPAIR OF ANY DAMAGE WILL BE BORNE BY THIS CONTRACTOR. ALL SLEEVES, OPENINGS, ETC, THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED AFTER CONDUIT INSTALLATION TO RETAIN FIRE RATING. 8. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING AND REPAIR. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL, SUCH AS CHANNEL, RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK AND SHALL BE SECURED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE, NOT TO PIPING OR DUCTWORK. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED WHERE POSSIBLE. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN IN STRAIGHT LINES PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO COLUMN LINES AND SEPARATED AT LEAST 3" FROM WATER LINES WHEREVER THEY RUN ALONG SIDE OR ACROSS SUCH LINES. 9. EVERY PART OF THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE TESTED, OPERATED AND LEFT IN PERFECT WORKING ORDER. TEST ALL WIRES AND CABLES INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT WITH A 1,000 VOLT MEGOHM METER. IF ANY READINGS ARE FOUND LOWER THAN REQUIRED BY GOOD PRACTICE OR APPLICABLE CODES, THE EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS INVOLVED SHALL BE PROMPTLY REPLACED. SHOULD TESTING REVEAL ANY OTHER DEFECTS, PROMPTLY CORRECT ANY SUCH DEFECTS AND RERUN TESTS UNTIL THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION IS SATISFACTORY IN ALL RESPECTS. 10. GUARANTEE: CONTRACTOR IS TO GUARANTEE ALL WORK FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT BY THE OWNER. IT IS UNDERSTOOD BY HIS ACCEPTANCE OF THE CONTRACT THAT THIS CONTRACTOR WILL MAKE GOOD ANY AND ALL WORK WHICH IN ANY WAY HAS BECOME DEFECTIVE AS TO THE QUALITY OF MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR ANY CAUSE OTHER THAN ORDINARY WEAR AND TEAR. FOR THE SAME PERIOD, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE PREMISES CAUSED BY DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP OR IN THE WORK OR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND/OR INSTALLED BY HIM. 11. THE CONTRACTOR, BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER WILL BE GRANTED, SHALL CLEAN ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, DEVICE PLATES, SERVICE FITTINGS AND OTHER ITEMS FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. HE SHALL INSURE THAT ALL DIRECTORIES ARE IN PLACE WITH COMPLETED OR REVISED SCHEDULES AND ALL IDENTIFICATIONS AND MARKINGS OF EQUIPMENT, CABLES AND OTHER ITEMS ARE COMPLETED. 12. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SEQUENCE OF WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY VOLTAGE OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND FLUORESCENT FIXTURE BALLASTS, PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. NO REMOVALS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT OWNER'S APPROVAL. ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, ETC.. THAT ARE NOT TO BE REUSED SHALL BE REMOVED COMPLETELY AND DISPOSED OF BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 13. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ARRANGEMENTS FOR TEMPORARY POWER AND SHALL PAY THE COST FOR THE UTILITY CONNECTION AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER MAINTENANCE OF THE TEMPORARY WORK AND FOR THE REMOVAL OF SAME. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL UTILITY CHARGES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TEMPORARY POWER. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION FOR ALL POWER EQUIPMENT USED ON THE PREMISES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, EQUIPMENT AND FEES REQUIRED TO COMPLETELY INSTALL, TEST AND PLACE THE HEREIN SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT, COMPONENTS, CONTROLS, AND SYSTEMS IN SERVICE. SCOPE OF WORK: INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE INCLUDING: WORK IN THE LANDLORD'S MAIN DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE AS INDICATED AND/OR REQUIRED. COMPLETE POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS INCLUDING ALL PANELS AND STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER. COMPLETE BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING SYSTEM. PROVISIONS FOR OWNER SUPPLIED SECURITY SYSTEM. PROVISIONS FOR OWNER SUPPLIED DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM. PROVISIONS FOR OWNER SUPPLIED SOUND SYSTEM. PROVISIONS FOR OWNER SUPPLIED CLOSED CIRCUIT SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM. PROVISIONS FOR COMPLETE TELEPHONE SYSTEM. COMPLETE UTILITY MOTOR WIRING SYSTEMS, (EXCEPT AS NOTED) FOR ALL AIR CONDITIONING AND/OR HEATING EQUIPMENT, EXHAUST EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS. ELECTRIC HEATING EQUIPMENT, CONTROLS AND INSTALLATION OF SAME. COMPLETE LIGHTING FIXTURE INSTALLATION - FIXTURES ARE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER. COMPLETE TELEPHONE CONDUIT SYSTEM, INCLUDING SERVICE CONDUIT FROM POINT OF CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S SYSTEM AND ALL TERMINAL DEVICES, BOXES, CONDUIT, PLATES, ETC. COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, INCLUDING INTERFACE WITH LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION. TESTING OF ALL CABLES AND CIRCUIT WIRING AFTER INSTALLATION. TESTING OF ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WARRANTY OF ALL WORK FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF PROJECT CLOSE-OUT. 15. ELECTRICAL SERVICE: LANDLORD PROVIDES 208/120V, 3-PHASE, 4 WIRE SERVICE FOR THE LEASED SPACE. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWING. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH THE LANDLORD. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ARRANGEMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD FOR INSTALLATION OF CHECK METER AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ARRANGEMENTS WITH THE LOCAL TELEPHONE UTILITY FOR INSTALLATION OF SERVICE TO THE SPACE. LANDLORD HAS PROVIDED CONDUIT FROM LANDLORD'S TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT ROOM TO THE LEASED SPACE, FOR USE BY THIS CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE WORK AND INSTALL ALL CONDUIT FOR TELEPHONE SYSTEM WITHIN LEASED SPACE WITH OWNER'S TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE 4" SQUARE MINIMUM (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) WITH SINGLE DEVICE AND COVER AND TELEPHONE PLATE. THIS CONTRACTOR PROVIDES ROUGH -INS ONLY. TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND ALL CABLING ARE PROVIDED BY OTHERS: CONTACT: MICHELLE BRODERICK PHONE: (206)882-6214 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. ALL TELEPHONE ROUGH-IN'S SHALL BE INSPECTED BY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SUBCONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CLOSING OF WALLS AND CEILINGS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ARRANGEMENTS WITH THIS SUBCONTRACTOR FOR SUCH AN INSPECTION. 17. SOUND SYSTEM THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ROUGH-IN'S ONLY (INCLUDING CONDUIT FOR WIRING AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS) FOR ALL SOUND SYSTEM COMPONENTS. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, ACCESSORIES, AND WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY. PLAY NETWORK, INC. CONTACT: CORY NAHOOPII PH:(425) 629-1835 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. ALL SOUND SYSTEM ROUGH-IN'S SHALL BE INSPECTED BY AUDIO SYSTEM SUBCONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CLOSING OF WALLS AND CEILINGS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ARRANGEMENTS WITH THIS SUBCONTRACTOR FOR SUCH AN INSPECTION. 18. DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ROUGH-IN'S ONLY (INCLUDING CONDUIT FOR CABLE AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS) FOR ALL DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM COMPONENTS. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, ACCESSORIES, AND CABLE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY: CONTACT: CELESTE BUSCONI PH: (508) 635-2006 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. ALL DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ROUGH-IN'S SHALL BE INSPECTED BY BY DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM SUBCONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CLOSING OF WALLS AND CEILINGS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ARRANGEMENTS WITH THIS SUBCONTRACTOR FOR SUCH AN INSPECTION. 19. SECURITY SYSTEM AND CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ROUGH -INS ONLY (INCLUDING CONDUIT FOR CABLE AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS) FOR ALL SECURITY COMPONENTS. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, ACCESSORIES, CABLE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY: ADT CONTACT - MIKE LOTTES PH: (206) 391-5428 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. ALL SECURITY SYSTEM ROUGH-IN'S SHALL BE INSPECTED BY SECURITY SYSTEM SUBCONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CLOSING OF WALLS AND CEILINGS. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ARRANGEMENTS WITH THIS SUBCONTRACTOR FOR SUCH AN INSPECTION. 20. FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS TO PERFORM ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN, NOTED OR SCHEDULED FOR A COMPLETE AND FINISHED INSTALLATION. 20.1. THE WORD "PROVIDE" AS USED HEREIN MEANS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE. 20.2. MATERIALS, PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW AND SUCH AS APPEARS ON THE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY LIST OF APPROVED ITEMS AND SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. 20.3. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODES. 21. CONDUIT SHALL BE STANDARD STEEL, RIGID, IMC OR EMT (THIN WALL) ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. EMT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE COMPRESSION TYPE. 21.1. MINIMUM SIZES OF CONDUIT SHALL BE 3/4", EXCEPT 1 /2" FOR SWITCH LEGS. EMT SHALL BE GALVANIZED OR ELECTRO-GALVANIZED. EMT SHALL BE USED FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS RUN ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OR CONCEALED IN INTERIOR PARTITIONS. EMT SHALL NOT BE CONCEALED IN POURED CONCRETE FLOOR OR WALLS. 21.2. USE HEAVY WALL CONDUIT OR IMC FOR UNDER SLAB INSTALLATIONS. IMC IS PERMITTED WITH SCREW CONNECTIONS. 21.3. FLEXIBLE METALLIC TUBING MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF EMT FOR CONCEALED BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING ONLY, WHERE PERMITTED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 22. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SOFT DRAWN, ANNEALED COPPER, WITH 600V INSULATION: 22.1. #10 AND SMALLER - SOLID WITH SINGLE BRAID. #8 AND LARGER - STRANDED WITH AT LEAST DOUBLE BRAID. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #12, EXCEPT #14 MAY BE USED FOR CONTROL APPLICATIONS. 22.2. ALL WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE SITE IN UNBROKEN PACKAGES. 22.3. GENERAL WIRING SHALL HAVE THW, THHN OR THWN INSULATION. 22.4. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 22.5. WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO SCOTCHLOCK FOR #8 AND SMALLER, AND T & B "LOCK-TITE" FOR #6 AND LARGER. 22.6. WIRES SHALL BE COLOR CODED IN KEEPING WITH LANDLORD'S CONVENTION. 23. OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE ONE PIECE, GALVANIZED OR SHERARDIZED STEEL; 4" X 4-11 /16", KNOCKOUT TYPE WITH FIXTURE STUDS AS REQUIRED. JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL, CODE GAUGE AND SIZE. 24. WIRING DEVICES: WALL SWITCHES, SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE POLE, AND THREE WAY SHALL BE GENERAL DUTY, FLUSH, TOGGLE SWITCHES; SPECIFICA11ON GRADE, 20A 120/277V, WITH SCREW TERMINALS, MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE HUBBELL, BRYANT, PASS AND SEYMOUR, OR LEVITON. SEE DEVICES COLOR BELOW FOR MORE INFORMATION. GENERAL DUTY DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE 2-POLE, 3-WIRE GROUNDING TYPE, SPECIFICATION GRADE, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE HUBBELL, BRYANT, PASS AND SEYMOUR, OR LEVITON. SEE DEVICES COLOR BELOW FOR MORE INFORMATION. GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE SHALL BE GENERAL DUTY, DUPLEX RECEPTACLES, GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER, FEED -THROUGH TYPE, CAPABLE OF PROTECTING CONNECTED DOWNSTREAM RECEPTACLES ON A SINGLE CIRCUIT, GROUNDING TYPE UL-RATED CLASS A, GROUP 1, 20A 120V, 60HZ; WITH SOLID-STATE GROUND -FAULT SENSING AND SIGNALING; WITH 5 MILLIAMPERES GROUND -FAULT TRIP LEVEL; IN NEMA 5-15R CONFIGURATION. MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE HUBBELL, BRYANT, PASS AND SEYMOUR, OR LEVITON. DUPLEX ISOLATED GROUND TYPE RECEPTACLE SHALL BE 2-POLE, 4-WIRE, 15A STRAIGHT BLADE DEVICE WITH SEPARATE ISOLATED GROUND AND BUILDING GROUND CONNECTIONS, IN NEMA 5-20R CONFIGURATION, AS MANUFACTURED BY HUBBELL IG-5362. DEVICES COLOR: DEVICES INSTALLED ON GREY WALLS SHALL BE GREY. DEVICES INSTALLED ON BLACK WALLS SHALL BE BLACK. DEVICES INSTALLED ON KHAKI WALLS SHALL BE WHITE. ALL DEVICES INSTALLED AT THE BACK OF THE HOUSE SHALL BE WHITE. WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES INCLUDING ALL WALL PLATES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH DEVICE. WALL PLATES SHALL BE SAME COLOR AS DEVICE AND MANUFACTURED AS A COMPANION TO THE DEVICE, EXCEPT IN COVER PLATES FOR DEVICES INSTALLED IN THE SALES AREA SHALL HAVE WHITE FINISH. MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF DEVICES SHALL BE TO THE FOLLOWING CENTERLINES (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE): TOGGLE SWITCHES 48" RECEPTACLES 15" WALL TELEPHONE OUTLETS 48" DISCONNECT SWITCHES 66" PANELBOARDS 60" 25. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE, INSTALL AND CONNECT A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF GROUNDING FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURES. A GOOD MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE WITH APPROVED GROUNDING CONNECTORS. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND NEC CODES AND REGULATIONS. PANELS, CONDUIT SYSTEMS, MOTOR FRAMES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT ARE A PART OF THIS INSTALLATION SHALL BE SECURELY GROUNDED BOTH MECHANICALLY AND ELECTRICALLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES. MAIN GROUNDING SYSTEM SHALL BE SIZED TO CONFORM WITH SECTION 250, TABLE 250-94 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, PROVIDE CONDUIT TO PROTECT GROUND WIRE FROM DAMAGE TO AN AREA 6' ABOVE FLOOR. MAKE ALL JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM TIGHT TO CONTINUITY OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL GROUND THROUGHOUT SYSTEM. GROUND ALL 3 WIRE RECEPTACLES TO THE OUTLET BOXES. GROUND NEUTRAL FROM THE TRANSFORMER CONNECTED TO WATER LINE. PROVIDE NEUTRAL TO GROUND BOND AT TRANSFORMER SECONDARY. GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SUPPLIED IN ALL NONMETALLIC CONDUIT. A DEDICATED INSULATED GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR ELECTRONIC CASH REGISTERS, AND OTHER DEVICES INDICATED ON THE PLANS. 26. EXISTING TO BE RE -USED. REPLACE AS REQUIRED WITH THE FOLLOWING. LIGHTING PANEL BOARD SHALL BE 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE DISTRIBUTED PHASE TYPE WITH SOLID NEUTRAL, GROUND LUG, GROUND BUS AND NUMBER OF CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS SHOWN ON THE PANEL SCHEDULE. BUSBARS SHALL BE HARD DRAWN COPPER OR AL. CABINET SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF CODE GAUGE STEEL WITH HINGED DOOR HAVING DIRECTORY CARD, NEATLY AND PROPERLY INSCRIBED AND SET IN FRAME WITH TRANSPARENT COVER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERMANENTLY LABEL PANELBOARD BY MEANS OF LAMINATED BLOCK AND WHITE PHENONIC LABEL. ALL BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLTED TYPE, THERMAL MAGNETIC WITH ALL TWO OR THREE POLE BREAKERS HAVING COMMON TRIP. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL DERATED FOR MINIMUM 10,000 AMP SYMMETRICAL SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT AT 120/208V. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SERVING LIGHTING CIRCUITS SHALL BE RATED FOR SWITCH SERVICE. PANELBOARDS AND BREAKERS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE-D EQUAL. PROVIDE "LOCK -ON" DEVICE AT BREAKERS SERVING NIGHT -LIGHT / EMERGENCY CIRCUIT, CASH REGISTER, AND TIME SWITCH CIRCUIT. PANEL SHALL BE CIRCUITED SO THAT THE LOAD IS DISTRIBUTED EVENLY ACROSS ALL THREE PHASES. 27. PROVIDE SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, FUSED OR NON -FUSED, AS CALLED FOR ON DRAWING AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, LOAD AND HORSEPOWER RATED AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE-D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, OR EQUAL. SWITCH ENCLOSURE TO BE SUITABLE FOR APPLICATION. FURNISH AND INSTALL DUAL ELEMENT CURRENT LIMITING FUSES OF TYPE AND AMPACITY DESIGNED TO PROTECT SYSTEM AGAINST AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT FAULT CURRENT. 28. PROVIDE DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMER WHICH SHALL BE ENCLOSED, VENTILATED TYPE WITH KVA AND VOLTAGE RATINGS AS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWING AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE-D. TRANSFORMER SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 150 DEGREE, CLASS H INSULATION AND A MINIMUM OF (4) 2-1 /2% TAPS BELOW ANAD (2)2-1/2% TAPS ABOVE RATED PRIMARY VOLTAGE. SOUND LEVEL SHALL BE LOW AND INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE VIBRATION DAMPENING MOUNTS AND FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO MINIMIZE SOUND TRANSMISSION. MOUNT TRANSFORMER ON VIBRATION ISOLATORS. 29. HEATING AND COOLING MOTORS AND CONTROLS ALL LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE POWER AND CONTROL WIRING INCLUDING TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING, CONNECTION TO DAMPERS, INSTALLATION OF THERMOSTATS, INTERLOCKING, ETC. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROLS, EXCEPT AS NOTED, WILL BE SUPPLIED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO THIS CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL DO ALL INSTALLATION AND AND WIRING. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT ALL MOTORS, SUPPLIED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, WHICH DO NOT COME FACTORY WIRED IN THE EQUIPMENT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERMANENTLY LABEL ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CONTACTORS, CONTROLS AND BOXES IN THE SYSTEMS. IDENTIFY EACH AS TO USE, ON THE FACE OF CABINETS OR COVERS BY MEANS OF A LAMINATED BLACK AND WHITE PHENOLIC LABEL. 30. LIGHTING FIXTURES: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A NEW LIGHTING FIXTURE OF THE TYPE SPECIFIED FOR EACH LIGHTING OUTLET SHOWN WITH COMPLETE LAMPS OR TUBES. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE HUNG AND MOUNTED IN PLACE, PROPERLY WIRED, TESTED AND LEFT READY FOR OPERATION. THE OWNER SELECTS AND PROVIDES THE LIGHTING FIXTURES, COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES AND LAMPS. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON PLANS. THIS CONTRACTOR PROVIDES INSTALLATION ONLY. FIXTURES, LAMPS AND ACCESSORIES ARE PROVIDED BY: WESTERN EXTRALITE CONTACT: KATHY HENRY PH: (888) 939-4399 FIXTURES PROVIDED BY THE OWNER SHALL BE SHIPPED TO THE SITE FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SURVEY THE SHIPMENT TO VERIFY FIXTURE QUANTITIES AND DAMAGES. IN THE EVENT THAT SHIPMENT IS INCOMPLETE OR DAMAGED, CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE OWNER. AFTER THE SHIPMENT IS VERIFIED AND ACCEPTED, CONTRACTOR SHALL MOVE FIXTURE TO AN AREA OF SAFETY FOR STORAGE UNTIL THEY MAY BE INSTALLED. HE ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FIXTURES UNTIL THE PROJECT IS TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. 31. LIGHTING CONTROLS (EXISTING TO BE REUSED, MODIFY IN FIELD AS REQUIRED). CIRCUITS FOR STORE FRONT LIGHTING SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY A PROGRAMMABLE TIME SWITCH. SWITCH SHALL BE EQUAL TO TORK SERIES 1100, SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR -DRIVEN 40-AMPERE, 24 HOUR, 7 DAYS -A HOUR, 7-DAYS-A-WEEK, WITH SKIP -A -DAY FEATURE. UNIT SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE. ALL OTHER CIRCUITS OF SALES AREA LIGHTING SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY MULTIPOLE MECHANICALLY HELD LIGHTING CONTACTORS. PROVIDE SEPARATE CONTACTORS FOR FLUORESCENT LIGHTING CIRCUITS AND TRACK LIGHTING CIRCUITS. CONTACTORS ARE, IN TURN, CONTROLLED BY MOMENTARY CONTACT SWITCHES. MULTIPOLE LIGHTING CONTACTORS SHALL BE MAGNETIC LIGHTING CONTACTOR, MECHANICALLY HELD AND ELECTRICALLY OPERATED WITH ENCAPSULATED COILS. STANDARD COIL CLEARING CONTACTS ARE TO BE PROVIDED SO THAT THE CONTACTOR COILS SHALL BE ENERGIZED ONLY DURING THE INSTANCE OF OPERATION. COIL VOLTAGE: 120V AC NUMBER OF POLES SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED. CONTACT RATING: 20 AMPERES FOR ALL TYPES OF BALLAST AND TUNGSTEN LIGHTING, RESISTIVE HEATING, AND MOTOR LOADS. CONTACT. TOTALLY ENCLOSED, DOUBLE -BREAK SILVER -CADMIUM -OXIDE POWER CONTACTS. CONTACT INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT SHALL BE POSSIBLE WITHOUT DISTURBING LINE OR LOAD WIRING. ALL CONTACTS SHALL HAVE CLEARLY VISIBLE N.O. AND N.C. CONTACT STATUS INDICATORS. LIGHTING CONTACTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO SQUARE D SERIES 8903 MODEL LGX 1200-V02-Y1002. CONTACTOR SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY PASS AND SEYMORE #1251 MOMENTARY CONTACT SWITCH. 32. PAINTING OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, ETC.. IF REQUIRED, WILL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 33. DOORBUZZER SYSTEM (EXISTING TO BE REUSED, MODIFY IN FIELD AS REQUIRED). THE PUSHBUTTON SHALL BE MOUNTED IN THE WALL NEXT TO THE DOOR AT 4' -6" A.F.F. THE BUZZER SHALL BE MOUNTED IN THE STOCK ROOM AT 10'-0" (OR JUST BELOW ANY STOCK ROOM CEILING) IN A POSITION LOCATED CLOSE TO THE ENTRY TO THE SALES AREA. BUZZER: EDWARDS - 725 OR EQUAL CHIME: EDWARDS - 55 - 6135 - OR EQUAL PUSHBUTTON: EDWARDS - 632 - OR EQUAL TRANSFORMER: 1OV, 5VA SECONDARY EDWARDS - 590 OR EQUAL WIRE: #20 AWG STRANDED BELL WIRE 34. FINALLY. IT IS THE INTENT THAT THE FOREGOING WORK SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT AND THAT ANY MATERIAL OR WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, BUT NECESSARY TO FULLY COMPLETE THE WORK SHALL BE FURNISHED. THE LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES AND FIXTURES SHOWN ON THE DRAWING IS APPROXIMATE AND THE OWNER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY RECEPTACLES OR FIXTURES BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COST. 35. CABLE TYPES AC AND NM ARE NOT ALLOWED. IF USED, FLEXIBLE TYPE MC CABLE SHALL HAVE A BLUE STRIP. 36. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM SHUTDOWN REQUIREMENT FOR INTERCONNECTION TO TENANT'S AIR HANDLING UNITS. 37. TENANT SHALL CONNECT TO MALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FOR COMPLETE MONITORING. ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND POWER SYMBOL DESCRIP11 ON qp DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT 15"AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE QUAD PLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT 15"AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE �DG DUPLEX DEDICATED GROUND TYPE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT 15"AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE #DG QUAD PLEX ISOLATED GROUND TYPE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT 15"AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE �GR DUPLEX GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING TYPE RECEPTACLE 0 JUNCTION BOX MOTOR CONNECTION Lu DISCONNECT SWITCH ® 480/277 VOLT, SURFACE MOUNT SINGLE SECTION PANELBOARD 208/120 VOLT, SURFACE MOUNT SINGLE SECTION PANELBOARD COMMUNICATIONS ROUGH -IN FOR TELEPHONE VOICE LINE MOUNTED AT 15"AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ROUGH -IN FOR TELEPHONE VOICE / DATACOM MOUNTED AT 15"AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE r� EMPTY CONDUIT FOR TELEPHONE CABLES TO BE INSTALLED BY COMMUNICATIONS SUB CONTRACTOR EMPTY CONDUIT FOR DATA CABLES TO BE INSTALLED BY DATA COM SUBCONTRACTOR DOOR BUZZER SIGNALING Q DOOR BUZZER PUSHBUTTON - LOCATED AT REAR DOOR REMOTE DOOR BUZZER Da DOOR BUZZER AND SIGNALING TRANSFORMER SECURITY SYSTEM ❑KP KEY PAD LOCATION - PROVIDE ROUGH -IN ONLY aMD INFRARED MOTION DETECTOR LOCATION - PROVIDE ROUGH -IN ONLY sB SHATTER BOX - PROVIDE ROUGH -IN ONLY ALARM HORN ON CEILING - PROVIDE ROUGH -IN ONLY ADC DOOR CONTACT SWITCH - PROVIDE ROUGH -IN ONLY SOUND SYSTEM CEILING SPEAKER LOCATION - PROVIDE ROUGH -IN ONLY Q WALL SPEAKER LOCATION - PROVIDE ROUGH -IN ONLY Q VOLUME CONTROL DEVICE (WALL MOUNTED) - PROVIDE ROUGH -IN ONLY FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL QH HEAT DETECTOR F FIRE ALARM HORN ADS DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR ID P CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR SZH F HORN STROBE -NUMBER INDICATES CANDELLA OF STROBE 6 STROBE - NUMBER INDICATES CANDELLA OF STROBE Q PULL STATION LIGHTING CONTROL WALL MOUNTED TOGGLE SWITCH 3 3-WAY WALL MOUNTED TOGGLE SWITCH u PROGRAMMABLE TIME CLOCK (TO CONTROL STOREFRONT LIGHTING CIRCUITS) Q CONTACTOR (MULTI -POLE) REWEWED FOR BODE COMI.IHE APPROVED JUL 17 2015 City of i ui BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0.9 2015 PERMIT CENTER 1 /4" = 1'-0" PLUMBING P LEGEND ----------------------------- DOMESTIC COLD WATER DOMESTIC COLD WATER (BELOW FLOOR/GRADE) ----------------------------- DOMESTIC COLD WATER (EXISTING) ---------------------------------- DOMESTIC HOT WATER ---------------------------------- DOMESTIC HOT WATER (EXISTING) G GAS ------------------ G------------------ GAS (ON ROOF) G GAS (EXISTING) ------------------ G------------------ GAS (EXISTING ON ROOF) SANITARY SEWER (ABOVE FLOOR/GRADE) SANITARY SEWER (BELOW FLOOR/GRADE) SANITARY SEWER (EXISTING) -------------------------------------- VENT -------------------------------------- VENT (UNDERFLOOR/GRADE) -------------------------------------- VENT (EXISTING) PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND M M , • � ®FLOOR SINK W/HALF GRATE ®FLOOR SINK W/FULL GRATE BALL VALVE 11 PIPE FLANGE PIPE GUIDE Q AIR CHAMBER l� GATE VALVE WATER HAMMER ARRESTER CHECK VALVE WALL HYDRANT/ HOSE BIBB DRAIN VALVE EXPANSION TANK 2-WAY VALVE ® WATER METER SOLENOID VALVE MOTORIZED VALVE �] EMERGENCY GAS �Q SHUT-OFF VALVE THERMOSTATIC/PRESSURE BALANCE MIXING VALVE TRAP PRIMING VALVE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 1I BUTTERFLY VALVE >1 GLOBE VALVE b CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVE 0 PLUG VALVE C,I FLOW METER Q THERMOMETER PRESSURE GAGE STRAINER ® PUMP P# PLUMBING FIXTURE TAG F# FLOOR RECEPTOR TAG FLOW SWITCH 3-WAY VALVE e� BACKFLOW PREVENTER ® FLOW ARROW V STEAM TRAP (F&T) v THERMOSTAT WELL a EXPANSION JOINT FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR T TEST PLUG STEAM TRAP (THERMOSTATIC) 4 VACUUM RELIEF VALVE 4 AQUASTAT Iyc1 PRESSURE REGULATOR 0 PIPE DOWN 0 PIPE UP 0 TEE DOWN III UNION 11 PIPE CAP t PIPE BREAK 303 � b 4" VTR Al 2" .\ I 1-1/2" i 2" 1-1/2" i 1-1 2" i " FCO 4 i / 4i WC " LAV � FD 4 �� b 419 4" ,00 2„ 1-1/2- 3" O N.T.S. GENERAL NOTES A. SUBCONTRACTOR TO VERIFY POINT OF CONNECTION AND SCOPE OF WORK TO INSTALL ALL PLUMBING PIPING & EQUIPMENT TO SPACE PRIOR TO BID. IF INCONSISTENCIES OCCUR BETWEEN PLANS AND LANDLORD CRITERIA, OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHALL BE NOTIFIED PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL. KEY NOTES U EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 4" SANITARY SEWER TO EXISTING 4" (MIN) LANDLORD PROVIDED SANITARY SEWER PIPING. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, SIZE, FLOW DIRECTION, AND INVERT ELEVATION OF CONNECTION POINT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN OF NEW SANITARY SEWER. PROVIDE FCO AT POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING. < EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 3/4" CW PIPING TO EXISTING 3/4" (MIN) LANDLORD PROVIDED CW PIPING. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF CW PIPING PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE AT POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING. <3>EXTEND NEW 2" VENT UP TO NEW 4" VTR. LOCATE TOILET VENT STACK SO THAT ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS OCCUR AT A MINIMUM OF TEN FEET (10'-0") AWAY FROM ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INTAKES OR OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOODS. USE LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOF WORK. O PROVIDE JOSAM 88250 OR EQUAL TRAP PRIMER WITH ACCESSIBLE SHUT-OFF VALVE. 1 i 3/4" /-� 1 /23' O� 2 1 /2„ , WC LAV i - - 1 /2" 4 1 /2" Wr 101 /2" L INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATERSCHEDULE FPWH UNIT NO. MANUFACTURER MODEL KW OUTPUT (GPM) TEMP. RISE 'F VOLTAGE REMARKS IWH-1I CHRONOMITE LABS, INC. SR-20L 4.16 .5 57 208 1 60 NONE LU I G FIXTURE SCHEDULE xxx FIXTURE FIXTURE TYPE MANUFACTURER TYPE & MODEL TRIM/FAUCET SUPPORT PIPE SIZES REMARKS NO. NO. NO. TRAP WASTE VENT CW HW WHITE VITREOUS CHINA WATER CLOSET, 1.1 GAL. PRESSURE ASSISTED WATER CLOSET CADET CHICAGO FAUCET FLOOR FLUSH. HANDICAPPED ELONGATED BOWL, SIPHON JET ACTION. WHITE WC PRESSURE ASSIST AMERICAN STANDARD 2377.100 1016 MOUNT 4" 2" 1 /2" - VITREOUS CHINA, RIM HT. 16". MEETS ANSI STANDARD A112.19.2 REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE WITH NO. 3405.016 SUPPLY PIPE. PROVIDE BENEKE MODEL NO. 527 WHITE OPEN FRONT TOILET SEAT. 20" x 18" WHITE VITREOUS CHINA LAVATORY WITH FRONT OVERFLOW AND AMERICAN INTEGRAL BACK AND EXPOSED BRACKET SUPPORT. FAUCET HOLES ON 4" LAV LAVATORY AMERICAN STANDARD LUCERNE STANDARD WALL 1-1/2" 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" CENTERS. CENTERSET FAUCET, ONE PIECE BRASS BODY WITH 3" SPOUT, 0355.027 5402.172HO5 HUNG AERATOR WITH 0.5 GPM FLOW RESTRICTOR AND 4" BRASS WRIST BLADE HANDLES. AMERICAN STD. PERFORATED GRID DRAIN WITH 1-1/4" OFFSET TAILPIECE, ALL CHROME FINISH. PROVIDE HANDICAP INSULATION KIT. FD FLOOR DRAIN WADE W-1100 - - 3" 3" 1-1/2" _ _ CAST IRON FLOOR DRAIN WITH FLANGE. PROVIDE 1/2" TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT WADE W-7030 - - - - - _ _ CAST IRON WITH ADJUSTABLE HOUSING, FERRULE WITH COUNTERSUNK BRASS PLUG AND ROUND SECURED NICKEL -BRASS SCORIATED TOP. REVrEVWD FOR CODE COMICS APPROVER JUL 17 2015 1 City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVI851CN RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 0 9 2015 PERMIT CENTER